Search results

(41 - 60 of 122)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1986
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students...
Show more Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1986. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/ N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). Augsburg Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Off ice (Memorial230) Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114G) Interim Calendar November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m. Time 11-1 p.m. January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses Ends January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses Begins January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit Courses January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom Full Credit Courses January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January31 . . . . .InterimEnds February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins . The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Interim Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Building Key L-Library all M-Music H OM-Old Main P-Psychology S-Science Hall Options International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships-Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Environmental Aesthetics ART 102-48001 302-46002 Instructor: PhilThompson In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process. Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight other text related design projects required. Grades will also be based on one or two examinationsplus a final. Distribution:Art - Music Time: 11 Room: OM 4 Life Drawing ART 247-48003 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fee: $25due the first day of class Distribution:Art -Music Time: I Room: OM 17 BIOLOGY Plants and Civilization BIO 102-46004 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: 205 The Biology of Women BIO 231-46005 Instructor:Roberta Lammers The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards. In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of human evolution and the social relationships of women and men. FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists. Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the number of students in the class. Prer uisite: High school biology Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies Time: I Room: S 329 11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester BIO 322-46006 PHY 322-46007 Instructor:Robert Herforth A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: S 24 II Biological Evolution BIO 431-48008 Instructor:Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present. F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor Time: I Room: S 205 BUSINESS II Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321-46010 Instructor:Thomas Morgan "Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and the varied environments in which and the many constraints with which they must operate. Three objectives emerge: 1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm. 2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application. 3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved. u&ite: permission of instructor zz7 Room: P 2 IIntroduction to International Business BUS 152-46070 BUS 352-46071 Instructor: Arnin Kader This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned. Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration. Time: I Room: OM 22 IEntrepreneurship BUS 295-46077 Instructor: John Cerrib The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Time: I Room: M 23 Micro-ComputerAccounting BUS 294-46092 Instructor: Richard Herzog This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications. Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software. Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation. Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102) Time: 11 Room: S 213 Advanced Personal Computing BUS 378-48093 Instructor: Milo Schield The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study - advanced word processing (Word Star 2000) - advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates) - advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base) - business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1 presentation) - integrated packages (Symphony) There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus. Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects. Fee: $20--but no required textbook. Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing) Time: I Room S 123 CHEMISTRY Chemistry for Changing Times CHlM 100-46013 Instructor:Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8 needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't) grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I Room: S 315 The Science of Very Large Molecules CHM 104-48014 Instructor: SandraOlmsted A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last day of class. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: 11 Room: S 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-46045 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175) Time: 11 Room: S 112 E Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-46012 Instructor: Ed SabeIla This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor Room: OM 16 EDUCATION Student Teaching EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019 EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020 EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021 EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022 Instructor:Trudi Fulda Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is PIN only Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I Room: L 4 ENGLISH E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop ENG 362-46098 Instructor: Lon Otto This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students Fiction Writing Workshop (con't) will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor. Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous, constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful attendance is essential. Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course. Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English Department. Fee: $10 Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at least one creative writing - course on the college - level Time: 11 Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas IThe Short Story ENG 240-46024 340-46025 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be among the authors studied. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 23 The Dark Side of Genius: Films of Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman ENG 260-46026 460-46027 Instructor:John Mitchell Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length. Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them. Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division credit must have mrrnission from the instructor. Fee: $25 for rental of films Time: I1 Room: SCI 123 Grow Old Along With Me ENG 209-46023 Instructor:Barbara Andersen You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are: Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as "AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time." What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings. Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and interview journals. Distribution:English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 10 E Love in Literature ENG 269-46068 Instructor:Ron Pal& This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films. Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: OM 25 FRENCH French Literature in Translation FRE 243-48028 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study Prerequisite:Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Sueech Time: I Room: OM 27 - - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 475-46081 Instructor: A1Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. This is a half credit course. Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology Time: II -Jan.20-31 Room: Melby January 4-23,1986 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48036 Instructor:Joyce PPaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam willbe given. Cost: $2100 Distribution:Lifetime Sports Human Sexuality HPE 216-46035 Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral, and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues, male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project. Fee: $10 Time: II Room: M 24 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-48080 Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a half credit course. Time: II - Jan. 6-17 Room: Melby Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-46036 320-46037 Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants. Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field trips-all these are important components of the course as are the academic components such as readings. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: 816 Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History-Philosophy Time:I Room: LI Myth and Myth Making HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097 419-46039 Instructor:Richard Nelson A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be decided upon between student and instructor. In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term. Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division Distribution:History-Philosophy Time:I Room: OM 13 - January 2-26,1986 Hawaii: A Cultural History HIS 321-46104 Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson 'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism , and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU s d s e be a unit on the w ~ nBuddhist-Christian t dialogue. Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Cost: $1,895 Distribution:Religion (by petition) INTERDISCIPLINARY The Art of Being Female INS 216-46078 416-46079 Instructor: Sara Eaton Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation? Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400 years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5 Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary l novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in their art and how they t~1l us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw; students will I x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on their topic to tho class. There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade will come from quizzes on the assignments. Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies Time:II Room: OM II Central America: The Roots of the Crisis INS 280-46034 Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for Global Service The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of the region. The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions. On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26, we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both countries, encounters with people from the churches, political, cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition, there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a time for de-briefingand evaluation. During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2 books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on January 31. Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals. lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure. World Hunger and Justice Education: Developing a N e w World View INSm - 4 6 0 3 1 REL 2 W 4 W 3 2 h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education, tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth, justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S. Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion tl~ealom. The purpose wiU 1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore pe%gogical principles for socinljustice. Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor of Economics at Luther Collage: world guests in tho Twin Cities ma. and The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a final p a p r . S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n this paper and prticipation. Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three weeksi willbe-8300, Dhtrlbution: -1 on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr RiI The Church and Social Change in the Philippines LNS 274-46033 Instructors: J i m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global Service and Education T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice, and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the church. Thmugho~~t the coursc, therefore, we will be examining the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change. The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't) The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d in htinn~apolis.and will foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week. On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January 26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and aduation of the experience. During the first weok, participants will be required to read s packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related topic. During the k i p , students wiU be to keep a journal, and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience. Grading PIN. Cost: $1995fmm ~ ~ includes all p m v d expenses, o meals, ~ ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to change due to &are increase prior to the trip. ~~ MATHEMATICS Mathematical Modeling MAT 132-46042 Instructor: Paul Hulse Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-, represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg. The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments. Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics T i e :1 W r n : OM 21 Linear Algebra In Action MAT 315-48046 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p ~ ~ .leastgsqunres , fitting, computer graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq. Prerequisite:MAT 215 Time: I Room: S 112 IM Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming MAT 144-46043 211-46044 Instructor: Larry Copes In this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s and written reports. For 21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe , patterns and 1epo1.t~ will ~~equire the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer. Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: S 213 IIntroduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-46047 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t a observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations. In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clam participation. A special class project will be required for upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for field trips during &her the morning or afternoon. Fee: $15 Time: I1 Room: M5 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-46065 329-48088 Instructor: StephenGabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Dishbution:Art-Music Time: II Room: M4 Memorizationfor Musicians MUS 151-48048 351-46049 Instructor:James D.Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc, and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prer uisite: Basic music study -3 Room: M4 NORWEGIAN LI Beginning Norwegian NOR 111-46029 Instructor:Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution:Foreign Language Time:II Room: OM 29 4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition NOR 311-46030 Instructor: Leif Hansen intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l experience required. uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent Ez?m* Room: OM 29 NURSING Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-46050 Instructor: Alice Stark This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice t md have potential for fwreacllingeffects in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: OM 11 PHILOSOPHY What Do You Think of That? PHI250-46053 Instructor: Ken Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course ~ we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15 Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes, anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term examination, final examination, and discussions. Distribution: History-Philo8ophy Time:11 Room: OM 23 Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature PHI248-48051 346-46052 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer 736s course inquires into the ~Astance and nature of those beings that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the ~ anaelic and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~ as whether they arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e. Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta t h a n lower division studenf.~. uisite: One philosophy or religion course EE3 Room: MEM 323 PHYSICS Numerical Methods in Physics PHY 345-48076 Instructor:Jeff Johnson ' Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi- calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation and nume~.lcal techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist. In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an example of a 2nd order differential equation). The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount of c h s time to it. Student performance will be based on problem assignments and computer projects. Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: S 329 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-48041 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~ of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt. The course will includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory ~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll project. Prei uisite: High school Disaution: Mathematics hyucs Time: 11 Room: S 212 Vbr? The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of the Universe PHY 109-46075 Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists u x-rays from study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our world and form our modern imaga of the universe. But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth, was t h center ~ of the turiverse, Martin Luther quickly cited J o ~ h u who a told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still! Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&: Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp, Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel. The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b servation exercises. Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: M 24 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-46073 MAT 327-46074 Instructor:Ken Erickson Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions: hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions, Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand , fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable. The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the functions. Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project. Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and MAT 224 or equivalent Time:I Room: S 212 POLITICAL SCIENCE The United Nations POL 166-46068 366-46069 Instructor:Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural, political and economic background of the member states of the Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council. The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting of the Security Council. Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the simulationis compulsory. Upper division students will be required to submit an additional paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council. Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: II Room: OM 13 The Politics of International Economic Issues POL 461-46056 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue ~ this goal students wiU Yo. GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy the headlines of 1985. Course objectives: 1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system, and 2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of the mid-1980s Course content: 1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in the world of the 1980s; 2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the distribution of economic power during the past decade, the possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as agriculLur~! m d finance, within a variety of countries; and 3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in the world economy Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam. Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160 Time: II Room: M 22 PSYCHOLOGY Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 352-46096 Instructor:Duane E. Johnson Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student participation. Procedures will include class discussion, short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the testing willrequire written responses. Prerequisite:General Psychology Time:I Room: OM 16 Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-46081 Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the e opportunity to explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w i l l ha 3aitilized involving tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations, and exams. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105(GeneralPsych). Distribution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: P 4 RELIGION IChristianity in Modern Africa REL 366-46058 Instructor:Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid ~ystem of racial segregation.Them will be lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short tests and a short research paper. Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements) Time: 11 Room: OM 18 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-46057 Instructor: Gene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the present form and work of this church, its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the third day UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon ""% Mstrj ution: M W o n (Qnly one In* ward graduation religion requirements) course m a y be used to- Time: I Room: OM 18 Archaeology and the Bible REL 215-46101 Instructor:Philip Quanbeck Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based on class participation and the project. Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements) Time: I Room: M 22 RUSSIAN Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature RUS 210-46082 RUS 410-46083 Instructor:James E. Brown This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels (Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers and the final examination. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration Distribution:English-Speech Time: I1 Room: OM 21 SOCIAL WORK Exploring Human Services S W K 257-46059 Instructor:Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary,brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: 6-12 Field Work I11 S W K 466-46060(1 course) 466-46061(% course) Instructor:Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-clientcontact tasks. Time: To be arranged SOCIQLOGY Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC241-46098 Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and "pmgr~ss." and selected aspects of Westem Culture. Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-. Time: I Room: P 3 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER II Children's Theater SPC 285-46064 Instructor:Gary Parker Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off stago as performers (acto~s, ~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts, scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E rience is necessary Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage T w o E Writing the Creative Article SPC 268-46062 368-46063 Instructor:Ray Anderson The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw. The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience, whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion. Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will. read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor. Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for publication. A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students. Time:II Room: OM 27 W Advanced Acting SPC 432-46106 Instructor: Julie Bolton In this course we will explore chmcter development through scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov, Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity! Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics SPC 116 Time: I Room: Stage 11 Television News Production SPC 344-46072 Instructor: Mark Ambroze This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information. The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes. Time: I Room: W S A , Golden Valley OTHER COURSES These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-46011 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available). Washington Interims Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top POL 398-46084 The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking POL 398-46085 These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January 17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A. Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing ART 163-46040 Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185. Augsburg Lifetime Sports T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation. Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher or lot the student registers for the course. Alpine Skiing HPE 002-46089 Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets. Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W American Karate HPE 002-46086 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F Room: Melby Badminton Racquetball HPE 001-46087 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m. Room: Melby HPE 002-46088 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m. Room: Melby Running Weight Training HPE 002-46091 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1 2Noon Room: Melby HPE 002-46090 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Room: Melby UMAIE Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only. ~ A m e r i c m Writern in Europe Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe n China: The Midwest Connection n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain n Englilish School and Family n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna n Hawaii: A Cultural. History f l Health Care in Europe H IsLmda of the Mediterranean n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church !l Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland Legal London London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power "Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey Soviet U'nian: Culture and History Spain, A Country in Transition The Spirit of Ireland Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd 'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r NOTES
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1985
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS...
Show more ............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS . . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . . P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC . . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports 1985 Interim Catalog AUGSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College lnterim The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. january 1985 S M T W T F S Calendar for Full Credit Courses ..................................................................................Interim Registration ............................................................................Late Interim Registration .......................................................................................... First Day of Interim November 5-9 December 10 January 3 Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add Last day for determining grading system with Registrar Last day for withdrawing from full courses Interim ends ................................................................................... .............................. ................................................... .................................................................................................... fanuary 4 January 17 January 21 January 30 Calendar for Half Credit Courses ..................... . .............................. First group of half credit courses begins January 3 January4 January 9 January 11 January 16 Ianr~ary17 January 1R ...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses ........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses .................... . .........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm ....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis .................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins ..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses Iant~ary30 .................... ........ . . . .........*....................................... lnfcrim ends The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. POSTMASTER Volume 115, Number 4 Winter 1984 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are under the following departments: Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands German-The Rhine Frontier Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. There will be no June interim in 1985. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study (upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy l (lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers or arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by he supervising fac~~lty memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms before re~isiralior~ can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted in thr Interim O f f ~ c The . Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e will s b r donr at Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I! otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation (ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl. Non-Augsburg Students Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course. Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms ~ provided by the interim rlffice af their own schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230). The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. Courses Art Interim '85: Washington D.C. and New York ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502 Instructor: Philip Thompson This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in New York to the studios of emerging artists. Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete personal projects or assignments. Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit. The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most meals and tours. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I............ Room: O M 17 The Biology of Aging B I O 185-4504 Instructor: Robert Herforth At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. The idl log^ of ~~ricul'ture B I O 234-4505 Instructor: Roberta Lammers We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning, etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production? Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on one test, class participation and a log of readings. Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9 Immunology BIO 386-4506 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112 Time: II Room: S 205 ............. Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321 -4507 Instructor: Thomas Morgan This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material. Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students prepare and present. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I ............ Room: O M 11 r Chemistr for Changing Times CHM 100 - 4 08 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence l lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5, vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation, and it goes on and on. Ernottons and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~ problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to ~~nderstand ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I.............. Room: S 315 Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-4509 Instructor: Ed Sabella This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: II..............Room: M 22 Elements of Mathematical Economics ECO 353-4510 Instructor: Satya Gupta In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will be designed to help attain this goal. Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved. Evaluation will be through tests and assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 123 Time: II........... Room: O M 23 Teacher Education with New Boundaries EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research: 1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job market, salary scale and level of living. 2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers. 3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc. Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district. The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system. As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be submitted in completed form. Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill the requirements of the course. Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor Time: I .................. Room: L 6 m Student Teaching EDS 481 - 451 1 EDS482-4512 EDS 483 - 4513 EDS 484 - 4514 EDE 481 - 451 5 EDE482-4516 EDE 483 - 451 7 EDE 484 - 4518 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading P/N only Time: I .................. Room: L 4 The Short Story ENG 240-4521, 340-4522 Instructor: Richard Sargent We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C. Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities. Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: I ............... Room: M 23 Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem ENG 362-4523 Instructor: John Mitchell Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts, for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants' own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for P/N credit. Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor Time: II........... Room: O M 13 Beginning French I FRE 11 1-4524 Instructor: Ruth Askov This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures at a rudini~ntnrylevel. are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic. There w ~ l be l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: II........... Room: O M 25 January 3-27, 1985 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333-4525 w d D zkh Instructor: Donald Steinmetz J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl ! l~fe and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German. Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent Cost: $1690 Distribution: Foreign Language - Beginning Spanish II SPA 112-4526 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests, exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I ............ Room: O M 25 a ? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying GST 165-4527 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel edit s Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received s are s . . grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7 level an ~lif-ithadL,,,I and (2) to develop, in the process, competency excellent in writing/gaad papers. Students will work with I such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation, L U uC c and originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen. G The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based degree of (of?) on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills. Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been submitted to him Time: I............ Room: O M 22 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 - 4528 Instructor: Bethany Shifflett Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby Administration and Supervision .of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4529 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Melby 13 ......................... + January 5-24, 1985 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-4530 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. Cost: $21 00 Distribution: Lifetime Sports Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-4531 Instructor: David Boots Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a 112 credit course. Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby Officiating of Basketball HPE 481 -4532 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are e no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4536 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns Time: II................Room: P 3 20th Century South Asia HIS 162-4537 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I ................Room: O M 16 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-4534, 320-4535 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems ir ~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc, Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups r will Involve boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts. Course w ~ lutilize l ethnir. sprakt~rs (Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr format. Tticre wilt he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns, films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all l d these arp important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc. Prerequisites: Lower Division, None Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History and Philosophy Time: I ................Room: L 1 Introduction to Oral History HIS 481-4538 Instructor: Rrchard Nelson This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during .the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn. Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor Trme: II................Room: O M 10 The Philosophy of Healing INS 141-4547, 341 -4548 J .+ 522 Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question, "How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve, attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health. I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng, western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture, biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on. Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course for lower drvisron credlt. Time: II................Room: O M 16 Brush Up MAT 103-4539 Instructor: Bev Durkee This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u& & vdbe pmkuia'dh WI forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs completely rndividuallzed. Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I ................Room: S 112 Mathematical Modeling M A T 132-4069 Instructor: Paul Hulse This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical methods of mathematics to study these problems. Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: S 2 13 An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models M A T 136-4540, 336-4541 - Instructor: Henrv Follinastad An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present extensive oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: O M 23 FORTRAN M A T 270-4567 Instructor: Leo Lake A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project on which grading will be based. Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175 or BUS 250) Time: II................Room: S 112 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Scien~ces M A T 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson (See description under Physics) Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 1 10-4543 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce. Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips, classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5 participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation. A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon. Fee: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music Time: I1................Room: M 24 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-4544, 329-4545 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Distribution: Art-Music Time: I ................Room: M 4 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-4546 Instructor: Alice Stark This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care. Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~ and written exam~nations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I ................Room: O M 12 el Introduction to Weather PHY 106-4568 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project. Prerequisites: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: S 31 5 Time: II................ 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science ~ i n i m e s t e r PHY 322-4549 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I ................Room: S 24 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-4550 MAT 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I ................Room: O M 21 The United Nations POL 166-4551, 366-4552 Instructor: Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of: a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations, d b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member states of the Sectlrily Council, C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations. d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil. The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit, Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory. Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political processes o l r h Security ~ Council. Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence Time: II................Room: M 23 Self-identity and Values PSY 110-4553 Inslructot: Norman Ferguson The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity" (Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat lssue~Illat relate to thc conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as: the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof ~ rsex roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty and spirilual grriwth, Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~ participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology. Gr~rlingP/N only. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I ................Room: P 1 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-4554 Instructor: Bradley Hot! This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and !he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: II ................Room: O M 18 i W January 2-26, 1985 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii REL 321 -4555 Instructor: John Benson A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following: r p ~ c l aatlenlinn l IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm ntl and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl ~on i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese Rutirllilsm ;n I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st ~ oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons) to 1 I i ~ P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts l~. will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t . Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal. Grading: P/N only Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Cost: $1 745 Distribution: Religion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-4556 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~ will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y, s o c ~ o l o ~and y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will include two exams and one short paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I ................Room: M 24 Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society SOC 261 -4560 Instructor: Gordon Nelson It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban Concerns Time: I ................Room: M 22 Exploring the Human Services SWK 257-4557 Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course. Objec!tves: 1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving, 3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining. 4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls. 5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld. Time: I ................Room: P 3 Field Work Ill SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559 (l/2 course) Instructor. Maria Brown The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5 wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional praclice Interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5. Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy. Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status Time: Arrange with instructor Imagination and Humor in Communication SPC 165-4561, 365-4562 Instructor: Ray Anderson Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication thc lunctinns of competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking; and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor. Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5 Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw interests of the class. Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper division students, one or more additional papers will be required. Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English Time: II................Room: L 1 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285-4563 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2 Other Courses These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $1 74. POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change? POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Weightlifting HPE 002-4571 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:20 ................Melby Running HPE 002-4572 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1998
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ..................... - 4 ..................... - 6 Visiting Students ................ 7 Calendar ........................8 About This Catalog.................9 Interim Courses .................. 10 Lifetime Sports ................... 44 UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6 Also On ..........
Show more ..................... - 4 ..................... - 6 Visiting Students ................ 7 Calendar ........................8 About This Catalog.................9 Interim Courses .................. 10 Lifetime Sports ................... 44 UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6 Also On ..................... 33 Other Courses ...................47 Introduction Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3'12 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. It is expected that students will attend every class period; however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for hislher course. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either Upper or Lower Division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for Upper Division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the Registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration but will be charged Day School tuition ($1,497) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for winter trimester. It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Options International Interim-Students are invited to be part of one of the 25 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline-Friday, December 12. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of fall classes (Friday, December 12). The learning agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education'Office. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (Upper Division 499) or directed study (Lower Division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Registrar's Office. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4- 1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's genera1 education requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,497 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Residence Life Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses. Interim Calendar 1998 November 17 to December 5 . ......... Interim registration First day of Interim January 5 . . ........................ Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 6 ............Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day for determining grading option with Registrar January 16 .........Last day for withdrawing from courses .............................. Interim ends February 2 . .....................Spring semester begins February 6 ...............Interim grades due to Registrar January 28 The time, number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1: 8:00 a.m. to noon (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 19, at 1:OOp.m. Afternoon classes begin following the convocation. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. + For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at 330- 1150. Internal & Operational Audit ACC 424-1 Instructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing. Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project and final examination. Prerequisiles:ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 GradualionSkill Requirements: Speaking, Writing Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 Life Drawing ART 247-1 Instructor: Norm Holen A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective:Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Tribal Arts And Culture ART 290-1 Instructor: Steve Chapman The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture or prints. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 4 Calligraphy I & I1 ART 106-1 ART 306-1 Instructor: Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundation, italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper Division students are required to complete examples in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 Seeds of Change BIO 145-1 lnstructoc Esther McLaughlin We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines, fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history and classification of several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams, several quizzes and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Nalural World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Florida Keys Marine Biology Studies BIO 140-1 BIO 340-1 Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson 1\,1 1; -- The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2'12 weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms, housing and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) a final exam. Prerequisite for 810 140: Any one of the follow in^ courses or their equivalents810 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor. BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the research project, and (5) a final exam. Prerequisite for 810 340: 810 351 or 810 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-1 Instructor: Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Contemporary International Business and Trade Issues BUS 495-1 Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The practical applications of the commercial policies of the major trading nations such as the U.S., Japan and Pacific Rim countries will be explained. The impact of the institutional and systematic changes in China, Russia, Central and Eastern Europe on the volume and structure of the international investment and business will be examined. Newest developments regarding the European Union, NAFTA and Central European Free Trade Agreement will be discussed and analyzed. A seminar model will be used with a multimedia approach and guest speakers. Class will meet three times a week. Evaluation will be based on a research paper, an oral presentation of the research paper and class participation. This seminar should be of special interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in current international issues. Prerequisite: Junior standing or BUS 362 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I - M, kt! Th Room: Old Main 22 The Individual and the Organization BUS 495-0 SPC 495-0 Instructors: Deb Bart and Tom Morgan How do you maintain your personal identity in the workplace? Must you sacrifice your identity to be successful in corporate America? This course explores these questions by focusing on the roles the individual plays within both forprofit and not-for-profit organizations. Emphasis will be placed on the individual's interpersonal, group and organizational relationships. Several assessment instruments will be used to help participants better understand themselves and others in their attempts to become more effective communicators. Journals, projects and class participation will be used to evaluate performance. This course is designed for students majoring or minoring in business or in communication. Prerequisite: Junior or senior business or communication majors/minors Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Chemistry for Changing Times CHM 100-1 lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score of total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1 Liberal A ~ l sPerspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Science 315 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-1 Instructor Larry Ragland This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 UNIX and C CSC 272-1 Instructor Noel Petit Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments and quizzes. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Library 20 Topics: Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme One and Two CSC 273-1/373-1 Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or computer science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated on the basis of a series of programming projects. CSC 373 is a continuation of CSC 273. Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking Prerequisite: CSC 273, none: lor CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-1 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, accounting or MIS. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Introduction to Economic Development EGO 295-A1495-A Instructor: Jeanne Boeh This class will focus on market-driven local development. Topics will include regional growth and development, metropolitan government and finance, economic development strategies and neighborhood development. Prerequisite: ECO 112 or ECO 113 preferred Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Personal Economics EGO 495-1 Instructor: Satya Gupta This course will examine, understand and analyze three aspects of quality life-worldly assets, physical health and the self. Quality life is defined by many people in terms of the amount of money one has. The more money one has, the more command on commodities one can enjoy. We work hard most of our lives to fulfill our dreams of having a large home, fancy car, boat, vacation home, education for our children and enjoyable retirement. We plan a great deal for all these dreams. It is surprising that we plan 30 or 40 years from now. It is also true that at some point in life one asks oneself "Who am I really?" and "What am I here for?" In this third component of the course we shall critically reflect on our values, ethics and self-understanding. Knowledge of the self leads us to a higher plane of thinking and behaving. Thus, we shall try to construct a well-balanced portfolio of quality life. Students will find the course very interesting, thought provoking and challenging. Grades will be based on three quizzes, one paper and discussions in class. Prerequisile: S O 112 or 113 or consenl of instructor: Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Media Technolo y (0.5 course cre at) 8 EDU 34 1-1 Instructor Linda Dyer Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audiovisual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer training will be included in the course. Note: This course can be taken along with Human Relations, EDU 388-1 Prerequisites: PPST and admission lo Teacher Education Program Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 International Education EDU 353-1 lnstructoc Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions and presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Time: I Room: Library 17 Human Relations (0.5 course credit) EDU 388-1 lnstructoc Joseph Erickson This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers and women. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms that will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN basis. Note: This course can be taken along with Media Technology, EDU 341 -1. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Topics: Theatrical Performance in the Twin Cities: Exploring Live Theater ENG 282-1/482-1 Instructor Ronald Palosaari The Twin Cities are widely known as a center for good live drama. This course will study the variety and the quality of live theater in the Twin Cities. We will attend at least a dozen plays and a few films based on plays. Student who take this course must be free evenings and weekends to attend performances. Class discussion will be on the plays we have seen and on the art of drama. The grade will be based on the course journal. Regular class attendance is required. Students registering for ENG 482 will have an additional paper to write and a class presentation. Prerequisile: for ENG 282, ENG 111: for ENG 482, ENG 111 and a theater or lilerature course Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 Topics: Writing About the Arts in the Twin Cities ENG 282-U482-Z Instructor: Bob Cowgill This course is predicated on the assumption that immersion in all the arts benefits a writer's investigation of any specific art; or, in other words, that before you become a specialist, it helps to become a passionate generalist. The class will balance two related goals: first, to experience and talk about as many contemporary Twin Cities cultural happenings as is practicable (we will search out and encounter the most exciting, controversial and significant programs in theater, dance, gallery exhibition, music and film); second, to examine critical methods of observation and reception of art and consider ways in which writers can enhance the public's understanding and interaction with artistic culture. Students will keep a critic's journal, write four short papers and take a final exam. Students registering under English 482 will have to develop a 10 page critical project in conjunction with one art event that occurs during the course's span. To register, students must have successfully completed English 111, must have the willingness, the money and the time to attend events and to transport themselves to various cultural locations throughout the Twin Cities. Prerequisile: ENG 1 1 1 Graduation Skill Requirement Writing Maximum Enrollment: 2 2 Time: I Room: Music 23 Topics: Contemporary American Poetry ENG 282-P/482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For Upper Division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendations, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: for 482-F) Intro. to Literature Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Beginning German I GER 111-1 Instructor: John Van CIeve As long as you have to take a foreign language, why not take the one with the most native speakers in the European Economic Community? It's the language of Europe's strongest national economy. It's also the language of Albert Einstein, Werner Heisenberg and Wernher von Braun. The language of Martin Luther, Karl Marx and Friedrich Nietzsche. Of Bach, Beethoven and Mozart. Start German during Interim and by the end of January, you'll be on your way to reading and speaking the language of a nation that has played a dominant role in Western civilization. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized. Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation, scheduled chapter tests and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Dance (men (0.5 course HPE 232-M lnstructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. Maximum Enrollmenl: 12 Time: I - T; Th, & alternate F (1/6, 118, 1/9, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27) Room: Melby Gym - north court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232- W Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. Maximum Enrollmenl: 12 Time: I - 6 Th, & alternale F (1/6, 1/8, 119, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27) Room: Melby Gym -north court Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit) HPE 275-1 Instructor Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. Prerequisites: 810 103, HPE 350 Maximum Enrollmenl: 24 Time: I - M, Wandalternate F ( M , 1/7, 1/12, 1/14, 1/16, 1/19, 1/21, 1/26, 1/28) Room: Melby 119 Instructional Methods: Materials in Health Education (0.5 course credit) HPE 390-1 lnstructoc Patty Murphy Principles: methods of instruction applied to health education grades K- 12. Emphasis upon teachingllearning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation: development of materials included. Prerequisites:HPE 101, 110 and 320 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 1 - M, kt! & F Room: Melby 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January 1998) HPE 455-1 Instructor Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing).The student will live aboard a 43'- 46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may M picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites:Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifelime Sport; also one course credit Upper Division Maximum Enrolimenl: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled) Topics in U.S. World History: History by HoIIAyood HIS 195-1 lnstmtoc Rick Nelson \ L \ ~ \ & , ,L~ How accurate is our understanding of the past? How do we attempt to secure that understanding? Why is history biased? Can there be history without bias? Should history have entertainment as a goal? These questions, and others, form the basis for an inquiry into the writing of history and the portrayal of historical characters, events and themes depicted in the cinema. Filmmakers have presented history in ways ranging from the mundane to the sublime. In this course we will view selected films and through readings, lectures and discussions examine some of the successes and failures of "History by Hollywood." This course is intended for first-year students. Others may enroll with permission. Prerequisile: One history course or consent of instructor Maxlmum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Lindell16 I . ' , .W .I Science and Religion HON 401-1 lnstructor: Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the twentieth century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among lectures, discussions, small group tutorials and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation and a major synthesis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One CF course, one NW course, and junior or senior standing Liberal Atis Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Literacy in the City: Service-Learning Externship INS 298-1 lnstructor: Garry Hesser The course, taught by the Experiential Education staff, will explore literacy in the city. Students will work in groups at least two days a week at one of the four literacy centers close to campus. A twice-weekly seminar will focus on current issues in literacy through readings, guest speakers, films and reflection exercises. Students will complete short seminar exercises, set team externship goals, keep individual journals and make a final group presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 43 Paideia Seminars INS 120-1 Instructor: Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluations as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 319 Topics: An introduction to Law School INS 210-1 lnstructoc William 0.Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first-year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and writing skills. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Introduction to Islam INS 225-1 Instructor Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Inlercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Universals of Language LIN 290-1 Instructor: John Schmit Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Math of Interest MAT 173-1 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111 or IV or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: QuantitativeReasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 212 Topics/Discrete Mathematics MAT 481-1 Instructor: Su Doree Explore the discrete side of mathematics as we consider questions such as ....How many phone numbers start with the 612 area code? What's the shortest route between two cities using scheduled flights? The term "discrete" refers to separate, distinct objects such as the whole numbers. Kenneth Rosen, a mathematician at Bell Labs, in the introduction to his text Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, explains that ... discrete mathematics is used whenever objects are counted, when relationships between finite sets are studied and when processes involving a finite number of steps are analyzed. A key reason for the growth in the importance of discrete mathematics is that information is stored and manipulated by computing machines in a discrete fashion. The course is a rigorous introduction to discrete mathematics including topics such as sets, logic,,functions, recursions, combinatorics, elementary probability theory and graph theory (as in networks). Algorithmic thinking and mathematical reasoning is emphasized throughout the course. This course will be a useful and interesting complement to calculus and continuous mathematics. The course is intended for students pursuing a mathematics major or a computer science major with a mathematics minor. Students are expected to be at least a little familiar with theoretical mathematics and proof. No specific computer experience is expected. Evaluation is based on three examinations and a small portfolio of homework problems. Please contact Su Dorke for further information. Prerequisite: MAT 245 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 112 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-1 lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of relational databases for advanced queries, forms and reports. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool. Prerequisites: MIS 175 or CSC 170 or consent of the insf~ctor,Math Placement Group 111 Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I1 Room: Lindell 16 Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-1 Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Kagin I1 -e Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, artlmusic critique sheets and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this Interim course must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, CB 307, Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at Augsburg College on Saturday, November 15. For more information you may call Roberta Kagin at 330- 1273. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aeslhelics Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 195 1 197 1 - MUS 204-1 Instructor 0.Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 Seminar: Printing Music at the Computer MUS 295-1 lnstructoc Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen The program Finale will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professionallevel musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I (M, W 10-12:OO; b Th 8-1 1:30; F8-1l:OO) Room: Music Library (first floor Music Bldg.) Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre MUS 295- TnHR 295-T Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by music and theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and performance techniques from music and theatre to help students gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of music theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore the power of music theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony and spiritual tradition. Another goal of the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from music theatre. Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Topic: History of Caribbean Music Studied in Miami and Jamaica (UMAIE Course) MUS 295-H Instructor Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of Caribbean music, where composition, recording and world distribution takes place. This course will explore the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be visited are Miami and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel and Kingston. Cost is $2,460, which includes all travel, accommodations, breakfast and tuition. Evaluation will be done on attendance at all sessions, keeping a journal and a final project with an explanation paper. This is open to all students, not just music majors. liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 15 Beginning Norwegian I NOR 111-1 Instructor: Frankie Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Philosophy of the Emotions and Passion PHI 215-1 lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on the nature of human emotion and passion with the intentions of discovering the nature of the role of this aspect of human nature in the life of a human being. Students will read, discuss and then write about various aspects and problems concerned with human emotional life. We shall explore the impact of emotions upon language, music, art, interpersonal relations and even religion. The goal is to provide students with an occasion to think deeply about this aspect of their humanity. Evaluation will be by written reports on assigned material and a mid-term and final essay examination. Liberal Arts Perspective; Human ldenlily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Philosophy and the Arts PHI 260-1 Instructor David Apolloni We will discuss the nature of art, artistic expression, aesthetic experience, as well as questions peculiar to the individual arts. Does the literary artwork exist independently of its author's intention? Does music have meaning? What is the relationship between theater and film? Students will be evaluated on the basis of weekly quizzes, group work, short written assignments and possibly a project (extra credit) on the Internet. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aeslhetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Old Main 18 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-1 Instructor: Jeffrey Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123, Excel) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Excel to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. This is also a fun way to learn spreadsheets, which have become very useful in the home. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam. Prerequisile: Math Placement Group 111 Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 Social Justice in America POL 140-1 lnstructor: Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless first receiving the permission of the instructor. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The Cily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 24 Gender, Race and Class in the Mass Media POL 295-1 Instructor: Susan Riley How do the mass media intersect with American ideals and stereotypes in regard to gender, race and class? This course will explore the images, underlying values and assumptions, and the impact of U.S. media practices and patterns in rela- tion to sex and gender, race and ethnicity, and social and economic class status. How are women, racial and ethnic minorities, and working class people portrayed in the mass media in TV dramas and sitcoms, music videos, children's programming, the news, advertising, movies and talk radio? At the heart of the course will be case studies designed and conducted by the students (individually or in groups) which explore in detail some aspect of gender, race and class in the mass media. Students will present their case study results in a written paper and in a brief oral report to the class. Additional course requirements include active class participation and a midterm examination. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-1 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or PSY 102 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Science 205 w Theology of Death and Dying REL 490-1 Instructor: John Benson This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions and Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since some of our theological material will come from Roman Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the hospice movement in the United States and current medical practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes and written assignments will be the format. Grades will be based on class participation, two tests and oral presentation of a research project. Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Culture, Family, Sex and Status: The New Testament Social World REL 330-1 Instructor: Philip A. Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class presentationlparticipation and a research paper. Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-1 Instructor: Mark Tranvik The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will be addressed: what does it mean to be a Lutheran today and how might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Chrislian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 213 Varieties of Christian Spirituality REL 440-1 lnstructoc Janelle Bussert 11 A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation and a final paper. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 or 331 Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I/ Room: Science 112 Sociological Studies of Childhood SOC 232-1 lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options. Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 Spanish and Latin-American Culture Through Film SPA 248-1 lnstructoc Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural and political issues (social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile or immigration) that characterized contemporary Spanish and Latin-America societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief reading and audio-visual materials on the historic, literary and social aspects that contribute to the background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on class participation, brief weekly written assignments and a short term paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercullural Awareness I Maximum Enmllment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Exploring Human Services S WK 257-1 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cily Maximum Enmllment: 60 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 11 1 Field Work Ill SWK 466-1 (full course) SWK 466-H (0.5 course) Instructor: Maria Dinis This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the 0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting, 2) attendancelparticipation and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisile: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime) Room: Foss 21 Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre THR 295-T/MUS 295- T Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson See course information listed under MUS 295-T. Introduction to Lesbian and Gay Studies WST 205-1/405-1 Instructors: Doug Green and Beverly Stratton This course will be offered at both the 200- and the 400-level. Both levels of the course are designed to introduce students to basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in contemporary U.S. culture: sexual identity, life experiences of gayllesbianlbisexualltransgender(GLBT) persons, homophobia, heterosexism, etc. In addition, we will explore some GLBT literature, film andlor theater, history, religionlspirituality and theory. The course will include guest speakers and a servicelearning component at local GLBTIsupporting agencies. Some travel and experiences in the city, including an immersion event outside of class time, are expected. There will be a fee of up to $50, depending on the size of the class, to cover the cost of the immersion experience; some speakers' fees; and other expenses. Both the upper- and lower-level versions of the course meet the Human Identity or Intercultural Awareness I perspectives as well as Women's Studies credit. The upperlevel course requires that students act as discussion leaders, do some additional readings that lead to presentations and a projectlpaper in an area of GLBT studies of interest to them, and meet separately with instructors for some additional discussion. 205 evaluation: PIN grading only-attendancelparticipation, journal. 405 evaluation: traditional or PlN-attendancelparticipation, journal, presentations, projectlpaper. Prerequisites: lor 205, none; lor 405, WST 201 or permission of inslructors Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity or Inlercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Pickleball HPE 002-P lnstructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifetime Sporf Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# Mi Th, F Room: Melby Gym-norfh/south courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F lnstructor: Carol Enke Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifelime Sporf Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# M! Th, F Room: Air Slructure Lifetime Sport: Badminton HPE 002-8 Instructor Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: 11:OO- 12:OO M, I; W Th, F Room: Melby Gym-nodhhouth couiis Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-6 lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod Maxlmum Enrollment: 16 Time: 1:OO-2:OO M, T; W Th, F Room: Air Structure UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454 (330-1655). These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. SPP 20 1-1 Art and Music in the Capitals of Europe Britain and Ireland: Museums, Monuments and Prehistoric Sites Egypt in Transition English School and Family Europe and the Rise of Modern Science The European Economic Union Explore Peru's Past and Present From Auschwitz to Jerusalem The Greek Experience Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings History of Caribbean Music Hope and Glory: Christianity in England, France and Germany Malta: Knights and Crusaders Many Faces of Japan New Zealand: Natural History and Development Paris, Florence, Rome: Art and Aesthetics Peopling Paradise: Migrants, Missionaries and Money in Hawaii Roman Italy: City, Town and Country Life Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs Serving Special Needs: A British Perspective Theater in Britain Ireland: Understanding Christian Celtic Spirituality Other Interim Abroad Courses: Peace and Conflict Studies in Northern Ireland (ACTC Program) Sounds and Sights of Europe (Augsburg Program) Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. The Washington Center 1998 Academic Seminars Leadership 2000: A Global Perspective on the Environment January 4- 16, 1998 POL 398-A Women as Leaders January 4- 16, 1998 POL 398-8 Inside Washington: Politics and the Media January 18-23, 1998 POL 3984 The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week, one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program (January 4-23) in order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 1 1 l A or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117 or call 330-1197. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1975
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: INTERIM 1975 - Interim Dates October 23 - 25 January 6 (Monday) January January January January 7 (Tuesday) 10 (Friday) 24 (Friday) 31 (Friday) I - - - ''1 I I 14 I c 1 1 1 Interim registration 'I 1 Interim begins: I Class I - 9:00 a.m. Class I1 - 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancellad...
Show more INTERIM 1975 - Interim Dates October 23 - 25 January 6 (Monday) January January January January 7 (Tuesday) 10 (Friday) 24 (Friday) 31 (Friday) I - - - ''1 I I 14 I c 1 1 1 Interim registration 'I 1 Interim begins: I Class I - 9:00 a.m. Class I1 - 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancelladd Last day for determing optional grade Last day for cancelling class Interim ends Requirements and Course Load The interim is an integral part of the fall semester at Augsburg College. The number of interims required for graduation is equal to one interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a student enrolled full-time for four years is required three interims; a student enrolled full-time for two years is required one interim. While a student is not required to enroll in an interim, helshe pays tuition for an interim during each year helshe is enrolled full-time at Augsburg. Tuition for the interim is paid as a part of the fall tuition payment. A student may take an interim in the major or outside the major. Each discipline may require one interim of its majors, and each student may elect one additional interim in the major. Beyond the two interims in the major each student will elect interims outside the major. One interim course is the limit of the student's academic load during the one-month term. June Interims Each year an interim course will be offered for the following June term of summer school. A student may enroll in a June interim course in lieu of the January term. If helshe elects June rather than January, there will be no additional tuition charge. Students planning the June interim in lieu of January, however, must register for the June interim at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay regular one summer course tuition. Distribution Requirements and Grading Each department at Augsburg offers at least one interim course that will fulfill the distribution requirements for graduation. Each instructor determines the manner in which the interim will be graded. The grading is listed with each interim description: Traditional; PIN; Optional. -. - # n interim course should make the same time-demands upon the student as a standard semester course. The'number and length of class meetings is not rigidly fixed. Students, however, should plan for in-class participation of about ten hours per week. In addition, there will be labs, field study, travel, reading, reports, and papers. On-Campus Classes and Off-Campus Classes The following catalogue lists the interim courses available at Augsburg. In addition to these courses, Augsburg students may enroll for their interim at Hamline, Macalester, or St. Catherines in St. Paul, and at St. Olaf iq Northfield, as well as any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Students planning an interim, other than the Take-Five Colleges, need to clear their plans with the Interim Director. Should students have questions about other campus interims and major requirements, they should consult with the department chairman of their major. Should they have questions about other campus interims and distribution requirements, they should consult with the Registrar. The ALC Joint Interim The 1975 interim will bring together, for the third year, students from a number of American Lutheran Church colleges for a joint learning and living experience. The 1975 joint interim will focus on a common theme: "Community Awareness: The Future is Now." Courses will be offered in Minneapolis, in St. Paul, and in Omaha, Nebraska. While arrangements have been made for joint housing, Augsburg College students may enroll in a joint interim course without participating in the housing arrangements. Independent Study Students may elect an independent study program for the interim. If they plan such, they must meet the department's requirements for independent study. They must also present, at the time of registration for the interim, a written agreement from the individual instructor who will direct their independent study program. A topic and tentative outline, including bibliography for the independent study, must be submitted to the instructor and the office of the Interim Director no later than December 12, 1974. No independent study will be accepted after December 12. The interim day is divided into two blocks of time. These time periods are flexible, but the flexibility will be determined by the instructor and the class at the first session. I - 8:OO - 12:30 I1 - 12:30 - 5:OO rn'IST All interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim. Class I will meet on the first day at 9:00 a.m. Class I1 will meet on the first day at 1:00 p.m. Cancelling, Adding and Grading Tuesday, January 7, 1975, is the last day for cancelling and adding a course. Friday, Januray 10, 1975, is the last day for determining-optional grade. Additional Questions Students with particular questions about the interim should consult Dr. Mark Davis, Associate Dean, Memorial Hall 128, Extension 485. Department of Art 10155 Iconography and Icon Painting The concepts of image within the early Christian church and the functions of icons within Eastern Orthodoxy. Preparation and execution of an icon panel using egg tempera and gold leaf. (ALC Joint Interim) , Instructor: Thompson Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None . Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Minneapolis Armory (students may enroll in this Augsburg interim without participating in the ALC Joint Interim.) , w Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film. Instructor: Rusten Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Art studio 110 Continued film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film. Instructor: Rusten Distribution requirements: Humanities Prerequisites: Film-making I Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Art studio 110 Department of Biology 20109 Human Biology: Homo Sapien for Better or Worse Using mainly lectures, reinforced with guest speakers and films, attempt to teach some basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What affect does man have upon the environment? What affect does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? Instructor: Mickelberg Distribution requirement: Urban, Natural Science Prerequisites: None Gradlng : Optional Time: I Room: 213 and 214 2049 1 Biological Forefronts Discussions of up to the minute topics in biological research with presentations given both by researchers in various fields of biology and by students registered for the course. This course fulfills the requirement of seminar for the biology major. Instructor: Thorpe Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology major Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 213 Department of Business Administration, Business Education, Economics 21101 Introduction to Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Instructor: Kader Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 23 33110 Office Technology Simulation of office duties including filing, use of transcription machines, introduction to data processing and problems involving all departments in business, such as accounting, mailing, communication and administration. Instructor: Lund Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Elementary typewriting or high school typewriting. Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 11 21295 Computer Applications for Social Science The objective of the course is to present to students the modern technology of computor aided research methods in business and economics as well as in the social sciences. The topics covered will include the various computor packages available through CDC 6600 at University of Minnesota. Elementary discussions of the statistical techniques utilized will also be presented. Topics: scope operating system, tape handling, diskpack, library routines. Statistical Techniques: regression, experimental design models, parametric and non-parametric methods. Instructor: Matsumoto Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 22 Fee: $15.00 Economics of Urban Issues Study of the economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban economist. Some of the topics to be discussed are: population crisis; mass transit system; distributing free bread; free medical care; etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion. Instructor: Sabella Distribution requirement: Social Science, Urban Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 22295 *History of Economic Thought An introduction to the development of economic thinking from the middle ages to the nineteenth century. The contributions of the major schools of economic thought will be discussed with particular attention being paid to the social and institutional climate in which they developed. The economic thought of the schoolmen, mercantilists, physiacrats, and Marx as well as the classical and neo-classical tradition will be discussed. Instructor: Morici Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Department of Chemistry 34110 Energy, Man, and the Environment As you and those in your generation take over the running of the world, what will it run on? Just food and air? Certainly those, but what else? What are the world's sources of energy for your generation and your children's generation? We'll study them in this interim--fusion power; hydrogen; fission power; geothermal energy; solar energy; petroleum fuels; coal; hydroelectric systems; the tides; wind. And food, too. Food not only gives us energy for living, it requires energy for growing--fuels for machines, for making fertilizer, for pumping water. We'll look closely at both the prospects of each fuel and the problems--strip mining; air pollution; radioactive wastes; salination of soil; harm to wildlife and people; oil blackmail. The intent is that you become informed to the point where you know something about these matters and can inform others; where you can participate intelligently in making the moral choices that surely will face you; where you know how to stay informed, how to find information, how to keep up to date. The level will be semi-technical. We may use one of the several environmental science books now available as a basic text and then exploit other books, articles and government publications. We'll study many films--high quality color films. If the opportunity arises--there's no way to know this early--we'll visit a nuclear power plant. We'll meet about four times a week, about two hours or so at a time, (depending on the film for the day.) W s course assumes a knowledge of high school chemistry or the equivalent. Instructor: Holum Distribution requirement: Urban, Natural Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Traditional Time: I Room: Science Hall 320 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis, and solution equilibria in detail and will give an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The course is to be taken by chemistry majors normally in the interim of their sophomore year. Medical technologists, should take Chemistry 353 in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions and assignments. Instructor: Gyberg Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116 Grading: Traditional Time: I lecture, I1 laboratory Room: 315 34359 Industrial Chemistry Industrial chemistry entails products selling for about 100 billion dollars a year. It is desirable that science majors be aware of the scope of this production and the details of selected operations, representative of the field. Important topics will be considered I by lecture, reading and films. A limited number of local trips will perhaps be made to see "industry in action." Instructor: Agre Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 318 Department of Education 44255 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. In-school experiences will be in schools throughout the Twin Cities areas. Instructor: Reuter Distribution requirements: None Prerequisites: Sophomore and Junior standing Grading: Optional Time: I and period I1 two days per week Room: Library 1 45375 Audio-visual Media The student will be assigned full time to work closely with the media personnel of an area school or district center having an outstanding audio-visual program. The internship will provide the student with experiences related to the development of competencies in using non-print materials in a school setting. Instructor: Alexander Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor Grading; Optional Time: I1 Room: Library 4 45482 Student Teaching, Secondary Full days experience in the classroom. Opportunities are provided for the experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Instructor: Johnson Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: 265, 459, Special Methods Grading: Optional Room: Appointment with Dr. Johnson 444991 45499 Independent Study Each student desiring an independent study will submit to the Education Department a proposal describing hislher objectives and an outline showing how helshe plans to attain these objectives. If the department gives approval, then a college supervisor for the study is named. Number of independent studies for the department is limited. Contact the elementary or secondary education coordinator. Instructor: Staff Grading: Optional Pepartment of Englieh 54211 People Under Pressure The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old all live under pressure--political, social, religious, and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. Literature, including every genre from many countries, will be read and discussed both by the entire class and in small groups. If possible resources of the city will be used, i.e., a play, a movie, a guest lecturer or discussion leader. An effort will be made to choose books unfamilar to the student. Among those being considered: The Man Who Killed the Deer, The Portrait of an Artist as a Yougg,Man,My Name is Asher Lev, The Quest for Christa, All Quiet on the Western Front, % I Never Sang for My Father, Antigone. Instructor: Andersen Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 The New Journalism: Reading in the Present This course might also be titled "I don't even believe what I read in the newspaper." Launched with a single text, The New Journalism by Tom Wolfe and E. W. Johnson, the class will proceed to examine- -Norman Mailer, Truman Capote, George Plimpton, Terry Southern, and other writers who have, in the past decade, employed the techniques of fiction in plying their trade as new journalists. Instructor for the course is practicing journalist and will call upon professional colleagues from the print media to give their views on the recent phenomenon. Instructor: Wood Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 25 54237 Literature by and about Women "Literature by and about Women" will consist of close reading of poetry, essays and fiction by women, primarily of the 20th century, In addition to literary matters, we will consider sexual stereotyping, various masks women have worn to "pass" in our largely sexist Department of E n g l i s h 54259 A S e v e n t i e s Sampler We w i l l s t u d y some n o v e l s , poems, p l a y s , and f i l m s w r i t t e n o r f i l m e d i n t h e 1970's. Our r e a d i n g w i l l i n c l u d e t h e l a t e s t a v a i l a b l e works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger and some r e c e n t s c i e n c e f i c t i o n , d e t e c t i v e s t o r i e s , and a r e c e n t b e s t s e l l e r . Our viewing w i l l depend on what p l a y s and f i l m s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n January i n t h e Twin Cities. I f p o s s i b l e , s t u d e n t s w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e of l i t e r a t u r e o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t . Those who t a k e t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e r e a d i n g . Films w i l l b e s e e n i n t h e a f t e r n o o n t o t a k e advantage of lower p r i c e s , b u t we wills e e two o r t h r e e p l a y s i n t h e evening. Instructor: Palosaari D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 Humanities and male-dominated society, woman's place, and hapes for the future. Emphasis will be placed on class discussion. Instructor: Thornton Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 54255 American Indian Voices, 1920 - 1974 American Indians speak for themselves in modern America through their oratory, autobiographies, essays, short fiction, novels and recent poetry and ballads. Some significant topics include the persistence of traditional Indian values, growing up Indian, historical and contemporary responses of Indians to white oppression and the search for identity in the modern world. Major readings will feature Black Elk Speaks, Vine Deloria's Custer Died for Your Sins, and two novels, Hyemeyohst Storm's =en Arrows and N. Scott Momaday's House Made of Dawn. Class activities will include small group discussions, a journal and a class report on additional Indian writings. Indian poets will be invited to read and discuss their own poetry and the class will participate in some local pow-wows. Instructor: Nicholl Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 34 An exploration of the stories surrounding the Round Table, its knights, and its damsels, from the 12th century through the 15th century in England and on the Continent. An introduction to courtly love and the love stories of Guinevere and Lancelot, and Tristan and Isolde. A comparison of the Perceval legends and the Grail romances. An introduction to romances based on folk material. All in translation. Malory will end the course. Instructor: Dewell Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: One prior Literature course Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 201 54341 Wrriage and Literature We will study the theme of the decay of marriage in the works of Scott and Zelda Fitzgerald and Ted Hughes and Sylvia Plath. We will examine the complex relationship between the writers' lives and their autobiographical but transformed works. We will ponder why both women wrote novels with a central female character who is crazy and why both women felt compelled to see themselves as crazy. Instructor: Sargent Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Department of Foreign Language 701 15 French in Canada (Quebec) Students will enroll in the January interim study term at Lava1 University, a newly created campus of the oldest French-speaking University in this hemisphere. Classes increase students' proficiency in oral and written French skills, stressing small groups and modern audio-visual methods. Literature and civilization of French Canada are also studied. Visits to theatres, museums, social and sports events included. Possibility of skiing in the Laurentian Mountains. Designed for all students wishing to study French in French surroundings. Students live in French-speaking families. Instructor: Varies according to student's level of ability Distribution requirement: Foreign Language Prerequisites: None Cost: Approximately $500 70245 Women in French Literature The course will examine the differing roles of women in French literature of several centuries, from Iseut and Harquerite de Navarre to Emma Bovary and Simone de Beauvoir. The study will be divided into two aspects: 1) the French woman as writer and 2) the woman as heroine in French literature. In addition the course will seek any uniquely French understandings of woman's role as seen in French literature. Class discussions, extensive reading, frequent oral reports and a paper. Instructor: Johnson Distribution requirement: Foreign Language Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 7 72309 20th Century German Prose Writers Works to be read reflect not only the unique German experience of the 20th century, but also problems which are of concern to all humanity: war and peace, political and social change, alienation, generation conflict, the search for personal identity and for personal and collective security. Several women authors will be included, as well as writers from the German Democratic Republic. Works will all be read in German. Discussions will be conducted in German as much as possible. Discussion in English whenever needed. Instructor: Oyler Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: German 212 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 4 75111 Beginning Norwegian This is a complete introductory course in Norwegian language and culture. Regular class and laboratory attendance is a must because of the accelerated pace of learning. Students will find this an effective and enjoyable exposure to a foreign language and its culture. Instructor: Hansen Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 3 762191 76319 Language, Culture and Theater in Madrid The main goals'of this course will be to improve the student's spoken Spanish, widen his cultural experience and to acquaint him with the Spanish theater. The group will be based in Madrid I' 8 Jd I d d w I I for four weeks with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley of the aleen en, El Escorial and Segovia. Activities will include tutoring three times a week by spanish students from the University of Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other excellent museums, and attendance at two or three theater performances per week. In addition, there will be regular discussions concerning Spanish theater and civilization and students will be asked to keep a journal in Spanish. The group will also attend Protestant and Catholic church services, the Madrid symphony, films, and other cultural functions offered to university students in Madrid. Instructor: Kingsley Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: Spanish 214 Grading: Optional Costs: $775 76223 The Chicano Struggle Through essays, short stories, and novels written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists, the course will introduce the student to the world of the Chicano and his dual struggle to maintain his traditions and culture on the one hand, and to integrate into American society on the other. (Discussions and readings in Spanish.) Instructor: Franco Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Spanish 214 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 8 76299 Introductory Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psychollinguistics (inquiry into the mechanisms of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. Instructor: Steinmetz Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: 8 General Studies 58229 Issues in Human Development; A Cultural Perspective The interim will be based in a Benedictine monastery in the village of Ahuatapec near Curenavaca, Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by charter bus and train. The goal of the interim will be to provide both an academic and experiential framework for the students to clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed in juxtaposition with those of the Mexican culture, the monastic community and the other members of the group. The class will not only be as a learning community for the month, but a working, living and worshiping community as well. While at the monastery, students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in the discipline of the monastic community and will spend a part of each day in class and part of the day working in agricultural and social projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be given to the building of the community within the group itself, and the skills involved in developing a community. In addition to the monastery, some time will be spent in Mexico City and in small group travel experiences to the other parts of Mexico. Background readings and extensive daily journal and a final paper will be required. Several preparatory meetings will be held during the fall term. Instructor: Mugge Distribution requirement: Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Cost: $400 58289 Counseling Skills: None Components of Helping Relationships An introductory course for those interested in acquiring basic skills used in helping relationships. Emphasis on cognitive understanding and practical competency in individual and group situations. Open to any student wishing to explore the potentiality of helping relationships within his or her intended occupation. Not to be counted toward a major or minor in psychology. Instructor: Sander Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 28 58299 The Games of Man This interim will provide an opportunity for learning old and new games. Some games will be for sheer fun, others for teaching purposes and still others for self examination and development. We will work on some traditional board games and also do dome comtemporary simulations. Hopefully the class will also create some new games and be introduced to the business of game production. Instructor: Gustafson Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Department of History 56160 "Can These Stones Speak?": Cuniform Writing an Introduction to the Principles of A study of the ancient Sumerians and related Mesopotamian civilizations through an introduction to cuniform writing. Students will learn to transliterate (i.e. render the cuniform symbols into English syllables) and translate the simpler Sumerian cuniform texts dating from 2,000 B.C. Instructor: Nelson Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 318 56351 Topics in United States History Individual directed study in selected areas of U.S. History such as Minnesota and Upper Midwest political development, Upper Midwest Ethnic history and the Scandinavian-American experience. Will be set up essentially as a "tutorial" with periodic individual conferences with student which will be scheduled at beginning of the course. It will be necessary to secure departmental approval of design of project in advance of the interim. Instructor: Chrislock Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Interdisciplinary Studies 58320 Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American Civilizations The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas, not a land of savages, but highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study these three ancient civilizations from the viewpoint,of the anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government, military codes, agriculture, and daily life. Instructor: Reichenbach Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 2 60250 Science and Faith The course will begin with a historical look at views as to the orgin, nature and evolution of the universe, life and man. The methods, language and limitations of Science and Religion will be considered. Finally, views as to the relationship between God and nature will be discussed with the aim of working toward a "Theology of Nature" as is considered, for example, Ian Bargour. Instructor: Hanwick, Sulerud, Quanbeck Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 205 Department of Mathematics 61141 Three Modern Space-Time Odysseys A controversial research trip, with a flavor of mathematical concepts, into some universal modern problems. The first odyssey is an exposure of chaotic elements of present knowledge systems such as the sciences, philosophy, and theology. The second odyssey is a trip through time and space from the past to the present relativity universe; the role of mathematics in the formation of cosmic models is stressed. The third odyssey attempts an objective view of our space-time universe, aided by concepts in mathematics, the sciences, and Biblical theology. Three brief written papers are required. The mathematical background needed for this course is minimal. Instructor: Follingstad Distribution requirement: Natural Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 212 61275 Shapes, Space and Symmetry The study of mathematical structure and relationships through construction of geometrical solids. This course assumes a student knowledge of mathematics equivalent, to algebra and _____-.__ __..___.._____-__._ -_-.high ._ school -... -....- ..--. -..--..-.--geometry. Instructor: Durkee Distribution requirement: Natural Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Traditional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 205 Department of Music Introduction to Music Therapy This will be an introductory course for the student who may be interested in pursuing the field of music therapy as a career. It will be offered to freshmen and sophomores, so they may consider music therapy before taking the required courses as a junior or senior. It will include a survey of some of the music therapy programs in the area. Instructor: Metzler Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 82235 Music and the Dance A course for students interested in exploring some relationships between the two art forms from historic, technical, and creative aspects. An original work will be created, rehearsed, and presented in cooperation with the Minnesota Dance Theater. Study will include the investigation of problems for the musician, dancer, composer, choreographer, designer, and technician, and students will have the opportunity to participate in these capacities. Instructor: Karlen Distribution requirement: Fine Arts Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Music Auditorium Fee: $25 82245 Sound and Sight Parameters The course will consist of studying the different levels of art work perception available to people. Discussion will deal with techniques employed in the creating and receiving processes. Some of the art works explored will be by Bloch, David, Debussy, Degas, Delacroix, Dostoyevsky, El Greco, Hawthorne, Hemingway, Holst, Husa, Keats, Matisse, Monet, Mozart, Picasso, Poe, Renior, Stravinsky, Tchaikovsky, Thurber, Van Gogh, And Wordsworth. A creative project is required of all registrants. A field trip to Chicapo necessitates a special fee. Instructor: Carlson Distribution requirement: Fine Arts Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Music Building 20 Fee: $85 82290 The Art of Accompanying and Related Keyboard Techniques We will explore and put into practice the various techniques of accompanying both vocal and instrumental music. Practice in transposing and improvising will also be given. Aspects of sight-reading and styllistic interpretations will be studies. Techniques of accompaniment on the piano, organ, harpsichord will be practiced. Instructor: Metzker Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Keyboard facility in one or more of the following instruments: piano, organ, harpsichord. Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Music Building 20 82370 Creative Music in the Elementary School This course is designed to expand the musical experience and to enlarge the musical understanding of the student by playing Orff instruments (recorders, percussion, and melodis instruments;) by movement to music; by creating and composing music to poetry and arranging songs for instruments; by drawing to music (discovering the configuration of melodis and rhythmic line;) by learning new notation; by exploring new materials for children's musical experience; by analyzing how children learn performance skills. Instructor: Pauline Sateren Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: 7:00 p.m. - 9:30 p.m. (Monday Room: Music Auditorium 82390 - Thursday) Broadway Musical The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing acting, set design and building, choreography, dancing. A variety of talents and interests are used. Instructor: Gabrielsen, Johnson Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Music Auditorium Department of Physical Education and Health Education 55232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, noon hour activities, low organized games, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Instructor: Peterson Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Gymnasium 12 55482 Coaching of Sports The theory and techniques of coaching interscholastic sports. Special emphasis is placed on the prevention and care of athletic injuries. A basic understanding of the kipewi2l~p;yand_phyaiology of exercise and a knowledpe of at least one - major sport is assumed of each student . Instructor: Caris Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Junior or Senior year or consent of instructor Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Gymnasium 13 Fee: $5 Department of Physics 84322 Nuclear Radiation Science: Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, ( 2 ) participation in the 1975 Oak Ridge Special Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his course of study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and ( 3 ) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division. The Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar is funded by the Division of Nuclear Education of the United States Atomic Energy Commission. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience simply not normally available to undergzaduate students. Oak Ridge is the site of one of the largest national laboratories and is of great historical interest because of the role it played in the Manhattan Project. Time will be available to tour the area including the national laboratory. Instructor: Paulson plus the staff of ORAU Special Training Division Distribution requirement: Natural Science Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Grading: Optional Time: I Fee: Cost of travel to Oak Ridge, Tennessee Room: Science Hall 22 Department of Political Science 85170 &aw and Liberty An investigation of various meanings of freedom in political, religious, and philosophical contexts; relationships of freedom and restraint, ironies and paradoxes of law and liberty. Students will choose an aspect of the problem for special study, reporting their findings for class inter-action; depending upon class size, participants will be grouped in interest-related sub-seminars. A number of brief written reports will be assigned, but no major paper. Instructor: Stenshoel Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 34 85320 The Welfare State Revisited An examination of the political justification and contemporary operation of the modern welfare state with special emphasis on the British and U. S. claims to welfare state politics. Topics to be considered include historic origins of the ideology of the welfare state in democratic and non-democratic systems, basic goals and major policy options as perceived by elites and non-elites, the attitudinal and political responses of major interests to the implementation of the welfare state and basic sources of opposition to the welfare state assumptions. Instructor: Hedblom Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: an introductory political science course or consent of the instructor Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 201 Department of Psychology 86125 Creativity in Pre-School Children Conditions that facilitate development of creativity. Each student must make her/his own arrangements in advance of the course to have ready access throughout the interim to one specific person in the age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the first grade of school; children who will be 3 by July 1, 1975 are acceptable.) The child should be available basically on a daily basis for purposes of observing and interacting with the child. Consideration of play materials, literature, television, life situations, experiences, personal inter-action, and activities with particular reference to the development of creativity. Instructor: Johnson Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 19 JUNE INTERIM 86280 Psychology in Action ....Today and Tomorrow Observing, interviewing and studying the psychologist on the job. Business, industrial, social agency, educational, religious and private practice settings and jobs will be explored. Instructor: Anderegg Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading : Optional 86365 Models of Mind An introduction to the measurement and simulation of human mental processes. Emphasis will be on the use of digital computers in modeling sensory processes, pattern recognition, learning, language, and problem solving. Students will learn to write programs which do such things as discriminate squares from circles and play chess. Each student will be expected to apply the computer techniques learned in the course to the measurement or simulation of some mental function of interest. Instructor: Marken Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: General Psychology Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 2 12 Fee: $15 computer time Study of research and naturalistic observations on the following topics: individual behavior in relation to groups and power and authority; change facilitating behavioral patterns and conditions; organizations involved in social change; adaptation to the future...futuristics. (Field trips to meetings and legislatures.) Instructor: Dyrud Distribution requirement: Urban Prerequisites: General Psychology Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Department of Religion Utopia and Utopian Thinkers in American Religious History This course will seek to examine how utopian thinking has functioned in American religious history. It will examine 1) how persons have conceived of the ideal community (primarily in the West and in the Christian context;) 2) how thinking about the ideal community has shaped American religious history; and 4) the continual relevance of utopian thinking to American religious history. Instructor: Luoma Distribution requirement: Religion Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 123 86285 World Order and Religion The world appears to be in a state of crisis. What is necessary to provide order? What kind of order would be best? Usually we turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers and principles of order. However, religions have also been ways in which people have ordered their world. We will take that approach. What are leading religious and theological concepts of order? What does the religious map of the world look like today? What can religion contribute to world order? What might the future be and how can we work toward a desirable future with regard to religion and world community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation games. Opportunity for community life with students of other colleges, nations and religions connected with the Joint Interim Program, "An International Landscaping of the Future." (ALC Joint Interim) Instructor: Skibbe Distribution requirement: Religion Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Minneapolis Armory (Students may enroll in this course without participating in the ALC Joint Interim.) 86291 Christian Rome to A.D. 1600 The history of Christianity and the church through study and observation of Rome as a visual site of Western Christian development. Readings and lectures carefully integrated with visits to monuments, museums, and archaeological sites. Study of pagan Rome and the transformation of the city into a center of early Christianity; the city during the Middle Ages and Renaissance. Instructor: Benson Distribution requirement: Religion Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 1 2 1 Grading: Optional Cost: $775 Department of Sociology I 94250 The Church and Social Change in Capitol City In the constant flux of urban life with its population shifts, housing blights, and new freeways, certain Twin City churches (35 - 40 ALC churches among them) find themselves in a changing situation. Such churches find it difficult to cope with the change and to find meaningful ways of organizing to deal constructively with the circumstances. The student class will explore by experience and involvement on behalf of three churches in the inner stratum of St. Paul. Such a class can help provide information for formulating an approach. The three are in sight of the legislature, which helps determine much life in the area. Some students will act as legislative aides for the January session -- providing light and shadow for what is being encountered in the area. (ALC Joint Interim) Instructor: Pastor Tom Meeks, Christ Lutheran Church, St. Paul Distribution requirements: Urban, Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Christ Lutheran Church on Capitol Hill, St. Paul (students may enroll in this course without participating in the ALC Joint Interim.) 94310 Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society A study of Twin Cities ethnic neighborhoods as a focus of community in metropolitan life. Focus will be on distinct and unique ethnic neighborhoods as opposed to neighborhoods dominated by local ethnic majorities and/or racial minorities. Field trips to businesses, churches, and other community institutions in these neighborhoods will be included. Background reading in the sociology of community and the works of Michael Novak and/or Andrew Greeley will be required. Instructor: Nelson Distribution requirement: Urban, Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 1 94325 Face to Face Relationships: Changing Patterns and Alternatives Analysis of the functions of face-to-face relationships for the individual. Summary of shifts in the patterns of such relationships during the 20th century in the United States as well as an analysis of the current situation. An examination of alternative ways of structuring such relationships (e.g., communal living, socialization of children in day care centers.) Instructor: Grams Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or equivalent Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 19 94355 Scandinavian Urbanization and Community Building The extent, nature, and the processes of urbanization taking place in modern Scandinavia. The changing settlement patterns and community developments associated with urbanization and Scandinavian response to urban challenges. Comparisons with urban developments in U.S.A. Readings of recent primary and secondary sources in English translation, slides, and films on central city and satellite towns of Scandinavia. Vlsits to comparable planned urban developments in the Twin Cities, etc. will provide additional illustrative materials for this interim on comparative urban studies. Instructor: Torstenson Distribution requirement: Urban, Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 28 94359 The Scandinavian Corrections System: A Comparative Study One month's study on Norway and Finland, focusing on a comparison of their correction system with those in the U.S. Study includes seminar and discussion with Scandinavian criminologists, correction officers and offenders. Field trips planned to Norway and Finland's correctional agencies and institutions. Instructor: Bloom Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Previous c.ourse work in American corrections, criminology, juvenile delinquency or related subjects. Grading: Optional Fee: $925 95352 Selected Programs in Social Work With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores Instructor: Wagner Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Grading: Optional Time: 30 hours per week in a field placement to be arranged between student and agency supervisor. In addition, there will be once a week evening review conferences on campus. Room: Memorial Hall 1 7:00 p.m. - 8:00 p.m. daily for review conferences. Department of Speech, Communications, and Theatre Arts 981 15 Colloquium on Current Issues A series of speeches and discussions based on studeht selected books exploring current issues. The books would be chosen from a list. This course would satisfy speech requirement for course 111. Instructor: Olson Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Speech Building 43 JUNE INTERIM 98250 Creative Problem-Solving A study of creative behavior with emphasis on problem-solving: ways to facilitate the creative process, techniques of idea-finding, re-definition of problems, solution-finding, making unusual ideas useful, brainstorming techniques, the use of metaphorical excursions and other creative approaches to the total process of problem-solving. The emphasis will be on achieving a fruitful combination of imagination and critical analysis at each stage of the problem-solving process. Materials will be a variety of sources developed by the Creative Education Staff at the State University of New York College at Buffalo. Instructor: Anderson Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional 98285 Theater Practicum The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's play through improvisation, its technical preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled. Instructor: Cole Distribution requirement: Fine Arts Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: 9:30 - 12:OO and 1:00 - 3:00 Room: Theatre auditorium AUGSBURG AMD ST. OLAF INTERIIIIS ABROAD EUROPE ART: The Arts of Europe: A C u l t u r a l Encounter w i t h Fi ve European Ci t i e s (ijuni ch , Vienna , Veni c: e T o r e n c e , and Rome) Malcolm Gimse St. Olaf Ideas i n a r t , a r c h i t e c t u r e , music and l i t e r a t u r e from Eastern and Western Europe c o l l i d e d and mingled i n flunich and Vienna, and, under t h e patronage o f the Imperial Dynasties, Bavari a and A u s t r i a w e r e m i ntroduced t o Renaissance ideas whi ch s p i l l e d over t h e Alps from I t a l y . Venice i s aglow w i t h near Eastern lavishness, f l o a t i n g on a cross-cul t u r a l t i d e which was e s t a b l i s h e d by i t s now vanished merchant Republic. The c i t y i s s i n k i n g p h y s i c a l l y i n t o t h e lagoon, b u t t h e i n t i m a c y o f i t s canals, foot-bridges, and del ic a t e a r c h i t e c t u r e remain. The c i t y o f Florence i s b e a u t i f u l l y preserved i n Renaissance s p i r i t and content. An encounter w i t h Michelangelo, Sculptor, as w e l l as many o t h e r a r t i s t i c geniuses i s l i k e witnessing a c u l t u r a l explosion i n t h e p r o v i n c i a l s e t t i n g o f g u i l d h a l l s and personal pal aces. Rome provides an archaelogical e x p e d i t i o n i n t o ancient h i s t o r y and a t t h e same time E s a r t i s t i c a l l y i n t o t h e f u t u r e i n the new Vatican Fluseum o f Modern Religious A r t opened by Pope Paul i n 1973. Time w i l l be spent i n each c i t y e x p l o r i n g v a s t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s , v i s i t i n g a r c h i t e c t u r a l 1andmarks, and scouting o u t s t i 11 v i t a l a r t centers. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r . Enrollment l i m i t : 20 ******************* GENERAL STUDIES : Medi terranean Cul t u r e COST: $775.00 Lee Pearcy St. O l a f The c i v i l i z a t i o n of Greece from t h e Bronze Age through C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum and Athens. D a i l y l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n Crete a t Knossos, Phalstos, and M a l l i a , p l u s close a t t e n t i o n t o t h e vast c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e Archaeological Museum a t Heracleum. I n Athens and i t s environs, w i t h the a i d o f t h e famed National Museum, f u r t h e r study of t h e Bronze Age o f t h e blycenaeans w i t h f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s . .................... COST: $875.00 FRENCH: 0 Herve Pensec St. Olaf A ,month i n P a r i s f o r i n t e r m e d i a t e and advanced students o f French. Study o f t h e language, c u l t u r e , and t h e a t r e w i t h some a t t e n t i o n t o the cinema. Attendance a t performances i n t e g r a t e d w i t h a n a l y s i s and discussion. V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l e x h i b i t s . Two f u l l - d a y excursions ( t o Versai l l e s and Chartres) w i t h French-speaking l e c t u r e r s . Optional week-end excursion t o Normandy. Study o f iterns o f t o p i c a l i n t e r e s t i n the d a i l y and weekly press. One o f t h e most import a n t aspects o f language study d u r i n g the p e r i o d i s the f o u r hours o f conversation a l p r a c t i c e i n groups o f three, each w i t h a French student from t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f P a r i s a c t i n g as t u t o r . Level 11: conversation a t t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e l e v e l ; 4 plays; 4 f i l m s ; one s p e c i a l p r o j e c t i n C u l t u r e and C i v i l i z a t i o n . Level 111: conversat i o n a t t h e advanced l e v e l ; d a i l y j o u r n a l i n c o r p o r a t i n g r e f l e x i o n s on t h e t h e a t r e and observations on French l i f e ; 8 plays; 1 f i l m ; weekly o r a l r e p o r t s on the preoccupati ons o f the French press. ******************* GERPIAN: COST: Hanno Kl assen St. Olaf Encounter w i t h t h e Two Germanies ..---. $775.00 a A study o f t h e separate ways of Germany s i n c e blorld War 11. The course i s designed t o use the German language f o r a co1;lparative study o f thc two German n a t i o n as off-spring o f t h e s o c i o - p o l i t i c a l systems which d i v i d e t h e peoples o f t h i s earth. I n t h e German Democratic Republic the Youth l i o s t e l i n L e i p z i g w i 11 be t h e base f o r t h r e e weeks' encounter w i t h t h e Germans who 1i v e on the s o c i a l i s t i c communist side. I n the Federal Republic o f Germany t h e p a r t i c i ~ a n t sw i l l l i v e f o r one week i n t h e homes o f h o s t f a m i l i e s i n blunich. Each student i s expected t o keep a j o u r n a l t o t r a c e , analyze, o r compare p a r t i c u l a r aspects o f l i f e i n each country. I n a d d i t i o n t o developing t h e i r a b i l i t y t o communicate i n German, t h e course should g i v e the students a b e t t e r understanding o f the people, t h e i r systems, and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s o f b o t h l4el tanschauungen. ******************* ENGLISH: SPEECH : COST: Theatre i n London $775.00 Ralph Haugen S t . Olaf Study o f drama and t h e a t r e attendance i n London. Over 40 t h e a t r e s i n London, t h e t h e a t r i c a l c e n t e r o f t h e Engl ish-speaki ng world, enable students t o experience v a r i e t i e s o f dramatic productions, modern and t r a d i t i o n a l Course w i 11 i n v o l v e discussions and attendance of plays , backstage v i s i t s and discussions w i t h actors. Supplemental v i s i t s are planned t o the c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n London, t o Oxford and/or Cambridge, and t o a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e r e g i o n a l theatre. Students w i 11 keep journals. (Passlno c r e d i t only. ) . ..................... COST: $775.00 GENERAL STUDIES: Kent Eklund St. Olaf Western Eurcpean I letropol itan Areas This course focuses on the i n t e r a c t i o n s between economic and p o l l t i c a l actors i n four Western European metropolitan areas: Hunich, Brussels , London, and Paris. Specf f f c f nteractions which w i l l be examined include l o c a l econmi c and p o l i t i c a l i n s t f t u l f ons ; the impact o f these metropol itan areas on reg1onal and n a t i onal p o l i t i c a l and economic i n s t i t u t i o n s ; and the attempts by regional and n a t i o n a l governments t o meet metropol it a n problems. Specific p o l l t i c a l i n s t i t u t l o n s which w i 11 be examined include local counci 1s of government, both w4 t h f n c e n t r a l c i t i e s and suburbs, local l y elected o f f i c i a l s i n both c i t i e s and suburbs, metropolitan governmental officials, and n a t i o n a l pol itical and administratf ve o f f i c i a l s responsible f o r urban development. Included i n the examination of English metropolitan p o l i t i c s w 4 l l be a t o u r of a New Town. Economic in s t i t u t i ons included i n the examination w i 11 be p r i vate lending i n s t i tut i o n s , construction firms , p r i v a t e and national i z e d i n d u s t r i a l leaders, and nationa l l e v e l administrators responsible f o r economic p o l i c i e s and planning f o r these metropol itan area. Included i n the examination o f each metropolitan area w i 11 be tours throughout t h e neighborhoods o f t h e c i t i e s and the suburban sectors. COST: ..................... $775.00 A1 l a n Hansen S t . Olaf GENERAL STUDIES : Science His t o r y i n Europe Development o f Physical Sclence will be the focus during one week i n Munich, f e a t u r i n g the displays o f the famous technical Deutsches Fluseum. The second week, i n Parf s, w i 11 be devoted t o B i o l o g i c a l Science, drawing on material a t the Pasteur I n s t i t u t e . In the London area f o r the l a s t two weeks, the development' o f Astronomy w i l l be studied, w i t h the help o f displays a t Greenwich. The Royal I n s t i t u t i o n and the B r i t i s h Museum w i l l provide f u r t h e r observation opport u n i t i e s . A t e x t i n Science History, a research paper, and discussion o f journal e n t r i e s w i 11 f i l l o u t the course. No prerequisites RELIGION: C h r i s t i -a n Rome pa-- .................... to A D . 1600 COST: Joseph Shaw S t . Olaf $775.00 John Benson Augsburg The h i s t o r y o f C h r i s t i a n i t y and the church through study and observation o f Rome as a visual s i t e o f Western C h r i s t i a n development. Readings and lectures carefully i n t e g r a t e d w i t h v i s i t s t o monuments, museums, and archaeological s i t e s . Study o f pagan Rome and the transformation of the c i t y i n t o a center o f e a r l y C h r l s t i a n i t y ; the c i t y during the Cliddle Ages and Renaissance. The l a s t week of the i n t e r f m w i l l include and extended f i e l d t r i p t o Assisi and Florence, and o t h e r t r i p s o u t of Rome w i l l include v i s i t s t o Ostia, Subiaco, and Pompei i . Prerequi s it e : Freshman Re1ig i on ***************** -31- COST: $775.00 SOCIOLOGY: Vern Bloom Augsburg Scandinavian C o r r e c t i o n s Sys tens A s t u d y o f t h e c o r r e c t i o n s systelns o f F i n l a n d and il!on;/ay. Emphasis w i 11 be on comparing these systems w i t i 1 those i n American s o c i c t j ~ . Students wi 11 be expected t o examine such concepts as " c r i m i n a l b e h a v i o r " i n these c o u n t r i e s , and t h e u n d e r l y i n g assumptions i n t h e approaches developed t o p r e v e n t and c o r r e c t t h i s b e h a v i o r ( P .g t h c u s c or ~ U n S s t l ~ ~ t e nt rte, d t n ~ e nt , i s o l a t i o n , r e s t i t u t i o n , e t c . ) Students w i l l a l s o have t h e oppoi-tunity t o s t u d y t h e a c t u a l process and programs o f c o r r e c t i o n s i n c l u d i n g t h e use o r non-use o f such measures as b a i l , d e t e n t i o n , p r o b a t i o n , p a r o l e , fines, and i n c a r c e r a t i o n t o compare w i t h s i m i l a r programs i n t h i s country. The experience wi 11 encompass seminars w i t h r r i r n i no1 o g i s t s from Norway and F i n l a n d f i e l d t r i p s t o v a r i o u s c o r r e c t i o n a l agencies and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s o f t h e c o r r e c t i o n a l systems, offenders and refor111groups. Prerequisite: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g w i t h some course work i n c r i mi no1ogy , d e l inquency , o r related subjects ****k**k*?r*f SPAbIISII: ******+t -Lanquale, C I J ~t u r e , and T h e a t e r - i n- d a d r i d COST: $925.00 !,la r y K i n g s 1ey Augs b u r q The main goals o f t h i s course !.!ill be t o improve t h e s t u d e n t ' s spoken Spanish, widen h i s c u l t u r a l experience and a c q u a i n t him w i t h t h e Spanish t h e a t e r . The group wi 11 be based i n I1iadrid f o r f o u r weeks w i t h s t u d y t r i p s t o Avi l a , Toledo, t h e V a l l e y o f t h e Faleen, El E s c o r i a l , and Seqovia. . I c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e t u t o r i n g t h r e e times a week b y Spanish s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Madrid, ft~clluerit v i s i t s t o t h e Prado and o t h e r excel l e n t museums, and attendance a t two t o t h r e e t h e a t e r performances p c r week. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r e w i 11 be r e g u l a r J i scussi ons concerning Spanish t h e a t e r and c i v i 1 iz a t i on and s t u d e n t s w i 11 be asked t o keep a j o u r n a l i n Spanish. Ine group w i 11 a l s o a t t e n d P r o t e s t a n t and C a t h o l i c church s e r v i c e s , t h e l i a d r i d symphony, f i lms, and o t h e r c u l t u r a l functions offered t o u n i v e r s i t y students i n lladrid. Prerequisites: f o r l e v e l I I A : t h r e e semesters o f Spanish; f o r l e v e l 111: completion of Spanish 51 w i t h a grade o f B- o r h i g h e r . COSTS: Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n . r e q u i remen,t (Area A ) . ment. I I I A counts toward major. P - Id o r grade $775.00 Counts toward 1anguage r e q u i r e - LATIN Ai4ERICA GEAERAL STUDIES I i d F,iEY,ICO: I s s u e s i n Human Devrl opnient; A C u l t u r a l Perspective Joel klugge Augsburg The i n t e r i m w i 11 be based i n a Benedictine monastery i n the v i l l a g e o f Ahuatapec near Cuernavaca, Mexico. Travel t o l:lexico w i 11 be by c h a r t e r bus and t r a i n . The goal of the i n t e r i m w i l l be t o provide both an academic and e x p e r i e n t i a l framework f o r the students t o c l a r i f y t h e i r s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s values as these value are placed i n j u x t a p o s i t i o n w i t h those o f the Mexican c u l t u r e , the monastic community, and the o t h e r members o f the group. The c l a s s w i l l n o t o n l y be as l e a r n i n g community f o r t h e month, b u t a r.rorl<ing, 1i v i n g and worshiping c o ~ ~ ~ mt uy n i as w e l l . While a t t h e monastery students w i 11 be expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e as f u l l y as p o s s i b l e i n the d i s c i p l i n e o f the monastic community and w i l l spend a p a r t of each day i n c l a s s ,and p a r t o f the day working i n a g r i c u l u t r r a l and s o c i a l proj e c t s i n the v i l l a g e . Also, conscious a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o the b u i l d i n g of community w i t h i n the group i t s e l f , and t h e s k i 11s i n v o l v e d i n developing community I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e monastery, some time w i l l be spent in'l4exico C i t y and i n small group t r a v e l experiences t o o t h e r p a r t s o f F.lexico. Background readings, and extensive d a i l y j o u r n a l ancl a f i n a l paper w i 11 be required. Several preparatory meetings w i 11 be h e l d d u r i n g t h e fa1 1 term. P - iV o r Grade .................... COST: $400 MIDDLE EAST POLITICAL SCIEIdCE: P o l i t i c a l Science I n t e r i m i n the Fiiddle East Rod Grubb St. Olaf Since 1948 p o l i t i c a l problem between Arabic n a t i o n s and the S t a t e o f I s r a e l have grown i n c r e a s i n g l y ominous f o r world i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s and the p o t e n t i a1 it y o f Russi an-Uni t e d States c o n f r o n t a t i o n . This course w i 11 examine t h e p o l it i c a l problems o f the Middle East. Topics w i 11 i n c l u d e : a b r i e f h i s t o r i c a l review o f U. S . Pliddle East r e l a t i o n s h i p s ; the p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y o f t h e 1,liddle East; I s r a e l i p o l it i c a l organi z a t i o n and a t t i t u d e s ; Arab p o l it i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and a t t i t u d e s ; prospects f o r the f u t u r e . Stops w i 11 be made a t Rome, Cyprus, and s i g n i f i c a n t l o c a t i o n s w i t h i n I s r a e l . Wisi t s w i 11 be made t o the I s r a e l i assembly and o t h e r p o l i t i c a l and economic organizations. Lectures w i 11 be heard from I s r a e l i and P a l e s t i n i a n p o l i t i c a l leaders and from academic a u t h o r i t i e s . Important h i s t o r i c a l and p o l iti c a l l o c a t i o n s w i l l be v i s i t e d . ******************.A* COST : $925.00 ASIAN STUDIES: Paci f i c and Asi an I n t e r c u l t u r a l Studies H i 11iam Narurn St. Olaf This seminar w i 11 study t h e i n t e r c u l t u r a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s e x i s t i n g between P a c i f i c , Asi an, and American c u l t u r e s i n Hawai i--especi a1 l y t h e r o l e o f r e 1ig i on, t h e expressions of the a r t s , and the personal-qocial problem i n t h i s unique m u l t i c u l t u r a l s o c i e t y . Residence a t t h c unl v e r ~t iy o f Hawaii ( ~ o n o l u l u )d u r i n g the f i r s t two weeks w i l l q i v o Q ~ I0 ~ ~ 0 r t u n i t oy meet students from Asia, and v i s i t shrines, temples, e t r ~ t i i cr e s i d e n t i a l and commercial areas, a r t and h i s t o r i c a l museLlllls. Residence a t the Chruch College o f Hawaii ( L a i e ) d u r i n g the l a s t two weeks w i 11 g i v e o p p o r t u n i t y t o meet P a c i f i c i s l a n d students who work and perform a t the Polynesian C u l t u r a l Center. Lectures throughout t h e month on c u l t u r a l backgrounds and contemporary problems. Students w i 11 a l s o work i n task forces on s p e c i a l c r o s s - c u l t u r a l problems o r concern f o r which they w i 11 w r i t e a paper. They w i 11 a l s o be asked t o keep a j o u r n a l , and t o take ail examination on t l l e i r knowledge o f the P a c i f i c and Asian c u l t u r e s . .................... COST: $775.00 CAFJADA FRENCH: French i n Canada (Quebzc) Unaccompanied Students w i l l e n r o l 1 i n the January I n t e r i m Study Term a t Lava1 U n i v e r s i t y , a newly created campus o f the 01dest French-speaking u n i v e r s i t y i n t h i s hemi sphere. Classes increase students' p r o f i c i e n c y i n o r a l and m!ritten Frencli s k i 11s , s t r e s s i n g small groups and modern audi o-vi sual methods. L i t e r a t u r e and c i v i I i z a t i on o f French Canada a r e a l s o studied. V i s i t s t o theaters, museums, s o c i a l and s p o r t s events included. Possi b i 1it y of s k i i n g i n the Laurentian Liountains. Designed f o r a l l students wishing t o study French i n French surroundings. Students l i v e i n French-speaki ng faliii l y homes. ****************.,k*** COST : $450- $500 1975 JOINT AMERICAN LUTHERAN CHURCH INTERIM The f o l l o w i n g i n t e r i m s a r e under t h e c o - o r d i n a t i o n of t h e American L u t h e r a n Church, D i v i s i o n f o r L i f e and M i s s i o n i n t h e C o n g r e g a t i o n (Rev. J o e Bash.) Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l i n any of t h e ALC J o i n t I n t e r i m s . I f , however, t h e i n t e r i m i s o f f e r e d by a c o l l e g e o t h e r t h a n Augsburg, t h e s t u d e n t must a p p l y f o r exchange t o t h e s p o n s o r i n g c o l l e g e . S t u d e n t s w i t h q u e s t i o n s a b o u t ALC i n t e r i m c o u r s e exchange may check w i t h D r . Mark D a v i s . S t u d e n t s w i t h q u e s t i o n s a b o u t ALC J o i n t I n t e r i m b o a r d and h o u s i n g may check w i t h M s . Rachel Rohde, J o i n t I n t e r i m C h a i r p e r s o n , Augsburg College, Minneapolis. Minneapolis S i t e : "An I n t e r n a t i o n a l Landscaping of t h e F u t u r e "Voices of t h e T h i r d World," a l e a r n i n g s t a t i o n b e i n g p r e p a r e d t h r o u g h t h e ALC D i v i s i o n f o r World M i s s i o n and I n t e r - c h u r c h R e l a t i o n s o u t of Twin C i t i e s r e s o u r c e s . No c o u r s e , b u t s e m i n a r s and i n t e r n a t i o n a l m e e t i n g s b e i n g a r r a n g e d . "World O r d e r and R e l i g i o n , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d by Eugene S k i b b e . R e l i g i o n s have b e e n a way i n which p e o p l e have o r d e r e d t h e i r w o r l d . What c a n r e l i g i o n c o n t r i b u t e i n t h e p r e s e n t t o w o r l d o r d e r ? Reading, seminars, simulations, e t c . "The C h r i s t i a n Quest f o r P e a c e , " a c l a s s l e d by John Schramn, s p o n s o r e d by P a c i f i c L u t h e r a n . Seminars and working s i t u a t i o n s s e a r c h i n g f o r a peacemaking s t y l e . Leader h a s been a c t i v e i n peace-making e f f o r t s f o r y e a r s i n Washington,D.C. "Iconography and I c o n P a i n t i n g , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d by P h i l Thompson. Concept of image w i t h i n t h e e a r l y C h r i s t i a n c h u r c h and i t s f u n c t i o n i n E a s t European o r t h o d o x y . Each s t u d e n t p a i n t s a n i c o n . No e x p e r i e n c e necessary. St. Paul S i t e : "The Church and Change i n C a p i t o l C i t y , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d by Tom Meeks w i t h t h r e e i n n e r c i t y c h u r c h e s . Seminars and a c t i v i t y i n i n n e r c i t y and i n t h e s t a t e l e g i s l a t i v e s e s s i o n s . How d o e s t h e c h u r c h cope w i t h change? Omaha S i t e : "The F u t u r e i n Focus" S u r v i v i n ~t h e F u t s : II S t r a t e g i e s f o r I n d i v i d u a l s , " l e d by "Futures for the American Countryside," sponsored by Augustana, led by Ed Schlachtenhaufen. The future comes into focus for those who choose to cast their lot with people of the countryside. Seminars, direct encounters with creative efforts, focus on change and on who controls. A class. Wilderness Canoe Base Site: "Camping and Religious Resources: Arts of Camp Counseling in a Wilderness Setting," sponsored by Luther, led by Richard Hansen h ~ tinterdisciplinary. The class learn self-sustenance, camping, wilderness ecology, winter recreation, resources of religious training and counseling. Cost, this class only: $125. NOTICE TO ALL RESIDENT STUDENTS A INTERIM HOUSING POLICIES 4 Procedures f o r O b t a i n i n g Board Refunds f o r S t u d e n t s S t u d y i n n Off-Campus D u r i n q I n t e r i m To o b t a i n b o a r d r e f u n d s , b r i n g s t a t e m e n t t h a t you w i l l be off-campus d u r i n g t h e I n t e r i m . The form f o r t h e s t a t e m e n t may be p i c k e d up i n t h e l n t e r i m D i r e c t o r ' s O f f i c e ( 0 1 d Main 128) t I IYI 'I . I Meal Cards o r f o o d coupons a r e n o n - r e f u n d a b l e f o r t h e l n t e r i m p e r i o d . The i n t e r i m room payment i s n o n - r e f u n d a b l e . t h e procedures d e s c r i b e d below: I f you w i s h t o sublease your room, r e a d Procedures f o r Sublease o f Rooms D u r i n q l n t e r i m 1. S t u d e n t s who d e s i r e t o s u b l e a s e t h e i r rooms d u r i n g i n t e r i m s h o u l d i n d i c a t e t h e i r i n t e r e s t i n t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development, Memorial H a l l . As i t w i l l be i m p o s s i b l e t o "match roommates" c a r e f u l l y , you s h o u l d make s u r e y o u r roommate i s aware o f your p l a n s . G e t t i n g t o know a new i n d i v i d u a l d u r i n g January may add t o t h e e x c i t e m e n t o f I n t e r i m . 2. The s t u d e n t who i s s u b l e a s i n g your room w i l l pay t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s O f f i c e t h e m o n t h l y r a t e o f your room ( w h i c h i s $64 o r $59 depending upon your r e s i d e n c e h a l l and b o a r d p l a n ) . From t h i s amount $10 w i l l be deducted t o c o v e r admini s t r a t i v e costs; t h e r e s t w i l l be c r e d i t e d t o your a c c o u n t . 3. Rooms may be subleased o n l y t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s o r s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r c o l l e g e s s t u d y i n g a t Augsburg d u r i n g I n t e r i m . Room assignments w i l l be made i n t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development. 4. Vacant o r open rooms w i l l be a s s i g n e d b e f o r e rooms a r e subleased. f o r a s s i g n i n g l n t e r i m h o u s i n g w i l l be as f o l l o w s : a. Augsburg s t u d e n t s who want t o s i g n c o n t r a c t s f o r t h e r e s t o f the year. b . S t u d e n t s from o t h e r c o l l e g e s who a r e t a k i n g l n t e r i m c l a s s e s a t Augsburg. c . Augsburg commuter s t u d e n t s who want t o l i v e on campus for lnterim only. 5. A p e n a l t y f o r n o t f o l l o w i n g the e s t a b l i s h e d procedures f o r subleasing w i l l be assessed a g a i n s t t h e p e r s o n who has c o n t r a c t e d f o r t h e room d u r i n g t h e school y e a r . The p e n a l t y i s equal t o t h e l n t e r i m room r a t e . Such a p e n a l t y w i l l n o t i n c r e a s e need i n r e l a t i o n t o f i n a n c i a l a i d . Priorities THE ABOVE PROCEDURES WERE ESTABLISHED BY MEMBERS OF THE PETITION COMMITTEE, W H I C H I S A STAND l NG COMMITTEE DULY AUTHOR l ZED BY THE PRES l DENT TO DEAL W ITH ALL CONTRACTUAL MATTERS BETWEEN THE COLLEGE AND STUDENTS. Note: l n t e r i m and l n t e r i m t u i t i o n i s n o n - r e f u n d a b l e even i f you a r e t r a n s f e r r i n g . F a l l Semester a r e c o n s i d e r e d a package o f f i v e c o u r s e s . The p o l i c y i s s i m i l a r t o t h e p o l i c y a t t h e o t h e r C o n s o r t i u m C o l l e g e s and S t . O l a f C o l l e g e . I f f o r some reason you c a n n o t t a k e I n t e r i m , you may make up t h i s c r e d i t t h r o u g h independent s t u d y o r a June I n t e r i m . Please see Mark D a v i s , Memorial H a l l , f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t independent s t u d y o r June I n t e r i m s . I '
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1987
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1987 Page ........ 2 ........... 3 Introduction Calendar ............ 4 H Courses ............ 5 H Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1987 Page ........ 2 ........... 3 Introduction Calendar ............ 4 H Courses ............ 5 H Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1987. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class a s they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). Augsburg Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay'Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustaf son, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar November 3-7 . . .Interim Registration December 8 . . .Late Interim Registration January 5 . . . .First Day of Interim Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. January6 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceYAdd January 19 . . . . .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21 . . . . .Last day for withdrawing from full courses January30 . .Interimends February 3 . .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 4 . . .Spring Semester Begins .. .. .. . ... .. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1-8 a.m. to 12 noon Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Interim Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabeticalorder. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Building Key OM-Old Main S - s c k n c e H-dl Options International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internshim-Students electing. an internship must present a completei internship learning;ontract to theA1nternshipOffice (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 25. Contract forms are available in the same off ice. Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1 . Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims a t Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration a t other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted a s meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $540 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for a n Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office a t their own school. There is a n application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. ART Calligraphy ART 106-47001 306-47002 Instructor: Phil Thompson A study of the art and craft and historical development of calligraphy with emphasis on the italic alphabet. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project is required plus demonstrated skill in the uncial and gothic styles. Prerequisite: None for lower division; Painting or drawing course or permission of the instructor for upper division Distribution: Art-~ u s i c Time: I Room: OM 4 Life Drawing ART 247-47003 Instructor:Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fee: $25due the first day of class Distribution:Art - Music Time:I Room: OM 17 BIOLOGY Plants and Civilization BIO 102-47004 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: 205 Ecology of The Arizona Sonoran Desert BIO 113-47005 313-47006 Instructor:Neal Thorp This course will begin with a consideration of the general characteristics of the four deserts on the North American continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will include the physiography of desert landscapes, desert climates, soils, the distributions and interactions of plant and animal life, and survival mechanisms of desert flora and fauna. Studies will be conducted in southern Arizona, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, the Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Catalina and Rincon Mountains. Grades will be based on examinations and written work. Students taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that will be presented orally to the class. The cost will be approximately $600.00 and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging, admission fees, and most meals. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. BIO 112 for 313 level Distribution:Chemistry-Biology H u m a n Developmental Biology BIO 174-47007 Instructor:Robert Herforth In its broadest sense developmental biology includes the study of the entire life cycle of the individual, from production of the eggs and sperm through fertilization, embryonic and fetal development, birth, growth and maturation, reproduction, aging and death. This course will touch on all these aspects of human development, but will concentrate on gamete production, fertilization and development up to birth. Comparisons with development in other animals will be made. Some related topics which will be considered include the hormonal control of reproduction and childbirth, in vitro fertilization, methods of contraception and developmental defects. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I Room: S 212 H Biological Evolution BIO 307-47008 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most sigmficant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted a s a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor Time: I Room: S 329 BUSINESS Micro-ComputerAccounting BUS 294-47070 Instructor: Richard Herzog This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications. Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software. Students will be required to read a text and other material, hand in homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation. Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102) Time: 11 Room: S 213 Entrepreneurship BUS 295-47011 Instructor:John Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Time: I Ruom: M 23 Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321-47012 Instructor:Thomas Morgan, Tina Wagner, Lois Olson "Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and the varied environments in which and the many constraints with which they must operate. Three objectives emerge: 1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm. 2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application. 3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved. Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture and discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit eight different types of organizations in the metropolitan area. Class discussions will focus on assigned readings, interpretation of the results of different vocational oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the selection of career paths. Students will keep a journal of experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal and on a research paper the topic of which has been negotiated with the instructors. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Time:I Room: P 2 Management Simulation Games BUS 378-47013 Instructor:Arnin Kader In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies; each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes s e t t i n g selling prices, production volumes, marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as well a s stockholders' dividends. Grading will be PIN only with evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results. Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: 11 Room: OM 21 CHEMISTRY The Science of Very Large Molecules CHM 104-47014 Instructor: Sandy Olmsted This is a survey of the kinds of chemicals which are vitally important to our lifestyle: plastics, synthetic fibers, proteins. These have unusual chemical and physical properties that make them especially useful. We will learn about their chemistry as we make rubber, adhesives, nylon, and plastics in class, and investigate their importance to business, the economy, and to us personally in health and medical applications, and genetic engineering. The course is aimed at creating a better informed consumer who is science-literate. Grade is determined by three exams and a short paper which is due the last day of class. Prerequisite: High School Chemistry Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: S 315 The Molecular Basis of Cancer CHM 310-47015 Instructor:David T. Brand Cancer has in some form or another touched virtually every family in America. A great deal of effort has been expended by the scientific community to find the cause(s)of cancer and to establish a cure. The question at hand is, "Are we winning the battle against cancer?" This course will focus on the causes of cancer, how it can be treated, and how it might be prevented. Topics which will be discussed in this course include: The cellular basis of cancer, the environment and cancer, the molecular basis of cancer, chemoprevention of cancer, and the psychological impact of cancer on the patientslfamilies. Principles of structural organic chemistry and molecular biology will be used throughout the course. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of two exams and a final paper which is due the last day of class. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 (organic chemistry) or permission of instructor Time: I Room: S 315 SCIENCE FORTRAN CSC 270-47016 Instructor:Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: S 112 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 113-47017 Instructor:Satya Gupta This course will introduce basic concepts, terms and definitions used in microeconomics. Students will be able to recognize the role of microeconomics in decision making at the consumer level, firm level and government level. They will also be able to understand the market functioning of the American economy. Four tests will be given to evaluate students' understanding of the material. Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: I1 Room: S 212 Economics of Risk Management: Free Markets vs Government Regulation ECO 339-47018 Instructor:Milo Schield In this course we will: - Examine economics of hazards involving uncertainty and risk. Examine risk-management via free-market pricing, insurance contracts and government subsidies and regulation. - Review basic concepts. Distinguish between insurance and speculation. Identify uninsurable risks. Price insurable risks given frequencies and severities as a function of confidence. Estimate risk premiums associated with various lifestyles and occupations. Compare subjective estimates of hazards with objective data. Evaluate social costs and benefits of risksharing via insurance. Review insurance "failures": medical malpractice and product liability. - Review economic effects of government subsidies and regulations on risky endeavors such as banking, nuclear power, natural disasters, workman's compensation, unemployment and old-age.Conduct experiments on effects of price-controls. - Analyze the role of the legal system in internalizing forseeable, but unintended, consequences of intended actions. Discuss "failures" of the legal system to identify property rights and tort-law responsibilities. - Visit an auction market, a speculative market, two insurance companies and several regulatory agencies. Students will prepare a comprehensive paper (50%)in addition to class participation (lo%), 3 quizzes (5% each) and a comprehensive final (25%). Prerequisites: BUS 279 or BUS 331 or ECO 313 or permission of the instructor Time: I1 Room: OM 23 EDUCATION Student Teaching EDS 481-47019EDE 481-47023 EDS 482-47020EDE 482-47024 EDS 483-47021EDE 483-47025 EDS 484-47022EDE 484-47026 Instructor:Marie McNeff, William Merr'una.n Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is PIN only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. January in Medieval England: An Imaginary Travel Trip ENG 213-47027 Instructor:Joan Griffin What was it like to be alive in late medieval England? Using literature, drama, music, and art of 12th to 14th century England and Europe, this course is an imaginary trip into the past, touring the medieval castle, cloister, and college. The course has two emphases. Lecture/discussion sessions will explore a variety of literary documents as well as art and music in order to understand the daily lives of medieval people. Focusing on Chaucer's Canterbury pilgrims, topics will include: "A Knight Ther Was.. . :The Chivalric Ideal"; "The Doctour of Physik: Medicine in the Age of the Black Plagues"; "Madame Eglantine: Medieval Manners" etc. The course will also explore medieval literature as a performing art. Students will be asked to participate in workshops on medieval drama, music, etc. The course will culminate in a medieval banquet or other performance. Evaluation will be based on lecture and workshop attendance and participation, a journal, and a paper. Prerequisites: ENG 111 (EffectiveWriting) Distribution: English-Speech Time: I1 Room: M 23 The Short Story - Elements of Fiction ENG 240-4702.. Instructor: Kathryn Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should I consider in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories and novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity Distribution:~ n ~ i s h - s p e e c h Time: I Room: M 24 Emily Dickinson: The Person and The Poems ENG 340-47029 Instructor:Ron Palosaari Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson has gained a reputation as one of America's finest poets. She spent most of her life within the family home, confining her relationships to a selected few while the town regarded her as eccentric. Some writers believe she retreated from the world to give herself to her poetry because her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet, especially a boldly innovative one. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships, personal problems, or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the situation, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry. We will study her poetry and a standard biography. Evaluation will be based on a few short papers, an oral or group report, a journal, and a test. We may also have some quizzes. Students will also read one of the important books on Dickinson and give a class report on the paper they prepare on their book. Prer uisites:A college literature class Tim3 Room: OM 27 FRENCH 4 Beginning French I FRE 111-47030 Instructor:Mirni Johnson This course aims to give students a rudimentary understanding of French language and culture. Using development of listening, then speaking, then reading, and lastly, writing, students will comprehend everyday situations and be able to use "survival French." Evaluation will include oral and written quizzes, group study and projects, a s well a s a final exam. A part of each day's class will be held in the Language Laboratory Distribution:Foreign Language Time: I Room: OM 25 - - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-47071 Instructor: Mary Manderfeld Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities,a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a l/2credit course. Time:II-M&W&AlternateF Room: Melby 24 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410-47033 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Melby 24 Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-47034 Instructor: David Boots Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floorcoaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a credit course. Time: I T & Th & Alternate F Room: Melby 12 Coaching of Hockey HPE 478-47072 Instructor:Ed Saugestad The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-icecoaching techniques and scouting reports. This is a l / 2 credit course. Time: I M - W &AlternateF Room: Melby 12 Officiating of Basketball HPE 481-47035 Instructor:Al Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a l / 2 credit course. Time: I1 T & Th & Alternate F Room: Melby 12 GENERAL STUDIES Transitions: Women's Life Careers GST 245-4709 Instructor:Diane Busico Are you wondering how you can succeed in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for marriage, career, andlor children? Troubled with how to practically and emotionally juggle all of your diverse roles? This seminar is a n exploration of the various pathways women choose in balancing home and work life. Although it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you with some useful information for making choices for the present and plans for the future. The societal, familial, and individual forces shaping the choices women make concerning family and career are studied via text (E. Highman: The Organizational Woman), journal articles, films, and guest lecturers. Student performance is assessed through essays and a research project. Distribution:Urban, Women's and Minority Studies Time: I Room: P-2 HISTORY Modern Paris: History and Literature HIS 114-47036 Instructor:Orloue Gisselquist We will do two things in this course. First, we are going to study a significant period-the 19th and 20th centuries-in the history of one of the world's great cities. Secondly, we are going to focus much of our work on three major pieces of literature that deal with Paris. We will enjoy them as literature but study them as historical sources for what they tell us about Paris. The three pieces of literature we probably will read are Honore de Balzac, Old Goriot (1834),one of several novels he wrote picturing life in Paris; Alexis de Tocqueville, Recollections (1893),a memoir written in the early 1850's by one of the great political thinkers of the 19th century that recounts his firsthand experience in the '48 revolution in Paris; and Edrnond and Jules de Goncourt, Pages from the Goncourt Journal (1922),a very realistic day-to-daydiary kept by two brothers who professionally and socially associated with the literary elite of Paris during much of the second half of the 19th century. Whereas today history is being pressed toward the social sciences, this represents a more humanities orientation of historical study. There will be two short papers (4-5 pages each) and two written examinations. Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: OM 25 Myth and Myth Making HIS 219-47037 419-47038 HUM 275-47039 Instructor:Richard Nelson A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be decided upon between student and instructor. In addition to the final paper, there will be a final exam and weekly quizzes or writing assignments. Depending upon production timing, the class will attend an area dramatic presentation. Students enrolling for upper division credit will be required to write an expanded final paper based on deeper source material (18-20pages in length compared to lower division papers of 10-12 pages) and, in addition, a critical review of a pertinent study Prerequisites: ~ffectivewriting for lower division Permission of instructor for upper division registration Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I Room: OM 13 20th Century South Asia HIS 262-47040 Instructor: Don Gustafson India (or South Asia)has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest saints and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a foremost example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it has experienced one of this century's greatest upheavals of people; it is a standard example for population crisis and world poverty illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects. We will begin with an anthropological study (BEHIND MUD WALLS) of traditional village India; then consider colonialism by reading the literary classic, PASSAGE TO INDIA (and also see the movie); observe the process of nationalism and independence using various historical readings and the movie, GANDHI; and finally conclude with some thoughts on modernization. There will be general discussions, weekly examinations and a final exam. Prerequisites:Sophomore honors student or permission of instructor Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I Room: OM 18 MATHEMATICS Gardner Variety Mathematics MAT 133-47075 Instructor:Bev Stratton Are you afraid of math? If so, this course is for you. We will have fun with math and convince you that you can do math. As a starting point, we will use the writings of Martin Gardner, an individualwho for many years wrote a column on mathematics for Scientific American. Then we will help you use your common sense to explore such mathematical concepts as logic, paradoxes, number theory, patterns, symmetry and other topics of interest to the class. Evaluation will be based on class participation and short reaction papers to Gardner's columns. This course should be particularly helpful for elementary education majors. Prerequisite:Group I11 on math placement test Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: OM 27 The Logical Game of Mathematics MAT 241-47041 Instructor:Larry Copes Lower-divisionmathematics students generally play only games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL mathematics before cornrniting themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam. Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: S 205 MUSIC H The Electronics of Music MUS 230-47065 430-47068 Instructor:Robert Karlen An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1)Making multi-track r~corrlingson half'-tmlc,qu-r4rack, and casElctte dwlm through an eight,-t~xclr. mixor. 2) Lnclividua1,lly creating, modifying, m d mixing ~ a u n d sfrom trdtional mtmd ~ o u s c a sas wcll as from analog and computer-controlledsynthesizers. The study and applicntion of pmdicnl electronic technology used in the production of music hday will he combined with aesthetic considerations necmwry for thc creativ~? aspccts of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording invalPing techniques of s m changing, splicing. mversing tape direation and filtering using primwily traditional and non-tmrli tional sound sources. Upper division st~rderltswill also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: None for lower division status. Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status. Distribution:Art-Music Time: I Room: M 5 NORWEGIAN Beginning Norwegian NOR 111-47032 Instructor: Leif Hansen T h e cflume pmvides an introduction to the basio skills of listening, spa-, reacling, and writing. The first;classl sessions are conducted without Lhr?use oT ra, prhtccl text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution:Foreign Language Time: II Room: OM 29 NURSING Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-47042 Instructor: Terry Welcher This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reachingeffects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: OM 11 PHILOSOPHY Being H u m a n PHI 115-47043 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach What is it to be a human being? What is our uniqueness, our relation to our world and environment, and our relation to others in community and to God? We will explore concepts of being human from ancient Greece and China, through the Renaissance, to contemporary reflections, to see how different cultures and societies have viewed the human person. The course will emphasize reading original sources from the various periods, and written interaction with those readings. Several short papers on the readings plus written preparation for small group discussions will be expected. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I Room: OM 16 What D o You Think of That? PHI 250-47044 Instructor: Ken Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as Freedom of the Will; Can Computers Think?; and What are the Grounds of Moral RRsponsibility? In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors, some traditional (such a s John Locke, RRne Descartes, and William James);m d same very much in tho forefront of conl,empoiwy discussion (such as &TI Rand. B.R Skinne~:Sidn~y E h k ,and John Hospa-s). T h e i r views are provocative, to aa.y tho least, and they will challenge you to nslr, again and again, "Well, Now. What Do YOUTtlinlc or That?" Grades based upo:~mid-term examination, final examination, and discussions. Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: OM 10 Introduction to Truth Theory PHI410-47045 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer An investigation aP the following questions: What is the nature of truth? Is truLl1 a property of the,intellect or tllings'?Is there only on5 thrutll?Is truth irmnt~tablc?Is truth k u n d ul sensation or only in the intellect? Is falsity found in the senses or only in the intellect? This course will propose answers tJothese gu~stionebased on a survey of philosophical texts by various writers. Student will be involved with debating these texts and preparing n series of reports on the readings. In addition there will be a final examination on all material covered. Prerequisite: At least one lower division course in philosophy Time: LT: Room: Philosophy Seminar-Memorial Hall PHYSICS Introduction to Weather PHY 106-47046 Instructor:Ken Erickson A study of the ~cience of meteorology which will pmvida a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric ecicnce. Attention will be given to Pow basic areas: observing t h e weather (including stntc or t11~art instrumentation), understancling weather patterns, ibrecasting weather changes and underatanding the world's climate. Elelated topics to be includccl are: hydrology (study of the emth'e water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather'sinlpmt on world events. This course is dmignod to be an elwtive ox satisfy the Ma~hematics-PI~ysics distribution requirement for the Libcilal arts student. The course will include daily lectures, asaignmants (one o r two laboratory sossions pcr week), two one-hour examinations and a research project. Prerequisite:High school algebra Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: L 1 The Physics of Music PHY 112-47047 Instructor: Jeff Johnson This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine string, and horn instruments (and possibly others including the human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument. Prerequisite: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: OM 12 POLITICAL SCIENCE Political Reasoning and Rationalizing POL 180-47048 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel A course for people who would rather think than memorize, criticize than concur, argue than acquiesce. Addressing major and minor political ideas from Plato to the President, the course will attempt to probe and compare the notions that have affected and afflicted Western politics, for better and for worse. Grades will be based on brief papers, quizzes, and class participation. Prerequisite: No prior political science course Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: I1 Room: OM 11 Politics of Nuclear Strategy and War POL 365-47049 Instructor:Joseph R. Goldman Given the nuclear arms race today and the advent of "Star Wars," many people are deeply concerned about their and the world's future as we approach 2001. This course explores the politics and strategy of nuclear security issues not only between the US and USSR, but among the "other" nuclear (izing) nations and those like Japan choosing never to possess these engines of war. Beginning with Hiroshima and continuing beyond "Star Wars," we will look at the history, politics, economics, strategies and ecologies surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the one hand, and affecting arms control, on the other. Students will have a mid-term examination, a short paper (10 pp) and a final exarnination used a s the basis for evaluation. Prerequisite: One mlitical science course or permission of instructor Time: I Room: OM 21 Anatomy of the USSR POL 455-47050 Instructor:Norma Noonan In-depth study of the contemporary USSR with a l'ocus on internal politics and society The contcnt includes: an oveiview of the dilemmas which face the USSR in tl~elate 1980s: political, economic, m d moi* m analysis of the Soviet monomy-midattempts at reform: a review of rrullwal and mcial ~ r o b l ~ mexnrnination s: of some Porcign plicy issues; nnd an annlyks or the political leadership. The rxlurse will he conductwl as a seminnr. Thcrc will he a research pnpr anrl some indcwndent rending and writing assignmcnts. Thc grade will be based on: the written n-si-c~lts (4Oq%1);class clit3cusAion (20r%):written m p r t (40'%1). Pmrequi~ite:One course h Communist politics: 382;363or 351 or permission of the htruct;or Time: I Room: M 22 PSYCHOLOGY Self-Identityand Values PSY 110-47051 Instructor:Norm Ferguson The objective of this course will be to examine the concept of "self" or "self-identity" (Who am I? What do I think and feel about myself?). The relationship between self-identity and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will have mainly a psychological focus, reference will be made to spiritual and philosophical issues that relate to the concepts of self-identity and values. The content of the course will cover topics such as: the acquisition and development of self-identity and values, including the influence of sex-roles; the clarification of values; the growth and change of self-identity and values during adulthood; and the relationship between self-identity and spiritual growth. Glass time wfll be devoted mainly to the discussion of these issues in smdl groups. A&iw participation by each student is c q m t e d along with the sharing of relevant ixldvidual expriences. Emltiation will be b e d on class participation, two papers, and a journal of reactions to the assigned r e d n g s . This course may not substitute for PSY-105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Grading PIN only Prereauisite:Permission of instructor ~istriiution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I1 Room: P 3 Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-47052 Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan Psycholow is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth. with differing levels of depth. Here you will have Lhe or~portunitylo cxplor~some of the concepts. data and methods of psychology and gain s o m ~ undmstnncling nnd insights Frnm this disciphe. R e d ings, leclurcs. and specid presentations will he utiliecd involving the instrucimr and class members. EvaEuntion wi 11 involve class participation, student research presentations, and exams. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105(General Psych). Distribution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: P 4 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-47053 Instructor:Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted a s a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Procedures will include elms discussion,frequent shorrt papers, and frequent oral reports. F,acl~s t ~ ~ d ew n illl be required to seek out antl interview persons in the adoLescent level of developmett. rypCdting or oq~uvalont word processing wi U b~ required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is off ered o d y on PIN basis. Prerequisite: Psychology 105 (GeneralPsychology) Time: I Room: OM 10 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-47054 Instructor:Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture m d religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present deveIopmeilt of Indigmous ch~wchasin West Africa. The newer "Ind e n d e n t African Chul-ches"will ha studied, a s wall as aitempta txr formulate "African Christian Theology" A major ~ectionof the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prer uisite: One coursein Dish%ution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used t o w i d graduation rewon requirements) Time: Il Room: OM 18 rewm Issues in Science and Religion REL 374-47055 Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat. This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods; the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete? Are scientists really that smart? Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us? Why do science and religion always seem to be fighting one another? Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two short tests and a written project. Prerequisite:Religion (Onlyone interim course may be used toward graduationreligionrequirements) Distribution:Religion Time: I Room: S 213 SOCIAL WORK Exploring H u m a n Services SWK 257-47056 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a coll~ge major. RnowIedge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with l-ruman service prvreasiorlals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, sk~dcntswill attend a apecific small group saminmr 3 ho1u.s per weak during which Rgency experiences will be slmmd and ~ m d i n g sclificussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: 6-12 Issues of Homelessness SWK 339-47057 Instructor:Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand students' knowledge of homelessness in a historical context 2. To expand students' knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities 3. To expand students' understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: Economic, employment, personal 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness Fkadings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people and participant observation will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/explorationof the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis for evaluation. Upper division students only. Non social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. uisites:SOC 111 or 121 or SWK 257 or 361 -3 Room: OM 23 Prer Field Work I11 SWK 466-47058(1course) 466-47059(34 course) Instructor:Rosemary Link me objectives of the C ~ R S R are tC) U8e s u ~ ~ ~ relationship t ~ r g to increase interpretive as well as socid work ~ C F ~ O I ' X I W U Icamp ~~ t.~mcc:tu promoh gradt.lalentqy into direct social mrl<practice; to increase comptencr! in the client oonl.act phase of tho problem solving prmcrs; to increase studenl seK-awmeness in 1.ega1-dto profmsional pmcticr? interests, areas of strengLE1, mci areas for personallprol'essiotla~develnpmtlnt; to proinute mmpetcmce i n the Pull process of' problcm solving. with special empl~asison nna1ys.k and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11--educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. NOTE: Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-clientcontact tasks. Time: To be arranged SOCIOLOGY H Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society SOC 261-47060 Instructor: Gordon Nelson It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucratized society This course will attempt ~ K Imsess the extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic ncjghborhoods in the Twin Citi e ~ATtor . some prehmhwy background sessions and readings, each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course. Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: OM 29 Complex Organizations SOC 301-47073 Instructor:Diane Pike This course is an upper division seminar designed to examine complex organizations from a sociological perspective. Little in contemporary American culture is left unaffected by organizations and it is useful for those of us who live and work within these institutions to understand how they operate beyond the individual level. We will explore topics such as corporate deviance, organizational technology and structure, and organizational culture. The format of the course is based on discussion and participation. Reading assignments form the foundation for class time, supplemented by guest speakers, films, and assignments. Evaluation of performance is based on three short papers, participation and notebook, and a final. This course is particularly appropriate for business majors in certain tracks. Prerequisite: An introductory history, psychology,sociology or political science course Time: I1 Room: OM 22 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 383-47061 Instructor:Jerry Gerasirno This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course will be offered only on a PIN basis. There will probably be no examinations, but there will be two papers. Distribution: Urban Time: II Room: M 24 SPANISH Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-47031 Instructor:Gunta Rozentals The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental works of literature through the use of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and evaluation from different points of view. We shall read several short stories, plays, one novel and a number of poems. Evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in class discussion, and a final exam. This course is designed for language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution:English-Speech Time: I Room: M 22 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER Theatre in London SPC 246-47062 Instructor:Julie Bolton London has been the center of the t h e a t r e world for centuries and the EngLis11 stage continues to a t t a t large audiences to f3-m footlights. During our month in En~lnndwe will see approximately fourteen prfomances including traditional and nori-traditional theatre a t a wide assortment of sites. Theatre performances will be supplemented with backstage tours, talks with British theatre artists and critics, walking tours and a visit to the British Theatre Museum. The course will also allow free time for independent exploration of the many galleries, museums, libraries, shops and all that are part of England's rich cultural heritage. The course is offered on a PIN basis only Evaluation will be based on attendance at all scheduled events, participation in group discussions, a journal dealing with production experiences as well as some assigned readings. The cost of transportation, some meals, and all theater performances is $1,895.00. Children's Theater SFC 285-47063 Instructor:Gary Parker Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians),production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary Time: 9:30-12:OO.1:OO-3:OO Room: Stage Two Ethics in Communication SPC 340-47064 Instructor:Ray Anderson We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include lectures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. ~rereqdsites: A course in philosophy or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: OM 16 OTHER COURSES These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. W Outward Bound HPE 212-47067 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available). Washington D.C. Interims The Legal System and Legal Careers POL 398-47068 Leaders o n Leadership: Models for Policy Making POL 398-47069 These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for one of these as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. 1 Runnin HPE 00237074 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution:Lifetime Sports Time: 12 noon Room: Melby 1 Racquetball HPE 002-47075 Instructor: A1 Kloppen Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:30-11:OOT & Th Room: Melby American Karate HPE 002-47076 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution:Lifetime Sports Time: 12:00-1:00M, W, F Room: Melby UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 24, 1986.These courses are offered on P/NP basis only Ancient Greece: Myth and Monuments An Ecological Safari in East Africa Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands China. Then and Now Civilizations in Conflict: Troy, Constantinople, Gallipoli Economics of the Welfare State English Castles, Cathedrals and Countryside Europe and the Rise of Modern Science German Ltmguage nnd Culture: Munich, Salzburg & Vienna Great Western Philosophers Greek A r t and Architecture Habsburg Heritage Health Care in Europe Italy: Galileo and the Church J a ~ a 1987: n Traditional Values in a Post-Industrial Society L ~ W in London London and Paris: A Tale of Two Cities Mexico: The Old and the New Modern European Business and Worklife Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of Emope Paris and Provence: Lnnigpag~and Culture Peru: Lnnguuge and Culture Soviet Union: A Cultural rtnd Historical Profile Soviet Union: History and Culture S ain: A Country in Transition eatre in London The English School and Family & NOTES NOTES NOTES
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 thro...
Show more AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 through August 6. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 7500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation 3n metropol itan events is a delightful and broadening experience. 1982 SUMMER CALENDAR NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY ; A u ~ b u Coltege g admits students of any race, color, natiunal and ethnic origin to all righbi privil~ges~ programs,, and .actlviti~generally accorded or made available to students at the school. If doe5 not disciiminate a n the basis d race, mlot-, creed, national and ethnic origin In employment pwctiw~or administration of its educational pblicia? admissions poli~ies~ scholarship and loan programs and athl&'c and other baoladministered programs. I Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary Term II April 23 April 23 June 1 June 28 June 3 June 30 Holiday None MY5 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 June 25 July 16 Aug. 6 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) 1 I ' II I REGISTRATION Term I Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record Last Day of Class Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper - -- GENERAL INFORMATION ELIGIBILITY Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons In Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. Persons Planning To Attend Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January 1, 1981. Maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 1, 1982 since processing takes up to 12 weeks. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Lift Please TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE 25, 1982 CAMPUS LOCATION PAYMENT OF FEES Tuition Charges for Summer School are $280 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $140 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. Early Registration on April 23 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $260 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 23. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An Advance Tuition Deposit of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June 1 for Term I and June 28 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous termls must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TO DOWNTOWN ST PAUL m Tuition Refund is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be made after the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund will be made. Course Cancellation Date Refund- Term I Term II 10O0I0(less $20 processing fee) 80OIO 601'0 401'0 June 1-2 June 28-June 30 June 3-4 June 5-7 June 8-9 July 1-6 july 7-9 July 12-14 Interstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S, left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. --=- TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982 a TERM I SUMMER 1982 JUNE 1 - JUNE 25 a NOR 112-8052 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN II Hansen Continuation of NOR 11 1; emphasis on structure, oral and written facility of expression. ART ART 242-8003 FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP Rusten Participants will team-produce short 16mm sound-motion-pictures using professional procedures and equipment. For communication students and working professionals. Dist.: Yes. Fees: $75.00 lab fee Four Weekends (1st class/une 5, 9:00 a.m.) OM17 Sat. 9:OO- 12:OO noon; 1:00-4:30 p.m.; Sun. 1:OO-4:30 p.m. A weekend at a lake in Northern Minnesota will be built into the course if all students can participate (cost $15-30, depending on arrangements). Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM29 CAMP NORWAY Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. a ART 270-8002 PORTABLE FLBERTECHNIQUES Ellertson Tapestry weaving; traditional and contemporary methods of frame loom weaving; emphasis on design and aesthetics. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F OM4 a a HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 114-8061 HEALTH & SAFETY EDUCATION Borstad Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W, Jh C13 Meets 1st hall of term lune 1-11 (1/2 course) BIOLOGY Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY BIO 103-8010 Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S205 1:00- 4:00 p.m. Lab T, W, Th 52 14 Enrollment limit: 35 H PE 115-8062 HEALTH &CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Borstad EDUCATION Analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Meets the M.S. 126.02 for students in teacher preparation programs). C13 5:00-8:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th (1/2 course) Meets 2nd half of term lune 14-25 BIO 108-8011 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50a.m.Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5212 11:30- 3:30 p.m. Lab T, Th 5202 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg HPE 491-8053 Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 6:00-9:30 p.m. T, Th & Arr. C 12 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION H PE 493-8054 ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION OF Husing CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: NO. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. C24 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUS 101-8022 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 51 12 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry 1 1:30-1:50 Lect M, T, W, Th, F 53 15 2:OO-4:00 Lab M,T, W,Th S327 HPE 495-80551 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-80561497-8057 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy; (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department CHM 109-8021 a FOREIGN LANGUAGES BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler CER 111-8046 Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M, J, W,Th ECONOMICS FCO 120-8030 a HISTORY HIS 101-8064 ECONOMICS O F U R B A N ISSUES Sabella THE BEGINNINGSOF WESTERN CULTURE Nelson Analvqis nf t h e n r i m a r v r i v i l i s a t i o n s i n t h e N e a r East, t h e classiral w o r l d of Greece a n d Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 122-8029 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th 52 05 I ECO 392-8031 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M5 a ~ o m k and , the'middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F a a EDE 375-8036 STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. a a I a a TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term II) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblorn POL 299-81541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (Also Term II) Hedblom POL 299-81 541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term II) Noonan INTERNSHIPS (AlsoTerm II) HedblomlNoonan Arr. PSYCHOLOGY PSY 105-8091 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Marken Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F P1 PSY 375-8092 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasirno (Also see SOC 375-81 10) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th ENGLISH ENG 251-8051 AMERICAN NOVELS ABOUT WAR Blackburn Emphasis on how selected writers view war, their assumptions about the role of the individual soldier and the artistic methods used to present or deal with war's complexities. Dist.: Yes. 7:OO-10:OO p.m. M,T, W,Th 51 12 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-81541499-8155 POL 199-81561399-8157 EDS 481-80451482-8048 STUDENT TEACH ING: Fardig 483-80491484-8050 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Arr. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department 1 PHILOSOPHY PHI 130-8063 INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC Bailey Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1 :50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 EDE 481 -80371482-8038 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-80391484-8040 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 481-80411482-8042 STUDENT TEACH ING: McNeff 483-80431484-8044 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. NURSING NUR 330-8066 TRENDS& ISSUES I N NURSING Malcolm Nursing viewed from an historical, current and futuristic perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. Examination of societal and health issues. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T,W,Th 5205 EDUCATION DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F L4 MATH MAT 103-8065 BRUSH UP Durkee Designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills. Particularly helpful for students in elementary education and students taking statistics as part of a major. Includes computer work, Individualized course of study. Dist.: No. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th 51 12 a RELIGION REL 370-8068 CLASSICS OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION Quanbeck Understanding of the spiritual life as disclosed in significant Christian writings from the second century to the present. Dist.: Yes. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M24 JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE25, 1982 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-8071 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESSMEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) SWK Office ENG 245-9304 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Gidmark An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p m. M, W M23 SWK 399-8069 INTERNSHIPS Brown FOREIGN LANGUAGE SWK 499-8070 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown GER 112-9029 BEGINNING GERMAN II Oyler Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Ger 111 or equivalent 1 1:40- 1:25 p.m. M, T, W, Th SOClOLOGY SOC 199-80731399-8114 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser SOC 375-81 10 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 375-8092) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p m. M, T, W,Th L1 SOC 381-8072 RACIAL & MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M4 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 111-8121 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th Cole Little Theater SPC 354-8074 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Bart Study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: Yes. S205 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-80751399-8076 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser Arr. TERM II SUMMER 1982 JUNE 28 - AUGUST 6 ART ART 132-9002 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 + ..,-C lI-. I:-:,. "C HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 485-9038 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th &Arr. C12 (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 487-9037 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) C24 HPE 495-90391 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-9040/497-9041 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department Arr. PHYSICS PHY 101-9305 ASTRONOMY Paulson Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-9069/499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term I) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (also Term I) Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term I) Noonan POL 199-90651399-9066 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term I) Hed blomlNoonan Arr. L,.. ,.,.,,.. ... ,,,,,,,, .> KELlGlON ART 250-9003 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-1 1:30 a.m. M,W,F OM I ART 351-9005 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M, W,F OM1 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9214 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Allerson lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F S112 BUS 262-9301 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. Dist.: No. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F 5108 BUS 399-9302 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. CHEMISTRY CHM 110-9010 GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission 8:30- 9:55 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S3 15 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 ECONOMICS ECO 120-9007 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 123-9009 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M5 EDUCATION STUDENT TEACHING Continuation of Term I. ENGLISH ENG 111-9021 EFFECTIVE WRITING Gidrnark Study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th M24 TERM I I COURSE OFFERINGS REL 111-9306 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. M,T, W,Th,F M24 10:05-11:30 a.m. REL 341-9307 CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING Holt Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9308 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/28, 6:OOp.m.) SWK Office SOClOLOCY SOC 121-9309 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Pike Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 11:40-I:25 p.m. M, T,W,Th 11 SOC 241-9310 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL Gerasirno ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 5:30-9:00 p.m. M, W 11 SOC 356-9052 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 SOC 234-93261334-9311 URBAN POLICE Pike Urban policing in American society is explored from a sociological perspective. Topics include: patrol and vice work, police deviance, community relations, police bureaucracy, and women and blacks in policing. Dist.: Yes. 2:30-4:15 p.m. M,T, W,Th 11 SOC 199-93121399-9073 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 355-9313 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Bart A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M22 SPC 367-9056 THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: NO. 6:30-9:30 p.m. T,Th 28 15 4 1st Ave. 5. Mpls., M N . 55406 (Tel.: 72 1-2565) INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-90631399-9222 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1988
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Tuition R+nd Policy The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates li...
Show more Tuition R+nd Policy The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed.) Refund Term I Term I1 10O0/o May 31 June 1 June 2 June 3 June 6 June 27 June 28 June 29 June 30 July 1 901 '0 80% 70OO / 60% Canzpus Location 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 35W from the South Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. Nondiscn'nzinution Pol icy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. 1 Central ,Location Low Tuition Convenient Class Time Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, the small college environment of 2,100 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan xea. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from May 31 -June 24, Term I1 runs from June 27 - August 5. This brochure presents khe Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. % Term I Term I1 -- Preregistration with Tuition Discount Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due April 13 April 13 May 31 June 27 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) June 2 June 29 Holiday None July 4 Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 14 July 18 Classes End June 24 August 5 Grades Due in Registrar's Office June 29 August 10 Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Confirmation of Registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. oil May 31 and June 27. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Calendar Summer 1988 Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 31. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 27. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Augsburg in the Summer - Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11; Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are noted in the course descriptions. The Balance Owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous ternils must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. A Late Fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 1and 2. A late fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 28 and June 29. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses. To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a CancellAdd form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." Information and Fom~s E l igibility Fees Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: The Tuition Charge for 1988 Summer School courses is as follows: $390 for fullcredit courses, $280 for half-credit courses, and $140 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition rates listed above. Laboratory and special fees, including those pertaining to student teaching, are given with the individual course descriptions. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Kay Thomsen, Secretary Financial Aid Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student ~ & n contact . the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and itudents admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of to ~ ~ g wishing ~ ~ ~ begin a degree program at the College should for the Officeof Admission. A Tuition Discount is available to students who preregister on April 13 for Term I and Term I1 Summer School courses. Courses that you sign u p for on this date are billed at the following rates: $360 for full-credit courses, $270 for half~ creditgcourses, and $130 for fourth-credit courses. To receive this tuition discount, a deposit of $50 per course is required. Please note: This tuition discount applies only to courses so designated on April 13. The $50 per course deposit is nonrefundable except when a course is cancelled due to low enrollment. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit refund or substitute another course without loss of discount. After April 13 you may preregister for Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course preregistration must be accompanied by a $50 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is nonrefundable and non-transferable except when a course is cancelled. To Avoid Disappointment in course selection, preregistration is recommended. Some courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term. I I I :A;?: Summer School - - A RT ART 107-8155 DRAWING B.Olson Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include still-life, figurcs, building interiors, exteriors, experimeiital work. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a . m . M,7;WTh OM17 ART 118-8157 335-8158 B. Olson PAINTING I AND II Watercolor - Acrylic; translating tlie visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a ni M,TWTh OM17 ART 352-8156 WOMEN'S ART HISTORY K. Anderson Study of women's image in tlie visual arts in rclationship to women's place w ~ t l i ~the n cultural, economic, and sociological environment of eacli period. Dist.: Yes. 12:OO-3:OOp.m. M,TWTh M22 BUSlNESs ADMINISTRATION BUS 221-8014 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Stoller Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, tlie accounting cycle a n d preparation of financial statenients Dist : No. 8:30-lO:50 a. rn. M,TCt!Th,F 5112 BUS 242-8013 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planiiingdiidco~itrol.Tlienati~reofauthorit): accoi~ntabilityand responsibility, analysis of tlie role of tlie piofcssional manager Dist.: No. h:30-9:30p.m. M,I;W,Th M22 BUS 252-8159 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Meziou Basic policy and strategy i s s ~ ~ in e smarketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, bcliavio~al,economic and tecli~iologicalfactors as they affect p ~ c ~ d u cplotnotion, t, marketing channel and pl-icing decisions Dist.: No. 5:30-8:30 p.m. M,TCVT/i M23 BUS 322-8160 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader Analysis of accounting tlieol-y pertaining to financial statcments, income concepts, cul-rcnt and non-curtent asscts Dist.: No. I'rcrecluisites: BUS 221, ECO 113. 6:OO-9:OO p.111. M,T,WTli P2 BUS 331-8161 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Morgan Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within tlie firm. Sources and ilsesof long and short t e ~ mfunds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. I'rel-cquisites: BUS 222, ECO 113. Dist : No 8:30-IO:50 a.ln. M,TWTh,F L1 BUS 370-8162 ADVANCED COMPUTING FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS Schield Topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and o t h e r packages (statistical analysis, p~ojectmanagement, expert systems, etc.) Solve common problems in economics, finance and marketing Dist.: No. P~crequisites:Onc computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145, 170, or 174. Recommended BUS 279. 6:00-9:OOp.m. M,T,WTh 5112 BUS 399-8019 INTERNSHIPS Kader Art,angcd witli individual faculty in the Department of Business Adniinist~atio~l & Economics ECO 110-8028 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a m e t r o - u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t . By i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y Dist.: Yes. Time Alrsliged ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic grorvth Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:OOp rn M,T14!Th 5315 - EZUJATION EDE 253-8033 EDS 264-8163 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING Germundsen Study and investigation of various aspects of tlie teaching profession. Dist : Yes, when combined with EDE 363 or ED5 352. (112 course) 6:OO-9:OOp.m. il.I,MJ LI EDE 375-8036 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Endorf Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lib, arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Time Arranged - - ENGLISH MATHEMATICS ENG 2--4167 GHOSTS IN AMERICA: THE SUPERNATURAL IN AMERICAN LITERATURE Bodziock The meaning and values the supernatural has held folAmerican writers. Examination of a variety of supernatill-al motifs found in classic, popular, and folk literatures from puritan times to the present Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:OOp.ln. M,T,WTh M4 MAT 122-8182 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Kaminsky Differential and inteeralcalculus of a sinele variable with S C I ~ I ~ CS~l \i ~ d ~ ~ n l s ,~pplic~ttions to thesoci,il and h~l~it\,ior.il \\*lie lia\~ccompletcdhL\T 12.1mav not rojitster t o r i r t ~ I ~ t Dist : Yes Prerequisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the Augsburg mathematics test 9:OO-11:2Oa.m. M,TWTh,F 1'2 EDE 377-8178 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SCIENCE Osnes Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab. experiences Dist.: No. (114 course) 630-9:30p.m. T LI EDE 387-8165 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS Olson Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kinderga1,ten and elementary levels ' Lab. experiences. Dist.: No (112 course) 4:OO-6:3Op. rn TTh Ll EDS 352-8166 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (Secondary) Staff Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations required. Dist : Yes, ntlien combined 144th EDS 264. (112 course) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Arranged. STUDENT T L S H J N ( ; - The Department of Education offers student teaching for both elementary and secondary education during the general period from the midddle of June to the end of July tvliere suitable arrangenicnts can be made EDE 363-8039 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CLINICAL EXPERIENCES McNeff Includes 160 hours in-class experiences Register for 2 seminar sessions in addition to tlie 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated teaching will be p ~ e p a r e dby eacli student. Membership in o n e of the professional teacher organizations required. Dist.: Yes, when combined ~ f i t lEDE i 363 (112 course) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A rr;i ngcd STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND KINDERGARTEN Observing and directingleariiingcuperiences in clcmcntary sclioolsu~idersupervisionof collcge and public school personnel. Additional $35 fee. Dist.: No. 1'1-equisite:Acceptance, Education Dcpartnicnt Arranged EDE 481-80711482-8072 483-80731484-8074 Kindergarten and Elementary Staff EDE 481-80611482-8062 483-80631484-8064 Elementary (Gr. 1-6) Staff EDE 481-80661482-8067 483-80681984-8069 Kindergarten Staff EDE 364-8164 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES McNeff Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integrating specific skill developments t h r ~ u g hvarious subjects at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lib. cxpcriences. Dist.: No. (114 course) 6:30-9:30 p.m. TI1 Ll STUDENTTEACHING: SECONDARY Observing and directing leal-ning experiences o n second a ~ yschool level under supervision of college and high school pc~sonnel Additional 135 fcc. Dist.: No I'rerecluisite: Acceplance, Educatic~iiDepartment Arranged EDS 481-80811482-8082 483-80831484-8084 Secondary Staff M4 FOREIGNLANGUAGE - - - GER 111-8169 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmetz Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for s t ~ ~ d e nwith t s no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. MS R:30-lO:50 a ni. M,TWTI?,F SPA 111-8044 Kingsley BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section I) SPA 111-8170 Kingsley BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Aims to develop four basic skills: Understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to cultitre of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes R:30-1O:SO a. m M,TWTh,F (Section I) M23 5:30-7:SO p , m , M,Tl\!TIi,F (Section 11) 5319 HPE 410-8040 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Borstad I-listuricalbackground, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to conlniunity health program a n d HI'E 320 Icsources. Dist : No Prcrcq~~isitc: . M5 5:OO-8:OO p. ~ n M,T,W,Th - - HISTORY HIS 341-8179 TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY Bruess An introduction to some of the main topics in European history from the ~ L I Iof- nthe century to tlie present. E n phasis on the impact of two world wars upon European politics and society. Examination of the background to thc wals as it relates to tlievarious Europeanstates; the wal-s tlicinsclvcs; and the postwar upheavals and scttlenients. Lower division students ]nay register witli perniissioii of inst~uctor.Dist.: Yes. /:OD-4:00p, m . M,T,WT/i M4 INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8046 INTERNSHIPS A I ,a rigcd - - Hesser - MAT 131-8171 MATHEMATICS FOR THE LIBERAL ARTS Kaminsky Examination of tlie interaction between the development of mathematics a n d that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. Dist.: Yes. Prercquisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the Augsburg mathematics test. 6:OO-9:OOp m. M,TWTh 13 NUR 432-8172 HEALTH AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT Enos Thecourse will focus on gaining a better understanding of one'sown health and developnient. It will also deal with \z,ays of suppoi-ting others in their growth. Writings of Christie-Seely, Cordova, Erickson, Kolberg, Neuman, and Rogers included. Open to non-nursing st~tdentsaswell as n ~ ~ r s i nstudents. g Dist : No. 12:OO-3:OOp m. M,TI3VTh At15 pJ PSYCHOLOGY PSY 121-8060 INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY Hirdman Exploration of psychology: concepts, data, a n d methodology. Students may not receivecredit for thiscourse and also for PSY 105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Tli,F M24 RELIGION ---- REL 215-8175 Quanbeck ARCHAEOLOGY AND THE BIBLE Disciission of archaeological method. Problems in Biblical archaeology, a n d review of s o m e current findings. Dist : Yes. h:00-9:OOp. rn M,CW,TIi M24 SOCIAL WORK SWK 360-8176 HUMANS DEVELOPING Link Provides knowledgeof human growth through the lifecycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporaly American families. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic andlor life-style diversity. Dist : No. 1:OO-4:OO p.ni. M,TWTh 5112 SWK 399-8152 INTERNSHIPS SWK 499-8154 INDEPENDENT STUDY A~,r~i!iged Alrariged M. Brown M. Brown POLITICAL SCIENCE- SOCIOLOGY POL 326-8173 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR Morris Tlie political behaviorof the electorate, emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process Dist.: Consent of department chairperson. Prerequisite: Onecourse in Political Science orconsent of instructor. 9:30-11:50 a. rn, M,TCV,Th,F 5319 SOC 121-8075 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY B. Johnson Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications toan nnderstandingof basicaspectsof society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Ycs. 5315 8:30-10:50 a , m . M,7;W,Th, F POL 461-8174 NUCLEAR WAR, NUCLEAR WEAPONS Goldman History, politics, economics, strategiesand ecologies surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the one hand, and affecting arms control, on tlie other. Exploration of tlie politics and strategy of nuclear security issues Dist.: Conscnt of department chairperson 6:OO-9:OOp.m. M,7;14!Th 14' POL 199-8052 POL 399-8056 INTERNSHIPS A rrdngcd POL 499-8093 INDEPENDENT STUDY 'Topic hy arrangement A !ranged SOC 231-8076 B. Johnson SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of tlie faniily as a social institution. Tlie process of dating, mate sclcction, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of tlie faniily to its institutional and cultural context. Dist : No. 5315 12:OO-3:OOp m M,T,WT/i SOC 199-80781399-8080 INTERNSHIPS Arranged Hesser SPCECH, C O M M U N I C C N AND THEATRE ARTS Hedblom Hedblom SPC 345-8177 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION Lapakko Esimines communication aspects of human organizations, focuses o n three dimensions: sociological (cultures), biological (systems), and psychosociological(structures, networks, roles). Designed to help students investigate communication problems within an organization. Dist : No. 8:30-10:50 a . m . M,TWT/i,F M22 I mm A RT ART 132-9006 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-9007 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen Tliecarnera used as a tool for visual creativity and exprcssion; blackand white, color and pliolograpliic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $125-$150. (Class size limited.) 2:00-5:30pjn. M,W (Section I) 6:00-9:30 p. n?. M,W (Section II) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 175-9015 COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS Herzog Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE, wclrd processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No. I'rc.~~cquisite: High school algebra. 6:00-9:30p.m. M,W Sll2 BUS 222-9016 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 Solnick Introduction to business activities, accounting forcorporations. Basicconceptsand fundamentalsof managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist,: No, I'rerequisite: BUS 221. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,ZW,Th,F 5112 BUS 252-9017 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Cerrito Basic policy a n d strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral economic and teclinological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No. 6:00-Y:30p.!.m. 7;Th 5112 BUS 399-9019 INTERNSHIPS Kader A ~ ~ r a n g cwit/? d i ~ l d i v i d i ~taalc ~ ~ lin t y the Dcpertn?ent o t B~rsinessAdrninistratio~la n d Econclmics. ECONOMICS ECO 110-9030 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a mctrcl-urban environment. By independent study only.. Dist.: Yes. Time Armngcd ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Sabella [ntrc1duction to micro-economics, the theory of tlie liouschold, firni, market structures and income distribution.Application of elementary economic theory tomarket policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9330 p . m . TTI? OM11 Augsburg June 27- August 5,1988 ECO 313-9131 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS Schield Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; tlie pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. Dist.: No. Prerecluisite: ECO 113 5:30-9:00 p.m. 7;Th Summer School ENGLISH NURSING 19 ECO 315-9032 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetal'y and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and tlie Federal RcservcSvstem; monetary theor\, and policy. Dist.: No. I're~'ecluisites: ECO 112, 113, 6:00-9:30p,m. 7;Tll 5315 EDUCATION EDE 341-9132 EDS 341-9133 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Staff Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the useof instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teacliingllearning situations. Dist.: No. (112 course) 6:00-9:30prn. TTII (Jol}~19-Aug~lst 4) L1 EDE 351-9033 EDS 351-9134 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING McNeff S t u d y a n d utilization of a variety of techniques a n d resources in tlie teaching of reading and tlie diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No. 11:40-1:ZSpm. M,TWTh M22 EDE 376-9155 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SOCIAL SCIENCES Fleener Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lib, experiences. Dist.: No. (114 course) h:00-9:30p.n1. F(Ju1y 8, 22, a n d A ~ r g ~5)~ s t L7 EDE 379-9135 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: ART Davies Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art at the kinderga~.tenand elementary levels. Lab experiences, Dist.: No (I14 course) 6:00-9:00 p.m. W (June 29-Jirly 20) L1 EDE 386-9136 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: No (112 course) LI 600-9:30p.m. M (excl. July 4) EDS 350-9156 Heikkila READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through tlie content areas. Dist.: No. (112 course) 6300-9:30p.n?. W (June 29-July 27) L4 GER 112-9139 BEGINNING GERMAN I1 Steinmetz Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lib. Dist,: Yes. 8: 10-9:SSa.m. M,T,W,Th OM10 SPA 112-9045 Kingsley BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) SPA 112-9152 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to c u l t u r e of S p a n i s h - s p e a k i n g world. Dist.: Yes. 8:10-9:55a.n1, M,TWTh (Section I) OM11 5:30-7:15p.n!. M,7;WTh (Sectiorl II) M23 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 115-9047 HEALTH AND CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION Borstad An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets Minlicsota teacher licensurc recluirement). (112course) 6:00-9:30p. m. TTI? (June 28-July 74) M2.3 HIS 331-9140 A TALE OF TWIN CITIES: MINNEAPOLISIST. PAUL, 1833-1988 Jensvold A local history course using tlie Minneapolis-St. Pa111 metropolitan area a s a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S..t~rbanhistory. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic trends, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban politics and reform. Field trips included. Dist.: Yes. (Topics course in U.S. Iiistory) 6:00-9:30 p 111. M,W M23 INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-9054 INTERNSHIPS A I-ranged Hesser NUR 403-9087 CONTEMPORARY NURSING 111: FAMILIES Nilsson This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care-Content includesfa~iiilyas a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration given to tlicmleof the nurse in famiIv health care Dist.: No. Prercouisite: To be taken orior toorconcurrentlv with NUR NU R 432-9141 THE TEACHING COMPONENT IN A PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP Enos How to identify a "need to know" in a client and how to make an individualized plan for each situation. Includes attention to methodology involved. While the course is designed to meet the needsof students intending to tvork in h u m a n services fields, s t u d e n t s preparing for rnan,igcrial roles will also find it helpful. Dist,: No. S:30-9:OOp.m. TTI? OM18 -- PHILOSOPHY PHI 380-9055 ETHICS OF MEDICINE AND HEALTH CARE C. Johnson Application of ethical principles to problems \\,hich arise in the areas of health careand deliveq: human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for tlie dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p. rn. h.1,l.V OM13 - - PHYSICS - PHY 101-9060 ASTRONOMY Arge Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical ins t r u m e n t s ; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra. 6:OO-9:30p.nt TTll PHY 103-9142 Hollabaugh PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in \z~liiclithe applications, prclblcms, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the re!evance of physics to the life sciences. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra. 6:00-9:30pm. M,W OM11 POL 199-9027 399-9067 INTERNSHIPS Arranged Hedblom POL 499-9028 INDEPENDENT STUDY Arranged Hedblom POL 499-9143 INDEPENDENT STUDY Arranged Noonan SOCIOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSY 121-9144 INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY Hirdman Exploration of thedisciplineof psychology; concepts, data, and methodology, Students may not receivecredit for this course a n d also for PSY 105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30 p. m. ZTll OM13 PSY 362-9145 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY Hirdman Introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from tlie social, organic and psychological points of view. Visits to community service agencies included. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: PSY 105 or PSY 121. 8:30-955 a.m. M,TC\!TII,F M24 RELIGION REL 111-9146 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt Introduction to theacadeniic disciplineof theology and to the dialogile between thechurch and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 .I. nl. ~I,TCVTII,F M22 REL 341-9147 CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING Holt Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the roleof scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30p.rn. M,W 5315 SOCIAL WORK SWK 399-9023 INTERNSHIPS Arranged Brown SWK 499-9148 INDEPENDENT STUDY A I-ranged Brown POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 342-9153 SPC 342-9150 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and controlof mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes, 6:00-9:30 p+rn. TTI? 5319 SOC 265-9149 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Bloom The dirne~lsionsof racial and minority gl-oup relations. Majorattention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and tlie roleof self-understanding. (PIN gradingonly.) Dist.: Yes. OM18 6:00-9:30 p. rn. M, W SOC 356-9080 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional plnogramsand processes. Lecti~res,discussion, and site visits tocorrectional institutions and government offices, Dist.: No. I:.?0-5:00 p m . TT11 5112 SOC 199-90811399-9082 INTERNSHIPS Arranged Hesser SPEECH. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS SPC 342-9150 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom (See course description under POLISPC 342). 6:OO-9:30p.m. TTll 5319 SPC 354-9151 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Bart The dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to clvercome communication barriers. Dist.: No. OM10 6:OO-9:30p.nl. M,W SPC 367-9085 THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES Cole Sti~dying,viewing, and critiquing tlie actingand production of five plays. Dist.: No. 6:00-9:30 p. rn. ZTll 28154lst A v e ~ ~ iSo~rth, Ie Mpls,, MN.55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) An Official Publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 PA1D Second Class Postage Minneapolis MN Augsburg College i s a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. Located...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) An Official Publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 PA1D Second Class Postage Minneapolis MN Augsburg College i s a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. I Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Officc:. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall -230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Ruth Maertens, Secretary Postmaster Volume 115, Number 1 Summer, 1984 6121330-1025 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from May 29-)une 22, Term II runs from June25-August 3. This bmchum presents the Summer School Pmgmn and was correct at the time of publication. Term I Term I I Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 18 April 18 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due May 29 June 25 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10.00 (No registrations will be accepted after this date) May 31 June 27 Holiday None Last Day to Withdraw From Class (W) June 18 July 13 Classes End June 22 August 3 Grades Due in Registrafs Office June 27 Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted forthe next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Courses ~egularlyTaught during the academic year are more fully described in the October AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-administered programs. Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 29; Term II registrations must be confirmed on June 25. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on May 29 and June 25. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg Students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 30 and May 31. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term II registrations completed on June 26 and June 27. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To c a n r d your regictl-~tiun, arld a course, o r d r t ~ pa <:oirrscl and enroll ir) another cotr~,sc,fill OUI i l Cancc.l/Add form a1 11>(* Registrar's Clfficc There i s a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day oC each term. This must br! done by 3340 pm. on May 31 (or Term I courses and hy 3:30 p.m. nn June27 for Term II courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy". The tuition charge for Summer School is $325.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) i s $163.00 for each course. Laboratorylspecial fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 18 will result in a s,ivings ot $25.00 for e,~chcourse taken. This redtrceti ti~itivnof $.$00.00per coirrse cipplies only to hose courses for which the sttldent prert!gisters on April '18. A nonrefundable d ~ o o s iof l $50.00 pel. kt>ul.scis rc?rli~ired at his tirne anci i s applietl lo desigri~tedrour-setuition. If a course is carirelled dur to low enrollment, a sul)stitution r ~ y he rriadc w i t h n ~loss ~ t of disc:ount. Stutl~nts[nay prr!rclgister Cur 1~0thTer*rnI anri Tcarrn It courses on April 18; tuition rlisr:ouri~ i dl)plicb>t c I~ ~ o l ltcrms. After April 18, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below) Refund Term I Term II 100Ol0 901'0 801'0 701'0 60% May 29 May 30 May 31 June 1 June4 June 25 June 26 June 27 June 28 June 29 MAY 29-JUNE 22 ART 107-8501 DRAWING B. Olson As a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media, pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes O M 17 M, T,W,Th 9:00 a.m.-1 2:00 n. 1 B. Olson ART 118-85021355-8503 PAINTING I& II Watercolor-Acrylic; translating thevisual world of nature, landscapes, still life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variew of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 9:00 a.m.-12:OO n. M, T,W,Th OM17 ART 299-85041499-8505 DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BIO 103-8506 HUMAN ANATOMY AND Mickelberg PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. lO:30-1:OOp.m.Lect. M,T,W,Th,F Psy. Bldg. 1:30-4:30 p.m. Lab. T, W,Th FOREIGN LANGUAGES GER 111-8530 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmetz Classroom practicespeaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 M, T,W, Th,F 8:30-10:50 a.m. Hansen BEGINNING NORWEGIAN NOR 111-112 A 3-week total immersion language learning experience for 10-16 highly motivated students ata lakesite in Northern Minn. Consult Prof. Leif E. Hansen (330-1292, Home 822-8726) for details by April 1. Dist.: Yes. Dates: June 8-30. HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N HPE 410-8531 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION Borstad OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M5 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M, T,W, Th BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION HPE 491-8532 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principlesand administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist : No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,Th and Arr. M22 (1st meeting 5/29, 6:00 p.m.) BUS 101-8507 HPE 493-8533 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL Kader ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F 51 12 , ENG 438-8529 SHAKESPEARE Blackburn Study of ten or twelve major plays with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Dist.: Yes. OM11 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F BUS 261-8508 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Morgan Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101, 102 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M22 BUS 399-8509 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relationsand ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,Th and Arr. M24 (1st meeting 5/29,6:00 p.m.) HPE 495-85341496-8535 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-8536 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. HISTORY HIS 299-85371499-8538 ECONOMICS ( ECO 120-8510 Study of economic implicat independent study only. D i ECO 122-8511 MlCS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella roblems facing a metro-urban environment. By Arr. Saugestad DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY JAPAN, CHINA AND SOUTHEAST ASIA (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Jensen INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. Arr. INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8539 lntrodt~rl on ~~:mmmwmnsrnics m t i ~ ammms'an;tlvs!s,,~mt)ne~a~ry~am l t1501 policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1 :00-4:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 ECO 392-8512 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and bankingsystems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F ., - - - . PHI 130-8540 INTRODUCTION TO LOCI? Bailey Examinationof rules which govern valid argumentsand aid in developing theability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. g:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W, Th,F M23 ~oLITICALSCIENCE POL 199-85431399-8544 INTERNSHIPS Fraatz Arr. EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY EDE 353-8513 Johnson DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D YOUNG ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: 105 PI M, 1,W, Th,F 8:30-I O:50 a.m. YOUNG CHILDREN WITH R. Anderson SPECIAL NEEDS Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F OM4 (!h course) June 11-22 EDE 375-8514 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F 14 PSY 352-8545 RELIGION REL 359-8546 BIBLICAL INTERPRETATION Quanbeck Survev of the issues and the methods used in the interpretation of the Bible. ~ist.:~es. 8:30-lO:50 a.m. M, 1,W, Th,F M24 STUDENT TEACHING SOCIAL WORK Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during thegeneral period from the middleofJuneto theend of July. Theexact dates aredetermined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrah Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. SWK 255-8547 R. Anderson EDE 481-85151482-8516 STUDENT TEACHING: 483-85 171484-8518 PREKINDERGARTEN Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Additional $35.00 fee. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. EDE 481-85191482-8520 STUDENTTEACHING: 483-85211484-8522 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learninaexoeriences in elementary schools under supervision fee. of collegeand public school perso'nnel. Dist.: No. ~ d d i t i o n a$35.00 l Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. ' EDS 481-85231482-8524 STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 483-85251484-8526 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under su~ervisionof colleae and hiah school oersonnel. Dist.: No. Additional $35.00 fee. ENGLISH Howerton ENG 163-85271363-8528 WAR A N D WORDS: LITERATURE A N D THE VIETNAM WAR Focus on books written by people coming to terms with the Vietnam experience; including navels, memoirs, personal narratives, essays, poetry, and journals which have depicted, recreated, explained, hidden, and exposed the war. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M4 GROUP WORK I N A Perry , i f - ~ l ~ ~MEDlUM ~ ~ ~ ~ S S Canoes-an eight day car .&trip in I h r Q u ~ ~ ~ : h P r c nidl~ Park i n i of Ontario. Gain practice and knowledge ntcvssary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness qruul) as a social system. Dist.: No. (See instructor for details) Addtiondl fee--SWK 499-8548 INDEPENDENT STUDY Clark SWK 399-8549 INTERNSHIPS Clark Arr. Arr. SOClOLOGY H U M A N COMMUNITY A N D Nelson THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation. Dist.: Yes. OM13 M, 1,W, Th, F 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. SOC 11 1-8550 Gerasimo INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY. -An examination of the ideas:u!"~>rimitiv~~:l'rivilized:and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities 4s fuuljd in,diflr.Wnt cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 11 SOC 241-8551 ? SOC 19945521399-8553 INTERNSHIPS .I 'm SPC 11 1-8554 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, W,Th Hesser Arr. Cole M23 1 PHYSICS PHY 101-9618 ASTRONOMY PaulsonlStaff Study of Solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of Winch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. LI 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th NE 25-AUGUST 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE ART 132-9601134 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35 mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. 2:30-6:00 p.m. M, W Section I 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W Section II POL 299-96201499-9621 DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Fraatz Arr. POL 199-96221399-9623 INTERNSHIPS Fraatz Arr. PSYCHOLOGY BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 399-9602 INTERNSHIPS 8:30-955 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F Kader Arr. M5 ECONOMICS RELIGION ECO 120-9603 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By indeArr. pendent study only. Dist.: Yes. ECO 123-9604 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Sabella (MICRO) Introduction to micrc-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and incomedistribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. I. ECO 353-9605 . REL 111-9626 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt An introduction to theacademicdiscipline of theology and to thedialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M23 L1 REL 341-9627 CHRISTIAN VIEWS O F HEALTH Holt A N D HEALING Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30a.m.mm M,T,W,Th,F M23 . ELEMENTS OF MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS w .SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9628 FOREIGN LANGUAGE GER 112-9606 BEGINNING GERMAN II Classroom practice in speaking understandingand reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or equivalent. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T, W, Th OM29 y be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norwav. Chal- .. GROUP WORK I N A Perry SOClOLOCY SOC 356-9629 Bloom . HEALTH E D U C A T I O N A N D PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N HPE 485-9607 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Lieske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 6:OO-9:30 p.m. GROUP RELATIONS The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. (PIN Grading only) M, W M6:OO-9:30 p.m. 3.3' SOC 199-96311399-9632 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arc SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N , THEATER THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. HPE 487-9608 2815 41st Ave. So., Mpls., M N 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565) HPE 495-96091496-9610 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-961 1 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. Saugestad w .F Arr. HIS 233-96121433-9613 WOMEN'S ROLES I N AMERICA Stadum Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntaryorganizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race, ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, T h M23 HIS 369-9614 VIKING DISCOVERY Nelson York, England. The Viking expansion and its impact on the British Isles. History comes alive through extensive archaeological finds, lectures, field trips. July 15-28. Contact Liv Dahl, Sons of Norway Heritage Programs, for brochure. (612) 827-3611. Dist.: No. INS 399-9615 INTERNSHIPS DOWNTOWN Hesser Arr. MATHEMATICS MAT 114-9616 COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D Durkee TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponentsand radicals, quadraticequations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithmsand trigonometricfunctions. Students who havecompleted 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Dist.: Yes. T, Th S112 6:OO-9:30 p.m. PHILOSOPHY PHI 120-9617 ETHICS Fuehrer This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.. 10:05-1 l:30 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M4 35W from the North-Take Washington Ave. exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Ave.), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Ave. S. . 1-94 East from Minneapolis-Take 25th Ave. exit, turn left at 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. 1-94 West from St. Paul-Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. I 1- 35W from the South-Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Ave. exit and turn left on 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. $
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1976
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure., LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n...
Show more ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure., LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r freshman and sophomore s t u d e n t s , a r e t h o s e w i t h a 1 o r 2 a s t h e t h i r d d i g i t of t h e f i v e - d i g i t Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e s a n upper-division course, intended primarily f o r juniors o r seniors. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT d u r i n g t h e academic y e a r a r e more f u l l y I f you need d e s c r i b e d i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e of AUGSaURG COLLEGE NW. more i n f o r m a t i o n about a s p e c i a l summer o f f e r i n g , p l e a s e c o n t a c t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . INDEPENDENT STUW, while not f i t e d among M e couhbe o66&n@, may be pwlnued d d n g M e nummm i n a nwnbm 06 d e p a h t m e d . Fok &dotm d o n , cons& M e Summm School O66ice. CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must b e made a t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . No c o u r s e may b e added a f t e r i t h a s met more t h a n s i x h o u r s e l a p s e d c l a s s time, e x c e p t w i t h t h e s p e c i a l permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIWT TO CANCEL LISTED COUSES. SUMMER SCHOOLCHARGES i n c l u d e a G e n e r a l Fee of $15. T u i t i o n i s $190 p e r c o u r s e . Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may b e charged f o r some courses. A DEPOSIT of $30 must accompany t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p o s i t i s r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e c o u r s e s l i s t e d by t h e s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , should b e c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e General Fee and T u i t i o n . CHARGE FOR AUDITING a c o u r s e ( t a k i n g i t w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s I n courses with limited enrollment, ere$90 p l u s $15 g e n e r a l f e e . ference w i l l be given t o f u l l - t u i t i o n students. REGISTRATTON .in t o be compL&ed not Latea Man t h e 6 h t day 06 each tm at M e Summm School Oddice. A L L CHARGES doh .the tm mwt be paid bedote tegh-thation -in compLete. A L d e Reghthation Fee 06 $10 w i l l 2 be added doh ntudemh who compleXe keg.in,hztion a 6 t m t h e 6 i h 6 t day 0 6 M e t e r n . TUITION REFUND f o r c a n c e l l e d c o u r s e s COURSE CANCELLATION DATE w i l l b e allowed a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e REFUND TERM I TERM I1 t a b l e on t h e r i g h t . ( S U ~~ I C ~ U .in J I ~--ToO%June 1-2 J u n e 28-30 fieimited by M e ion-he,jmdabLedepirn-LZ.) 80X June 3-4 ~ u l y1-6 No r e f u n d - w i l l be made a f t e r t h e l i s t e d 60% June 7-8 J u l y 7-9 40% June 9-10 J u l y 12-14 dates. - I I T ~ T ~ [I 4 I ART ART 10 132 PHOTOGRAPHY F h i ~ ~ e n~ h n The camera used a s a t o o l f o r v i s u a l c r e a t i v i t y and express i o n w i t h a t t e n t i o n g i v e n t o b l a c k and w h i t e , c o l o r and photographic processes. Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 6/28 7:00 p.m. A r t S) TERM 11 ART 10242 FILM MAKING I RLUt e n D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m w i t h p r a c t i c a l l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e . Add. $70 fee. TERM 1 Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH) ** ART 10342 FILM MAKING I1 RusXen Advanced c o u r s e f o r t h o s e w i t h p r e v i o u s e x p e r i e n c e i n f i l m making. Add. $70 f e e . TERM 1 Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH) BIOLOGY HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Uichelbmg BIO 20103 A p r o f e s s i o n a l c o u r s e i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n of t h e human body. Course r u n s 10 weeks. TERM I E I 1 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,TH S-205 BUSINESS K a h BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIALACCOUNTING I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c c o n c e p t s and fundamentals of a c c o u n t i n g , t h e a c c o u n t i n g c y c l e and p r e p a r a t i o n of f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s . TERM 1 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th MH- 1 BUS 21 102 PRINCIPLES OF .WAGJRIAL ACCOUNTING Kadm I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f m a n a g e r i a l a c c o u n t i n g . TERM I 11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F S-22 BUSINESS EDUCATION BED 33108 CALCULATING MACHINES Lund Operation of ten-key a d d i n g machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and electronic calculators. 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F M-10 TERM 1 CHEMISTRY CHM 34105 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY k&on Concepts and laws u n d e r l y i n g c h e m i s t r y i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples i n c l u d i n g o r g a n i c and e n v i r o n m e n t a l systems. TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F, Lab 1:25-4:00 p.m. T-Th S-205, S-323 CHM 3435 3 .QU@TITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Gybehg Covers g r a v i m e t r i c and v o l u m e t r i c a n d y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i u m i n d e t a i l ; g i v e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s . 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F, Lab 12:OO-4:00 p.m. N-Th TERM 11 S-205, S-327 ECONOMICS ECO 22120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabe& Study of economic i m p l i c a t i o n s of many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment. TERM 1 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th S-34 ECO 22122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Sub& An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W L- 1 ECO 22123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) SabtUa An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o micro-economics, t h e t h e o r y of t h e housen o l d , f i r m , market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . 6:oO-9:30 p.m. T,Th S-34 TERM 11 EDUCATION ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N AN URBAN SETTISG Pt&0n (ELEMENTARY) I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t n e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r in-school work. TERM 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F L-4 EDE 44255 EDE 44425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Redm Learning about and d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and s k i l l s of t e a c h i n g t h e young c h i l d . 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th L-4 TERM 1 EDE 44481 STUDENT TEAMING (ELEMENTARY) sXa66 Observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s i n elementary s c h o o l s under s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and elementary s c h o o l pers o n n e l . $15 f e e TERU 1 0 . t 11 Time a r r a n g e d EDS 44265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S E C O N D A R Y ) F U ~ & ~ I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t h e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r i n - s c i ~ o o l work. TERM 1 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F L-4 C~-como'~) 8 EDS 45482 -9% O p p o r t u n i t i * arm p r , d d e d zb?c;q e r s - q e s i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l personnel. $15.00 f e e . TERM I oh I I Time a r r a n g e d . ENGLISH ** ENG54282 TOPIC: T H R E E m $ m k W R I T E R S Pdohaat~c A u t h o r s s t u d i e d a r e Rolvaag, Lewis, and F i t z g e r a l d . F i e l d t r i p s included. TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F S-34 ** Thohntvn ENG 54338 MODERN BRITISH LITERATURE An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e m a j o r t r e n d s i n modern B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , f o c u s i n g on James J o y c e , D.H. Lawrence, V i r g i n i a Woolf, T.S. E l i o t a n d o t h e r s . TERM I 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th S-205 ** ENG 54340 LITERATURE AND FILM P d 0 h ~ T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e t h e d i f f e r e n c e s between w r i t t e n n a r r a t i v e and f i l m e d n a r r a t i v e . P r e r e q u i s i t e : c o l l e g e literature or film class. TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W S-205 FRENCH COACHING OF SPORTS I~ n i g e h HPE 55482 Theory and t e c h n i q u e s of c o a c h i n g and p r e v e n t i o n and c a r e of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . G-24 7:lO-9:40 a . m . M-F TERM I C. ~ V e k o n HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course i n c l u d e s c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f a m b u l a t i o n , s e l f c a r e , a d a p t e d s p o r t s and games, a n d swimming f o r t h e handicapped. TERM I F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12 HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE C. Nchon A s t u d y of t h e t r e a t m e n t o f d i s e a s e and i n j u r y . Includes g e n e r a l p r i n c i p l e s and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of n e u r o m u s c u l a r re-education. TERM 11 F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12 Saugutad HPE 55495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Actual h o s p i t a l experience i n c o r r e c t i v e therapy; psychia t r y , orthopedics, neurology, and r e h a b i l i t a t i o n . TERM 11 Time a r r a n g e d . G- 12 HISTORY Jem en HIS 56103 MODERN WORLD A s t u d y of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n w e s t e r n c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e t i m e of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t . 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th L-1 TERM I ** FRE 70212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I1 Aan ko w T w e n t i e t h - c e n t u r y l i t e r a r y works a r e e x p l o r e d w i t h t h e g o a l s of communicating i d e a s a n d b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t r e a d i n g s k i l l t o p u r s u e g e n e r a l r e a d i n g and l i t e r a r y s t u d y i n F r e n c h . TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F S-20 1 HIS 56234156334 QUELVS, COURTESANS AND CONSORTS N&on A b a s i c c o u r s e i n t h e development of a n c i e n t c i v i l i z a t i o n , f o c u s i n g on t h e c e n t r a l theme of t h e p l a c e of women, b o t h publ i c and p r i v a t e , w i t h i n t h a t c u l t u r e . TERM I1 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F S-34 GERMAN IWTERDISCIPLINARY GER 72111 BEGINNING GERMAN I -sx~nm&z Classroom p r a c t i c e i n s p e a k i n g , u n d e r s t a n d i n g and r e a d i n g b a s i c German f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no p r e v i o u s background i n G e r man. TERM I 7: 10-9:40 a.m. M-F S-201 Steinm&z GER 72112 BEGINNING GERMAN T I For s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d 72111 o r e q u i v a l e n t o r l e s s t h a n two y e a r s of h i g h s c h o o l German. TERM I1 7: 15-8:40 a.m. ?I-F S-20 1 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 55111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION E.NeRnon, SaugenRad An a n a l y s i s o f d r u g a b u s e and what c a n b e done f o r t h e a b u s e s . A l s o i n c l u d e s American Red C r o s s F i r s t Aid c o u r s e . TERM I 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-F G-12 ** INS 60110/60310 SICEKTFNNIAL SPECIAL: POlJER I N AHERICA P + Z L Lm~ d Py.'iud The s o c i a l s c i e n c e , h i s t o r i c a l and l i t e r a l v i a r p o i n c s of power; i t s h o l d e r s , t h e a d a p t i o n of t h o s e l e s s p o w e r f u l a n d t h e d i f f u s i o n of power t o o t h e r p o p u l a t i o n s w i l l b e i n c l u d e d . 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T , Th TERM 11 L- 1 PHILOSOPHY PHI 83130 LOGIC Reichenbach Examination of t h e r u l e s which g o v e r n v a l i d a r g u m e n t s ; d e v e l o p a b i l i t y t o r e c o g n i z e and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments. TERM I 8:30-9:40 a.m. & 11:lO-12:20 p.m. M-F L-4, L-1 ** PHI 83450 PHILOSOPHIES OF FEYINISM P h i l o s o p h i c a l a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and i m p l i c a t i o n s of matr i a r c h i a l l p a t r i a r c h i a l , pro-feministlanti-feminist c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic l o v e , and t h e c u l t of t h e v i r g i n . No prerequisites TERN 11 10:25-11:50 a.m. Y-F L- 1 . PHYSICS PHY 84101 Pa& on ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e c o u r s e of o u r s o l a r system, s t a r s , and gal- a x i e s . Requires elementary a l g e b r a . TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ?I,W PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY MLLJL~u An examination o f t h e i d e a o f "group", i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r and s o c i e t y . TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F L- 1 PSY 86493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Andexegg P o i n t s of view w i t h i n b e h a v i o r a l s c i e n c e on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . P r e r e q u i s i t e : 3 courses i n Psychology. TERM 1 11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F MH- 1 MH- 1 RELIGION POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES Sten5 hoed A s u r v e y of American law and l e g a l p r o c e s s . T h e o r i e s of law; law and s o c i e t y ; r o l e s of c o u r t s , p o l i c e , l a w y e r s , and j u r i e s ; t h e U.S. C o n s t i t u t i o n a s "supreme" law; law as p o l i t i c s ; h i s t o r i c and contemporary l e g a l i s s u e s . TERN 11 10:25-11:50 a.m. N-F MH-1 POL 85295 SEMINAR: GANES OF POLITICS Hedbdom An approach t o t h e u n d e r s t a n d i n g of p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and p r o c e s s e s through s i m u l a t i o n . TERU 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. N-F Place a r r . Hedbdom POL 85342 YASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY E f f e c t s of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h and p o l i t i c a l publ i c relations. ERA4 1 12:30-3:20 p.m. M-Th L- 1 * REL 87111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Quad ecir An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e d i a l o g u e between t h e church and t h e world view which concerns Christian doctrine. 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F L- 1 TERM 11 ** REL 87372 RELIGIONS OF INDIA: HINDUISM AND BUDDHISM. 8en.6on H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o t h e p r e s e n t . Uses primary t e x t s , f i l m s of Hindu ritual. TERM 11 8:50-10: 15 a.m. M-F L-1 ** REL 87369 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N MODERN LITERATURE Skibbe P a r t i c u l a r i t i e s of r e l i g i o u s discernment, symbolism and world view w i l l b e d i s c u s s e d i n c o n v e r s a t i o n format. 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F S-205 TERM 1 SOCIOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSY 86 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Fehcju OM-1,Mahhen-11 Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of u n d e r s t a n d i n g b e h a v i o r . TEa.1 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. Y-F L-1 (Fe~cjuon) TERM 11 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F S-34 (hiahken] ** PSY SOC 94231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY Maeheb An examination of t h e p a i r e d r e l a t i o n s h i p i n mass s o c i e t y ; t h e p r o c e s s of d a t i n g and mate s e l e c t i o n ; m a r r i a g e and i t s a l t e r n a t i v e s ; and t h e dynamics and s t r u c t u r e of t h e f a m i l y u n i t . TERM 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F S-34 SOC 94241 86130 COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT Dyhud A s t u d y w i l l b e made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of e v e n t s , t h e s t a g e s , and example i n language, reasoning and judgement. Field t r i p . $5 m a t e r i a l s f e e . TERhi 11 8:50-10:15 a.m. Y-F ?lH- 1 PSY 8635 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Jchmon A c t i v e i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and t'neory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development of c h i l d r e n . TERM I 7: 10-9:40 a.m. TI-F S-205 *(I( t.ie PbyCjloLogq C O ~ &Zed, ~ A E d u c d o n heqLLihement. u,rCI, - PSY b6105 meea .the Genehd - .-- INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY G e ~ ~ a h o THE CHILD'S WORLD: An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F MH- 1 ** SOC 94255 YOUTH WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Wagnu Wilderness camping a s focus f o r b u i l d i n g groups and i n d i vidual relationships. Add. $60 f e e . Time a r r . TERM 11 PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s of s u c h i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer S c h o o l . Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augnbutg CoLCsge dcri -tire F& Tern 0 6 Lize cuhyyem m e e&g.ibBe t o attend .%InIm~h Sdlool, a5 ahe p C h 5 O r z h admiLted by otheh coLLeg~5 6oh t h e ha?? 0 6 t k i a yeah. I F REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , t h e a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e ment from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l of h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n s . Credits (A form f o r t h i s p u r p o s e i s a t t h e b o t t o m of t h i s p a g e . ) c a n n o t b e t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d . OTHER PERSONS whlzing t o .take bwnmeh school tuohk nizodd contact Rhe D i h e c t o ~0 6 Sunnnek School t o ancehtain &ig-ibiLLty u n d u opecide cihcmtancch . fst,fzn. TF.& < 3 : 3Ct-,i 1 :-OQ a:.rri . ,,cS.nlq.;es - .* ,\ .L I ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t imply a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg C o l l e g e . Persons wishing t o begin a degree program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r a d m i s s i o n t h r o u g h t h e O f f i c e of Admissions. c&: L6 ? â¬ T n ,. bi.-g 5-34 ; C:G.tTviE r ' S , w x g S 3SS%2iiatkn ar.4 ;ri-.tics i n s ?uryterLing and ( T h i s form i s t o b e u s e d by s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s o t h e r t n a n Augsburg C o l l e g e . Augsburg Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may b e t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d by t n a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . ) - .%LLP,r,,bIS:T?)W~ ~ O ~ ~ I C TI $f O V %:A!&&$~l%' &e.ilirig t:r'i-t%, t h r advarc?? 8 t e ~ s sO F tell?vislo% v r o b u z i n g and 3irecCLnq. a m 6:5G-JO:33.p.b.'f?-T77 MB-2 S2Z- $824: .- $- ,,urse S t u d e n t ' s Name: z College o r University: The p e r s o n named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g and i s p e r m i t t e d t o e a r n summer s c n o o l c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . 332 983x5 ~,~;sc;(ss,op o m - 2 : ~ r i ; s g ~ . ? . . ~ ,-- ~~~-~~~~~~.~~~dj,, Sf gT3& 6~7~;1&!icsi z s&,,t 6. R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: C of t h e :roll? - -Sagn -uhe aiiz I bfle -- ~ m - ~ = ~ e i = - ( R e t w completed damn t o Summeh ScCzool, Augbbwrg CoUege, Minneapa&, Mn. 5 5 4 5 4 ) t A U G S B U R G S U M M E R S C H O O L A P P L I C A T I O N FULL NAME: last first middle o r maiden AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( i f any) PRESENT ADDRESS: PERMANENT ADDRESS: street city state county i~ telephone street City state county zip telephone PLEASE CHECR AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS: I am now a s t u d e n t a t Augsburg College and have been s i n c e -I p r e v i o u s l y a t t e n d e d Augsburg College (When?) . n o t a n Augsburg s t u d e n t b u t a t t e n d -II am am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg; I (have) -I have earned a b a c h e l o r ' s degree from (have n o t ) been admitted. College. have been admitted t o Augsburg a s a Freshman f o r n e x t f a l l . I p l a n t o a t t e n d Augsburg College only f o r t h e Summer School. -I - -So. -Jr. -Sr. -Other My PRESENT classification:-Fr. THE MAXIMUM LOAD FOR TERM I I S ONE COURSE. I1 IS TWO COURSES. THE MAXIMUM FOR TERM I plan t o t a k e t h e f o l l o w i n g courses: TERM DFPT. ,COUKSENO. SECT. , ABBREVIATED COURSE TITLE I I f my above courses a r e c a n c e l l e d , I would s u b s t i t u t e t h e following: A non-m6wrdabt.e t&tion d e p o ~ do d $30.00 muax a ~ n p a n y.tkid 60m. U chrvrgeb do* TERM 1 wt Ckeckd nne payable ;to Axgbuhg College. A be paid &I 6uR.t n o t eatm d?a Tueddaq, Jule T , 1976. TERM I I chnngea mwt be paidno2 & ~ r . t h a n Jwe 2 8 , r976. R e h m 60mand d e p o b i L to S U W R SCHOOL, AUGSBURG COLLEGE, MIMMEAPOLIS, W 5 5 4 5 4 -- DATE: =.- : ---19 76 STGNATURE: I
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGS8URG COLLEGE 731 2 1 s t AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454 gr - 8 Official Publication o f I Augsburg College, ~ i n n e a p o l i sM , N I- m A I S U M M E R 1980 !I . J 1

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1974
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: about summer courses COURSES a t Augsburg College carry a value of one Course Credit, the equivalent of six quarter credits o r four semester credits. W TERM I May 28 TERM I 1 June 24 AUGUST % - June 20 - August .- 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14 8 15 9 16 10 17 P ~ ~ F ESUM DMER OFFERI...
Show more about summer courses COURSES a t Augsburg College carry a value of one Course Credit, the equivalent of six quarter credits o r four semester credits. W TERM I May 28 TERM I 1 June 24 AUGUST % - June 20 - August .- 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14 8 15 9 16 10 17 P ~ ~ F ESUM DMER OFFERINGSare l i s t e d i n the center of t h i s brochure. LOWER-DIVISION courses, intended primarily for freshman and sophomore students, are those with a '1 or 2 as the third digitof the five-digit Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t position indicates an upper-division course, intended primarily for juniors or seniors. 2 COURSES REGULARLY taught during the academic year are described i n I f you need more informathe catalog issue of Augsburg C o l l e g e Now. tion about special summer offerings, please consult the Summer School Office. - TERM I1 WORKSHOP August 5 23 - INmPENDENT STUDY, while not l i s t e d among the course offerings, may be pursued during the summer in a number of depaments. For information consult the Summer School Office. CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must be made a t the Sunmrer School Office. No course may be added a f t e r it has met more than s i x hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. THE COIL!ZGE RESERVES the r i g h t t o cancel l i s t e d courses. costs SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES i n c l u d e a General Fee o f $15, p l u s T u i t i o n o f $170 per course. Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may be charged f o r same courses. A DEPOSIT cf $30 must accompany t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p s i t i s r e f u n d a b l e only i f the courses l i s t e d b y the s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , should be c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e General Fee and T u i t i a n . CHARGE FOR AUDITING a course ( t a k i n g it w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s $80. In courses w i t h l i m i t e d e n r o l l m e n t , p r e f e r e n c e w i l l be g i v e n t o full-tuition students. SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11, f o r a t o t a l of three courses i n the two regular terms. The Japanese Print Making Workshop, beginning August 5, may be taken i n addition t o courses completed i n the regular terms. PERSONS PLANNING t o attend Summer School are advised t o apply as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. STUDENTS NEEDING HWSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r of Limited food s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e , supplemented b y s e v e r a l Housing. r e s t a u r a n t s and snack shops i n t h e Augsburg v i c i n i t y . C O V E R : D A V I D S T E N S H O E L a REGISTRATION i s t o be completed not l a t e r than the f i r s t day o f each term a t the Summer School O f f i c e , Memorial H a l l 111. ALL CHARGES f o r t h e term must be paid before r e g i s t r a t i o n i s complete. A Late Regist r a t i o n Fee o f $10 w i l l be added f o r students who complete registrat i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t day o f the term. TUITION REFUND f o r c a n c e l l e d courses w i l l b e allowed a s i n d i c a t e d b y the t a b l e on t h e r i g h t . Such r e f u n d i s l i m i t e d b y the non-refundable dep o s i t . No r e f u n d w i l l be m d e a f t e r t h e l i s t e d dates. COURSE CANCELLATION DATE REFUND! TERM I 1 TERM I i :z 1 1 100%f Mav 28-29 1 June 25-27 May 30-31 June 28-30 J i e 3-4 July 1-3 40% June 5-6 July 5-10 1974 SUMMER SPECIALS bgskrrgColkge JAZZ STYLES. E a r l y jazz h e r i t a g e s and t h e b l u e s ; New Orleans and Chicago Dixieland, ragtime, boogie-woogie, swing, bop, cool and funky s t y l e s ; our e c l e c t i c e r a and p o s s i b l e f u t u r e s . Performance a b i l i t y n o t required; includes a paper o r p r o j e c t a p p r o p r i a t e t o D r . James Carlson. Term I I . See MUS 82240. s t u d e n t ' s jazz capacity. FILMMAKING. Students design and produce a 16m sound film. The language of f i l m , f i l m design, s c r i p t i n g , production planning; cinemato9raphy, l i g h t i n g , sound recording; c a s t i n g , d i r e c t i n g , s t a g i n g ; Lab f e e of $50 provides a l l s t u d e n t needs, l a b o r a t o r y techniques. Instructor i s Paul Rusten. See ART 10242, s u p p l i e s , equipment use. 1 Summer School -Memori a1 2 Sverdrup L i b r a r . ~ 3 ~ ce ni c e l ~ d mni i s t r a t i on 4 OldMain 5 Augsburg College Center 6 Mortensen Tower 7 Urness Tower 8 Murphy Square (Park) 9 A r t Studio 10 S i Melby H a l l 11 Music B u i l d i n g 12 Drama-Speech B u i l d i n g S t . Paul ENG 54244, SPC 98242. PHOTOGRAPHY. The a r t of s t i l l camera photography. Development of s k i l l s of photographic composition; using p i c t u r e s t o communicate; camera techniques and l i m i t a t i o n s ; photographic processing possiART 101 32. b i l i t i e s , darkroom. work. Robert Friederichsen, Term I . MOVING IMAGE MEDIA, The s h o r t f i l m and t e l e v i s i o n ; p r e t a t i o n , production techniques. Work i n 8mm f i l m For e n t h u s i a s t s a s w e l l a s t e a c h e r s who want t o use Taught by John Mitchell, Term I I . See ENG sion. . CONTEMPORARY AFRICAN LITERATURE. analysis, interand video media. f i l m and t e l e v i - AUGSBURG COLLEGE i s i n the Cedar-Riverside area o f Minneapolis, where i t s r ' n s t i t u t i ona'l neighbors include the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (West Bank) and Fairview and S t . Mary's h o s p i t a l s . The College i s e a s i l y accessible from Interstate Highway 94. Approaching from t h e west, use t h e 25th Avenue-Riverside e x i t ; from t h e e a s t , e x i t t o Riverside. 54242, I A readings course i n works of contemporary African n o v e l i s t s , p o e t s , d r a m a t i s t s , s h o r t s t o r y w r i t e r s , and e s s a y i s t s t o f a m i l i a r i z e s t u d e n t s with t h e growing wealth of African l i t e r a t u r e , themes and t r a d i t i o n s , and t o s t i m u l a t e a crossTerm I I . See ENG 54364. c u l t u r a l human experience. John Mitchell. A study of c r e a t i v i t y with emphasis upon CREATIVE PROBLEM-SOLVING. ways of c u l t i v a t i n g c r e a t i v e behavior and applying it t o v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of problem solving; p h i l o s o p h i c a l and psychological dimenD r . Raymond Anderson. Term I I . See SPC 98356. s i o n s of t h e task. LOVE I N LITERATURE AND MEDIA. Passionate l o v e i n lite r a t u r e from a n t i a u i t -v t o today; i d e a s about sex and love i n contemporary popular music, t e l e v i s i o n & film. D r . Ronald Palosaari. Term I . See ENG 54269. - CHRISTIAN DEVOTIONAL CLASSICS. s i g n i f i c a n t w r i t i n g s from t h e second century t o t h e present. Among works considered a r e those of August i n e , Bernard of Clairvaux, Catherine of Siena and D i e t r i c h Bonhoeff e r ; understandings of t h e s p i r i t u a l l i f e a s d i s c l o s e d i n t h e s e D r . Philip Quanbeck. Term I . See REL 87370. Christian classics. RELIGIONS OF INDIA: Hinduism & Buddhism. H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o t h e present. Also t r e a t s Jainism, Sikkhism and Islam. Uses primary t e x t s , films of Hindu Instructor: D r . John Benson. Term I I . See REL 87372. ritual. WOMAN: Image and Reality WOMEN WRITERS AND NOMAN'S IDENTITY. s e l e c t e d female w r i t e r s of t h e twentieth century, including V i r g i n i a Woolf and S y l v i a P l a t h , who have explored i n t h e i r works what it means t o be a woman; reading i n depth t h e work of a woman w r i t e r of each s t u d e n t ' s choice. Taught by D r . Catherine Nicholl. ' Term I . See EN6 54239. PSYCHOLOGY AND WOMEN. c u l t u r a l assumptions and psychological premise s of presumed s e x - r e l a t e d c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s ; research on sex d i f f e r Taught by Lila Anderegg. Term ences, including s t a t u s and r o l e s . 11, evenings. See PSY 86395 308. PHILOSOPHIES OF FEMINISM. Philosophical a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and imp l i c a t i o n s ofmatriarchical/patriarchical, pro-feminist/anti-feminist c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic love, and t h e c u l t of t h e v i r g i n . Taught by D r . Mark Fuehrer. Term I I . See PHI 83450. (Descriptions continued after listings) COURSES DEPT NUMBER SECT COURSE TITLE ART ART ART ART ART ART ART BED BED €310 BUS CHM CHM ECO EDE EDS ENG ENG ENG ENG ENG ENG GER GER HIS HPE HPE HPE MUS PHI PHI PHY POL POL POL PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY REL REL SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SPA SPA SPC SPC SPC SPC 10102 10118 10132 10223 10242 10355 10368 33101 33350 20103 21121 34105 34353 22120 4448454854239 54269 54242 54244 54338 54364 72111 72112 56260 551 11 55484 55491 82240 83130 83450 84101 85295 85367 85365 86105 86351 86364 86375 86395 86395 87370 87372 94255 94255 94367 94372 94375 94480 76111 76112 98111 98116 98242 98356 309 305 306 303 303 303 306 304 307 305 306 304 300 307 ----- 306 303 300 306 306 302 305 303 300 306 307 302 300 302 304 302 301 308 302 301 301 304 300 308 31 7 300 306 312 304 302 307 300 308 301 309 305 304 308 306 INSTRUCTOR TERM TIME Environmental E s t h e t i c s Friederichsen I 1 Thompson I1 Painting I Photography Friederichsen I Yoshi da IIW Printmaking I (Japanese Wood-Block) Filmmaking Rusten I Painting I 1 Thompson I1 Yoshida IIW Printmaking I 1 (Japanese Wood-Block) Elementary T y p e w r i t i n g (no c r e d i t ) Wammer I1 I1 Advanced T y p e w r i t i n g Wammer Human Anatomy and Physiology Mickelberg It11 I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Management O'Malley P r i n c i p l e s o f Chemistry Gyberg I1 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Analysis Gyberg I1 Economics o f Urban Issues Sabel 1a I Student Teaching, Elementary Staff I1 Student Teaching, Secondary E. Johnson I1 C. N i c h o l l I Women W r i t e r s and Woman's I d e n t i t y I Love i n L i t . and Media Pal o s a a r i Mitchell 11 Moving Image Media I Filmmaking Rusten Twentieth Century B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e Sargent I M itchel 1 I1 Contemporary A f r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e Oyler I Beginning German I Oyl e r I1 Beginning German I 1 Minnesota Discovery Chrislock/R. Nelson I S a f e t y and Drug Education Lindgren I1 C. Nelson I A p p l i e d Adapted A c t i v i t i e s C. Nelson I1 Therapeutic Exercise I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Jazz S t y l e s Carl son I1 Logic Fuehrer I1 Philosophies o f Feminism Fuehrer I1 Astronomy Paulson I1 I1 Games o f P o l i t i c s Hedbl om O r r i L p i U n f o r S o c i a l Change Schei be1 I1 I International Politicians Noonan I General Psychology Thoni I Developmental Psycho1 ogy: C h i l d D. Johnson Experimental Psychology Dyrud/Anderegg I1 S o c i a l Psycho1 ogy Dyrud I1 Psychology and Women Anderegg I1 Themes i n Human I d e n t i t y Knefel kamp/Widick I1 I C h r i s t i a n Devotional Classics (luanbeck Religions o f I n d i a Benson I1 I Youth Work i n Wilderness Medium Wagner Youth Work i n Wilderness Medium Wagner 11 O r g a n i z a t i o n f o r S o c i a l Change Schei be1 I1 I Aging i n Urbanized America Steen S o c i a l Psychology Dyrud I1 Urban New Towns Torstenson I Kingsley I Beginning Spanish I Kingsley I1 Beginning Spanish I 1 Beginning Speech Cole I C r e a t i v e Dramatics Cole I Filmmaking Rusten I C r e a t i v e Problem-Solving ReAnderson I 1 8 9 H+J 9 S 9 9 9 9 S C+D 4+5 3+5 J+K 9 9 B+C H+J 6 S C+D 7 B+D 2 F+G+S 6 Arr. Arr. 5 2 4 7 3 3 C+D B+D B+C 3 5 7 7 AtB 1 F+G+S 8+9 3 H+J 5 C+D B+E 2 C+D S S 2 ADD ROOM FEE SPECIAL COMMENTS A-110 Arts Arts Arts A-110 $50 Arts Arts OM-10 OM-10 S-205 L-1 S-205 S-205 L-1 A r r . $15 Arr. $15 Arr. MH-1 S-205 $10 A-110 $50 S-205 S-205 MH-1 MH-1 S-205 Yes 6-12 Arr. Arr. S-34 S-34 S-34 S-34 S-34 MH-1 MH-1 A-110 S-34 L-1 L-1 L-1 MH-1 L-1 S-205 S-34 Yes 5-34 Yes MH-1 S-34 L-1 A-110 S-205 S-205 Theater Arr. A-110$50 L-1 Times arranged August 5-23, 8:30 am t o noon 1:OO-5:00 pm, MTWT Times arranged August 5-23, 8:30 am t o noon T u i t i o n = $80; 6:45-9pm MTTh 6:45-9:00 pm, MTTh 10 weeks, 6-9 pm, T & Th L e c t u r e = 4; l a b = 5 L e c t u r e = 3; l a b = 5 June 17 through J u l y 26; Dept. o f Education ( consult 1:OO-5:00 pm, MTWT About $75 t r a v e l costs -- (People, E l i t e s & For. Pol.) P e r i o d D meets i n S-34 A v a i l a b l e e i t h e r term. ca, f o r wilderness t r i p . ( $60 6:OO-10:OO pm, Tues., 1:OO-5:00pm,MTWT Wed. UNLESS OTHERWISE noted under "SPECIAL COMMENTS," Term I classes extend from Tuesday, May 28, through Thursday, June 20, and Term I 1 courses a r e t a u g h t from Monday, June 24, through Friday, August 2. The schedules below i n d i c a t e t h e hours and days o f t h e week when classes meet, keyed t o t h e l e t t e r o r number l i s t e d above under "TIME". NOTE t h a t most Term I courses meet e i g h t t o t e n times p e r week; thus "A+BM means t h a t a c l a s s meets 7:10 t o 8:20 and 8:30 t o 9:40. both A = 7:lO-8:20 am MTWT F MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWT MTWT 5:lO-6:40 ~ r n MTWT 6:50-8:20 bm MTWT MTWT =8 : 3 o - i o : o o ~ m See "SPECIA~ COMMENTS" TERM B = 8:30-9:40am C = 9:50-11 :00 am D = 11:lO am-12:20 pm I E = 12:30-1:40 pm F 1:50-3:20 pm May28 G = 3:30-5:00 pm = H J J u n e 2 0 S = = ~ = TERM 11 JUW 24 Aug. 2 1 = 7:15-8:40am 2 = 8:50-10:15am 3=10:25-11:50am 4 = 12:OO-1:25 pm 5 = 1:35-3:20pm 6 = 3:30-5:15pm 7 = 6:00-9:30 pm 9 = See 1 1 MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWT MTWT Room Locations M. w COMMENTS" ~ ~ A-110 ArtS 1-1 5-34 5-205 0m-10 ~ MH-1 A r t Bui 1d i n g A r t Bui 1d i n g L i b r a r y (basement) Science B u i l d i n g Science Bui l d i ng ~ Old~ Main ~ Memorial H a l l (SE, basement) ~ This Summer in the SOCIAL SCIENCES MINNESOTA DISCOVERY. H i s t o r i c a l s i t e s and museums a s an approach t o understanding s t a t e and a r e a h i s t o r y . Students supply camping equipment and provisions f o r extended f i e l d t r i p s . Cooperation with t h e Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l Society, readings and p r o j e c t s , t o introduce career opportunities. T r i p s w i l l r e q u i r e some a d d i t i o n a l expense. Term I. See HIS 56260. Professors Carl Chrislock & Richard Nelson. INTERNATIONAL POLITICIANS. The powers behind f o r e i g n p o l i c y decisions i n t h e United S t a t e s , focusing upon t h e Cuban m i s s i l e c r i s i s and i t s r e s o l u t i o n ; t h e r o l e of e l i t e s and determinants of a l t e r n a Term I. See POL 85365. tives. Taught by D r . Norma Noonan. GAMES OF POLITICS. An approach t o t h e understanding of p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and processes through simulation. Consideration of s t r e n g t h s and l i m i t a t i o n s of games a s media of teaching and learning. No preTerm II. See POL 85295. requisites. Taught by Dr. Milda Hedblom. INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT. Fundamental concepts and p r i n c i p l e s of management, r e l a t i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n a l g o a l s , o b j e c t i v e s and p o l i c i e s t o t h e planning and c o n t r o l processes. Behavioral, s t r u c t u r a l , t a s k M . O'ffalley. Term I. See BUS 21121, and resource considerations. ~ u m m b rWorkshops JAPANESE PRINTMAKING TOSHI YOSHIDA, c e l e b r a t e d Japanese printmaker, r e t u r n s t o Augsburg College f o r a three-week workshop August 5 t o 23. L i m i t e d t o t h i r t y students, t h e workshop provides an e x t r a o r d i n a r y o p p o r t u n i t y t o study t r a d i t i o n a l and contemporary approaches t o t h e unique a r t o f t h e Japanese wood-block p r i n t . The Augsburg workshop i s one o f f o u r throughout t h e U n i t e d States Member o f t h e t h i r d generawhich Mr. Yoshida i s teaching i n 1974. t i o n o f a r t i s t s i n t h e y o s h i d a f a m i l y , he has had more than 100 oneman shows i n t h e United States. H i s works a r e i n t h e permanent c o l l e c t i o n s o f many major museums, among them t h e Museum o f Modern A r t i n New York, t h e Museum o f Modern A r t i n Tokyo, t h e Museum o f Fine A r t s i n Boston, t h e A r t I n s t i t u t e o f Chicago, and t h e Sydney Museum i n Australia. Students may r e g i s t e r f o r t h e Yoshida Workshop under Printmaking I (ART 10223) o r Printmaking I 1 (ART 10368), depending upon previous experience. H U M A N RELATIONS URBAN NEW TOWNS. Comprehensive community planning i n t h e modern metropolis; t h e European experience; s t r u c t u r e s , processes and i s s u e s of community planning i n American c i t i e s ; Cedar-Riverside and D r . J o e l Torstenson. Term I. See SOC 94480. Jonathan. YOUTH WORK IN A WILDERNESS MEDIUM. Wilderness camping a s focus f o r building group, i n d i v i d u a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . The youth subculture; p r i n c i p l e s , techniques of youth work; wilderness camping s k i l l s ; leadership. (Canoe-trip l a b o r a t o r y i n Boundary Waters a r e a involves added costs.) Anthony Wagner. Term I o r Term II. See SOC 94256. HUMAN RELATIONS WORKSHOP. Understanding r a c i a l , c u l t u r a l and economic groups; developing s k i l l s ir. hpadling d i s c r i m i n a t i o n and b i a s and i n c r e a t i n g p o s i t i v e i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Minimum of 60 hours c l a s s and f i e l d work. F u l f i l l s t h e EDU 521 S t a t e Department Taught by of Education requirement of human r e l a t i o n s f o r t e a c h e r s . D r . Sheldon Fardig. See EDE 44488, EDS 45488. Note s p e c i a l dates. JAZZ AGING I N URBANIZED AMERICA. Demographic r e a l i t i e s of aging; sociol o g i c a l , p o l i t i c a l , economic and psychological a s p e c t s of aging. New o r g a n i z a t i o n a l and programmatic approaches i n t h e seventies. Taught by D r . Paul Steen. Term I. See SOC 94372, ORGANIZATION FOR SOCIAL CHANGE. For persons d e s i r i n g t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n giving d i r e c t i o n t o s o c i a l change; l e d by James Scheibel of t h e Center f o r Urban Encounter. The n a t u r e of change, t h e understanding of power, t h e d e f i n i t i o n of i s s u e s , t h e implementation of change. Term II. See POL 85367 o r SOC 94367. THEMES IN HUMAN AUGSBURG JAZZ WORKSHOP. New t h i s y e a r , t h e Jazz Workshop w i l l be a one-week experience f o r jazz musicians and music d i r e c t o r s . Dates a r e June 16-21. With work i n performance, arranging and composing, t h e workshop w i l l be under t h e l e a d e r s h i p of Steve Wright, A r t i s t i n Residence a t Augsburg. College c r e d i t is a v a i l a b l e . For information write: Michael Walgren, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404, CHOIR IDENTITY. I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y course i n psychology and l i t e r a t u r e emphasizing themes i n human i d e n t i t y a s found i n modern l i t e r a t u r e and i n p e r s o n a l i t y theory. Limited t o freshmen, sophomores and f i r s t - t e r m juniors. Taught by Lee Knefelkamp and See PSY 86395 315. Carole Widick. Term 11, evenings. SATEREN CHORAL WORKSHOP. This y e a r ' s workshop w i l l be h e l d June 16 through June 21. I n a d d i t i o n t o D r , Lee Sateren and D r . Dale Warland, guest composer w i l l be D r . Daniel Pinkham of t h e f a c u l t y of t h e New England Conservatory of Music, who i s a l s o music d i r e c t o r of h i s t o r i c King's Chapel i n Boston. College c r e d i t a v a i l a b l e . InforIMtion: Michael Walgren, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404. 1 augsburg summer school application form eligibility FULL NAME : ---,--last----------first-----------rniddle PmQNS IN GOOD SR4AQlNG a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and universities, as we22 a s graduates of such i n s t i t u t i o n s , are e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg S-r Sehoal. Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t the s t u d e n t has been admitted t o a collage and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n dropped by t h a t i n s t i t d o n . SEX: MARITAL STATUS: Divorced - Single Married Widowed - - MF - STUDENTS AOEIITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r the F a l l Term o f the ~ u r ~ n t., year a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer School, a s a r e persons a d m i t t e d b y o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r the f a l l o f this year. PERMANENT ADDRESS : PRESENT ADDRESS: IP R B F U W ATTEw2?3NG or admitted to ataOthsr educaUonkX i n s t i t u t i o n , the applf cant must provide Rugsburg. S m m ~ f School w i t h a statement f m an appropriate o f f i c i a l of his college that k is in gmd standi n g and eligfble tn earn credits d u r i n g the summer ~ e s s i o n s . (A form for this purpose i s at the Bottom of this page.) C r e d i t s cannot be transferred u n t i l this mqwirementr has been f u l f i l l e d . o r maiden------ ........................... AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( i f any) ----street----------/------~ity----------/----state------ ----county---------/----zip---/------telephone------------street ----------/-------city----------/----state---------county----------/----zip----/------telephone--------- PLEASE CHECK AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS: I am now a student a t Augsburg College and have been since - I previously attended Augsburg Col 1ege [When?] Col l ege. Iam n o t an Augshurg student b u t attend I am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg; L (have) (have n o t ) b e ~ nadmitted. - I have been admitted t o Augsburg as a Freshman for next Fa1Coll 1. ege. I have earned a bachelor's degree from - I plan t o attend Augsburg College o n l y Tor t h e Sumner School. So. - Jr. Sr. - Other. My PRESENT c l a s s i f i c a t i o n : - Fr. Fr. --So. - Jr. Sr. Other. C l a s s i f i c a t i o n SUMMER '74: . - OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. ACCEPTANCE a s a sunxner s t u d e n t does n o t i m p l y admission a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg College. Persons w i s h i n g t o b e g i n a degree program a t the c o l l e g e should apply f o r admission through the O f f i c e o f Admissions. - - - THE MAXIMUM LOAD f o r TERM I i s one course. I s two courses. The maximum f o r - TERM I 1 IPLAN TO TAKE THE FOLLOWING COURSES: approval form TERM fTkis form i s to be used by stuUeats regularly attending institutions other than kugsbuq College. Augsburg Summer School credits may be transferred to the student's home institution if approval is granted by that college or universitg.) ABBREVIATED COURSE TITLE SECT. COURSE NO. DEPT. I Student's Name I f my above choices are cancelled, Iwould s u b s t i t u t e the following: College o r University The person named above i s a student i n good standing and i s permitted t o earn sumner school c r e d i t s a t Augsburg College. Restrictions o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: Signature and T i t l e (Dean, R e g i s t r a r , o r o t h e r Responsible O f f i c e r ) (Return completed form to Summer School, Augsburg C o l l e g e , Minneapolis, MN 55404 I I 1 1 . A non-refundable t u i t i o n deposit o f $30.00 must accompany t h i s form. A l l charges f o r TERM Imust Checks are payable t o Augsburg College. be p a i d i n f u l l n o t l a t e r than Tuesday, May 28, 1974. TERM 11 charges must be p a i d n o t l a t e r than June 24, 1974. Return t h i s form and deposit, t o S u n e r School , Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404. DATE: 1974 SIGNATURE:
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1987
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: - - J u g s burg College - - 7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H An Official Publication of Augsburg College Non-Profit Org. U.S. POSTAGE Minneapolis, Permit No. 2031 Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the ...
Show more - - J u g s burg College - - 7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H An Official Publication of Augsburg College Non-Profit Org. U.S. POSTAGE Minneapolis, Permit No. 2031 Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1800 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1-June 26, Term I1 runs from June 29-August 7. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Term1 Term11 (- \ Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 22 April 22 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due June 1 June 29 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10 (noregistrations will be accepted after this date) June 3 July 1 Holiday None July 4 Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 15 July 20 Classes End June 26 August 7 Grades Due in Registrar's Office July 1 August 12 Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, /--7rimarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. 4.,burses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves t h e Right t o Cancel Listed Courses. Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School office. Write or call: I AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1026 Pat Parker, Director Kay Thomsen, Secretary P e r s o n s in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other P e m o n s wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibili~ \ under special circumstatlcea. k .<) Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a re$ular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for Lhe Office of Admission. admission throi~gl~ Augsburg College admitn studenls of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to ail rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at [heschool, It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or ndministl-ation of its educational policies, admissions policies, acholarslrip and loan programs and athletic and other school-administe~~ed programs. Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (33Ck1046). Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on June 1. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 29. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on June 1 and June 29. )xilance owing for tuition must be paid before i'~*istrationis confirmed. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. ' A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 2 and 3. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 30 and July 1. Registrations will not b e accepted ajter these dates. To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on July 1 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." The tuition charge for Summer School is $375.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit)is $188.00 for each course. Laboratory/ special fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 22 will result in a savings of $30.00 for each course taken. This reduced tuition of $345.00 per course applies only to those courses for which the student preregisters on April 22. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00 per course is required at this time and is applied to designated course tuition. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. Students may preregister for both Term I and Term I1 courses on April 22, tuition discount applies to both terms. After April 22, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. 3SW from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue),turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Avenue S. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below.) 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. Refund Term I Term I1 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% June 1 June 2 June 3 June 4 June 5 June 29 June 30 July 1 July 2 July 3 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 36W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (moveright lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. , 'I STUDENT TEACHING: SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged EDS 4 8 1 , - 8 0 8 1 / 4 8 2 - 8 0 8 2 483-8083/484-8084 - - - Secondary Osnes/Staff - 1 - F~ REI LA C NN GYB~ES --SPA 111-8044 BEGINNING SPANISH I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, ", sneaking. n ". readini. ". and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 . - -. ---- - - - HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION - -- v - - - -B o l l m a n A R T 107-8001DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subfects include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes. 1:oo-4:oop.m. M,T,W , T ~ on- , - . HPE 3 2 0 - 8 0 4 1 SCHOOL HEALTH C U R R ~ C U L U ~ ~orsGd Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (May continue through Term 11) Arranged I A R T 223-8002 PRINT MAKING I & 11 Bollm,.. 368-8003 Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00p.m. M,T,W,Th OM17 A R T 242-8008 FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP Rueten Students will produce 16mm black & white sound motion pictures using professional equipment and techniques. Script, photography, sound, editing and synchronizing. Dist.: Yes. Lab. fee of $95.00 for film stock, processing, supplies and equipment. T,W,Th OM4 6:OO-9:00p.m. 9:OO-12:00 noon Sat. -- - - BIO 1 0 3 - 8 0 0 9 HUMAN ANATOMY A N D PHYSIOLOGY Mickelberg Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. S205 12:OO-3:00p.m. Lect. M,W,Th,F T 12:OO-3:00p.m. Lab. PE 4 1 0 - 8 0 4 0 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVISION Borstad O F SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: HPE 3 2 0 5:30-8:30 p.m. M,T,W,Th L4 HISTORY - - HIS 239-8042 EASTERN EUROPE IN S. A n d e r s o n 339-8043 T H E 20th CENTURY Examines the nationality problem in Austria, Russia and Germany, and the creation of new "national states" after the war. World War I1 Nazi occupation to postwar Soviet domination, the start of the Cold War over East Europe, and more recent crises. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division credit. M,T,W,Th M24 5:OO-8:00 p.m. DIRECTED STUDY/ INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) -. INTERDISCIPLINHRY - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - -- Gustafson HIS 299-/499- INS 3 9 9 - 8 0 4 6 - - Arranged -- , - - INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged - BUS 1 7 6 - 8 0 1 6 COMPUTERS FOR Schield ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE, word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: High school algebra. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th S112 BUS 2 2 1 - 8 0 1 4 PRINCIPLES O F ACCOUNTING 1 K~:J Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of counting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 BUS 2 4 2 - 8 0 1 3 PRINCIPLES O F MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist . Nn 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W M23 MUS 1 5 5 - 8 0 4 6 -- PIANO CLASS METHODS - - Nortwen (GROUP PIANO) Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music skills. 'st.: No. (1/4 course). J Arranged -1 - ~OLITTAL SCIENCE - -- - -. a 0 6 0 WORLD POLITICS Goldman Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, with focus on recent problems. Dist.: Yes. 8: 0.50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M5 I QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR Morgan ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, p.robability, sampling distributions, inference, and estimation with e m p h a s ~ son their use in applied problems in business and economics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Math placement 111o r a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104. 12:OO-3:00p.m. MtT,W,TYI M23 399-8066 BUS 279-8016 BUS 399-8019 INTERNSHIPS Ka Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Admi-, tration & Econimics. 44 Arranged --- -- PSYCHOLOGY_ - - - INTRODUCTION TO THE Hirdman WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY Exploration of the discipline of psychology; concepts, data, and methdology. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY ;&5 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes. .do-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M22 - r ECONOMICS ECO 110-8028 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metrmurban environment. By independent study. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macreeconomics; national income analvsis, " . monetarv and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M4 EDUCATION - EDE 255-8037 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION Osnes EDS 265-8038 IN AN URBAN SEITING Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: sophomore standing o r above. Arranged EDE 375-8036 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD Endorf OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. Arranged EDE 363-8039 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE McNeff Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experienr video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course) I ) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Arranged - - - S.-T U D E N T TEACHING -The Department of Education offers student teaching for both elementary and secondary education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July where suitable arrangements can be made. STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Additional $35:00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged EDE 481-8071/482-8072 483-8073/484-8074 - PSY 121-8060 Kindergarten a n d Elementary Osnes/Staff EDE 481-8061/482-8062 483-8063/484-8064 Elementary (Gr. 1-6) Osnes/Staff BDE 481-8066/482-8067 483-8068/484-8069 Kindergarten Osnes/Staff RBL 369-8070 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN Skibbe MODERN LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of selected novels, poems, etc. Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: REL 111o r 221 o r permission of instructor. 9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M23 ~ A W O RLK - SWK 410-8085 FAMILY VIOLENCE M. Brown Overview of the phenomena of domestic violence including contributing factors, consequences for the family and the broader society, and policies and programs which address the issue. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: One course in psychology, sociology of family o r instructor's permission. 2:OO-590p.m. M,T,W,Th OM4 SWK 399-8082 INTERNSHIPS (May continue through Term 11) M. Brown Arranged - - SOCIOLOGY --. - SOC 121-8075 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY B. Sociolo$y a s a mode of analysis o r way of knowing. Its applications to a n understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M4 JX 3C 2 3 1-8076 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY B. J o h n s o n examination of the family as,a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M22 r SOC 265-8077 RACIAL AND MINORITY Gerasimo GROUP RELATIONS The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. (P/N grading only). 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th L1 SOC 199-8078/399-8080 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged SPEECH, COMMUNICA'I'ION ANU T H E A ~ RARTS SPC 111-8079 BEGINNING SPEECH Lapakko Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: No. 1:OO-4:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 115-9047 HEALTLNE H CHEMICAL ors st ad DEPENDENCY EDUCATION An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets M N teacher licensure requirement). (1/2 course) 5:30-9:00p.m. M, w M5 (June 29-July 15) HISTORY HIS 250/9051 INTRODUCTION TO Brueee MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY Introduction to the main themes; political, social, cultural and economic, which have characterized the evolution of modern Russia, Tsarist and Soviet. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division credit. G:00-9:30p.m. T,Th M23 350/9053 - ART ART 107-9001 DRAWING 8. Olson A s a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media: pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes. 9:00-12:00 N. M,W,Th - - - ART 118-9004/355-9005 PAINTING I & 11 B.OI-dn Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 9:00-12:00 N. M, W,Th OM17 ART 132-9006 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-9007 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. 1:30-5:00p.m. M, W Seclion I OM4 M,W Section I1 330-9:00 p.m. HIS 299-499 DIRECTED STUDY/ INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Gustafson Arranged - - Y ~ ~ s C ~ P L I N A- R INS 399-9054 INTERNSHIPS PHILOSOPHY - PHI 380-9055 - Hesser Arranged - ETHICS OF MEDICINE C. J o h n s o n AND HEALTH CARE Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes. 330-9.90 p.m. M, W M24 -- ; 1310 203-9010 PRINCIPLES OF NUTRITION Mickelberg Study of basic human nutrition and the changes that occur in nutritional needs due to physiological stresses and periods of the life cycle; weight control, dietary myths, and personal dietary analysis. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1l:40-1:25p.m. M,T,W,Th S205 -- B U S I m 3 AUMINIY'I'H - -- - -- + BUS 175-9015 COMPUTERS FOR Herzog ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE, word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: High school algebra. 1:30-3.35p.m. M,T,W,Th S112 PHY 101-9060 - ASTRONOMY Hollabaugh Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Elementary algebra. G:00-9:30p.m. M, W MZ2 POLITICAL S C ~ E N C E POL 365-9065 TOPICS: NUCLEAR WAR. NUCLEAR WEAPONS Il~r! History, politics, economics, strateglna and ecolagiea ~tir~utldlog technologies propelling the a r m s ractt, an the one hand, and affecting a r m s control, on the other. Explorotfon of thapolltba mderratc,qy of nuclear security issues. Dist.: (Consent of depwtmsnr ~ ~ ~ ~ P ~ F M J I I G:00-9:30p.m. T,Th M24 POL 199-9066 INTERNSHIPS ,' BUS 222-9016 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 So; . Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic co"cepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: BUS 221. 10:05-11:30a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M4 BUS 252-90 17 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Cerrito Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, p r o m n t i n n m - r l r ~ t i n dn h n n n o l 3 n A nrir4n.r A a n i r i n n r nint . hln Hedblom 399-9067 Arranged )LOGY PSY 2--/SO70 I - PSYCHOLOGY AND HMman CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Chemical dependency; its psychological effects on the individual, t h e family, and the community. Attention given to development of chemical dependency and available treatment and rehabilitation. Students will explore their own values and attitudes related to the topic. Dist.: No. lThis ourse does not meet MN teacher licensure requirement). - - i -BUS 322-9018 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113. 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Th M4 BUS 399-9019 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Adtration and Economics. - e - -- - ECO 110-9030 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES S~G Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Sabella lntroduction to micro-economics, the theorv of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. ~ i ~ l i c a t i oofn e ~ e m k n t a reco~ nomic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, w M5 ECO 315-9032 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: ECO 112,113. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, W - EDE 363-9035 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE McNeff Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experiences: video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ENG 282-9040 TOPICS: AMERICAN PARABLES: Garrison CHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AMERICAN FICTION Reading of selected works of fiction; examination of their relationship to Christianity - its myths, themes, metaphors, use a s a tool for understanding history, and its own instructive, "parabolic" stories. Dist.: Yes. M,T, W,Th M5 FOREIGN LANGUAGES SPA 112-9046 BEGINNING SPANISH 11 " Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary lntroduction to culture of Spanish. Spanish. . speaking world. Dist.: Yes. - 8:30-9:55a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M22 SPA 21 1-9046 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I Kingsley Conversation; grammar review. Reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, W -- - M23 AEL 486-9078 I I I~ I PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION Beneon AND THEOLOGY Study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th M5 SOC 366-9080 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. - - -- 1:30-5:00p.m. SOC 199-9081/399-9082 INTERNSHIPS H m r Arranged M4 McNeff OF TEACHING READING EDS 351-9034 Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T, W,Th L1 (July 20-August 6) 11:40-125 p.m. M,T, W,Th,F n 3 0 - 9 : 5 5 a.m. - EDUCATION - RELIGION -REL 3--/SO76 RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN Beneon A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with "religion," including the "popular" religious traditions of China; Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism and Japanese Shintoism. Interrelation of religion and culture. Dist.: Yes. M23 - SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Abrame SPC 355A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, w OM1 1 SPC 367-9086 THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. T,Th 2815 41st Avenue South, 6:OO-9:30p.m. Mpls., MN 55406 pel.: 721-2565) -r 1
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1973
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: NOTES AND QUlRlES The academic y e a r 1972-1973 marks t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . J a n u a r y , 1973, w i l l be t h e f i r s t l n t e r i m a t t h e Co l l ege. The I n t e r i m w i l l b e g i n on Wednesday, J a n u a r y 3...
Show more NOTES AND QUlRlES The academic y e a r 1972-1973 marks t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . J a n u a r y , 1973, w i l l be t h e f i r s t l n t e r i m a t t h e Co l l ege. The I n t e r i m w i l l b e g i n on Wednesday, J a n u a r y 3, 1973, and w i t 1 end o n Tuesday, J a n u a r y 30, 1973. R e q u i r e m e n t s and Course Load The l n t e r i m i s an o r g a n i c p a r t o f t h e c o l l e g e y e a r . Each s t u d e n t i s t o c o m p l e t e o n e l n t e r i m f o r each f u l l y e a r he i s e n r o l l e d a t Augsburg. A s t u d e n t may t a k e an I n t e r i m i n h i s m a j o r o r o u t s i d e h i s major. Each d i s c i p l i n e may r e q u i r e one l n t e r i m o f i t s m a j o r s , and each s t u d e n t may e l e c t one a d d i t i o n a l l n t e r i m i n h i s m a j o r . Beyond t h e t w o l n t e r i m s i n h i s m a j o r each s t u d e n t w i l l e l e c g l n t e r i m s outside h i s major. One l n t e r i m c o u r s e i s t h e l i m i t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s academic l o a d d u r i n g t h e one-month t e r m . Each d e p a r t m e n t a t Augsburg o f f e r s a t l e a s t one l n t e r i m c o u r s e t h a t w i l l , f u l f i l l t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements f o r graudation. Each i n s t r u c t o r d e t e r m i n e s t h e manner i n w h i c h he w i I l g r a d e t h e I n t e r i m . The g r a d i n g i s l i s t e d w i t h each l n t e r i m d e s c r i p t i o n . T r a d i t i o n a l (A,B,C,D,F); P/NC; O p t i o n a l ( t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s a t t h e t i m e o f r e g i s t r a t i o n e i t h e r t h e t r a d i t i o n a l o r P/NC.) Class Meetings An l n t e r i m c o u r s e s h o u l d make t h e same t i m e demands upon t h e s t u d e n t a s a s t a n d a r d semester c o u r s e . The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s meetings i s n o t r i g i d l y fixed. S t u d e n t s , however, s h o u l d p l a n f o r i n - c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n o f a b o u t t e n h o u r s p e r week. In addition, there w i l l be labs, f i e l d s t u d y , t r a v e l , r e a d i n g s , r e p o r t s , and p a p e r s . A l l l n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and t h e l a s t c l a s s days o f t h e Interim. On-Campus Classes, Off-Campus C l a s s e s , Independent Study The f o l l o w i n g c a t a l o g u e l i s t s t h e l n t e r i m c o u r s e s a v a i l a b l e a t Augsburg. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e c o u r s e s , Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l f o r t h e i r l n t e r i m a t Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , o r S t . C a t h e r i n e s i n S t . P a u l . S h o u l d s t u d e n t s have q u e s t i o n s a b o u t other-campus l n t e r i m s and , m a j o r requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t w i t h t h e department chairman o f t h e i r major. Should t h e y have q u e s t i o n s a b o u t other-campus l n t e r i m s and d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t an independent s t u d y program f o r t h e I n t e r i m . I f t h e y p l a n such, t h e y m u s t meet t h e d e p a r t m e n t ' s r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r independent s t u d y . They must a l s o p r e s e n t a t t h e t l m e o f r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r t h e I n t e r i m a w r i t t e n agreement f r o m t h e i n d i v i d u a l i n s t r u c t o r who w i l l d i r e c - b t h e i r independent s t u d y program. A t o p i c and t e n t a t f v e o u t l i n e , i n c l u d i n g b i b l i o g r a p h y , f o r t h e independent s t u d y must be s u b m i t t e d t o t h e i n s t r u c t o r no l a t e r t h a n J a n u a r y 3, 1973. C l a s s Day The l n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o f o u r b l o c k s o f t i m e . These t i m e p e r i o d s a r e f l e x i b l e , b u t f o r t h e sake o f o p e n i n g s e s s i o n s t h e day i s b l o c k e d as f o l l o w s : C a n c e l l i n q and Adding F r i d a y , J a n u a r y 5, adding a course. 1973, i s t h e l a s t day f o r cancelling and Additional Questions S t u d e n t s w i t h p a r t i c u I at- q u e s t i o n s a b o u t t h e I.ntarlm: s:tigu.lzd c o n s u l t Dr. Mark D a v i s , I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , O l d Main 26, Ex,tension 577. Daaartment o f A r t 10250 L i f e Drawing qnd S c u l p t u r e A two-dimensional and t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l s t u d y o f t h e nude f i g u r e f o r none x p e r i e n c e d s t u d e n t s as w e l l as a r t s t u d e n t s . With a c h o i c e o f media i n drawing ( p e n c i l , c o n t e crayon, ink, c h a r c o a l , e t c . ) and a c h o i c e o f media i n s c u l p t u r e ( c l a y , p l a s t e r , p o l y e s t e r r e s i n , lead, wood). I n s t r u c t o r : Ho l e n D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Grad i ng : Opt iona l Time: Room: No II Upper l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g Film-making t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . I n s t r u c t o r : Rusten D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Grading: O p t i o n a l 10231 Mexican C i v i l i z a t i o n : No Fee: $50 Time: III Room: Lower l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g A n c i e n t and Modern (see F o r e i g n Language) Department o f B i o l o g y 20 1 10 Man and t h e Envi ronment The concept o f t h e ECOSYSTEM, l o o k i n g a t some o f i t s h o m e o s t a t i c mechanisms. The Impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem w i t h h i s u r b a n i z a t i o n , p o l l u t i o n , and p o p u l a t i o n e x p l o s i o n . L a b o r a t o r y demons t r a t i o n o f l e c t u r e concepts. The p r e s e n t s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l w o r l d i n l i g h t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does n o t a p p l y toward t h e b i o l o g y major. I n s t r u c t o r : M i c k e l berg D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enro l I ment : 35 20353 Yes, urban Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: I Room: 21 3 Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Zoology A c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y d e a l i n g w i t h t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution,distribution, b e h a v i o r , and p o p u l a t i o n dynamics o f t h e vertebrates. I n s t r u c t o r : R. H e r f o r t h Di s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Prerequisite: 112 General B i o l o g y Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: I I and Lab 2:OO-4:30, Room: 205 M-Th 20471 C e l l u l a r Biology A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l f u n c t i o n w i t h u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work ' i n c l u d e s m i c r o - t e c h n i q u e , c y t o l o g - i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n ce l l p h y s i o l o g y and b i o c h e m i s t r y , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u - l t u r e . I n s t r u c t o r : Thorpe Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement: No Enrol lment: 20 Prerequisite: 112, Chemistry 223 o r 351 Recommended - 367 20499 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: I and Lab 1:OO-5:00 M,WJ F Room: 205 Independent Study I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an instructor. Intended f o r b i o l o g y m a j o r s . P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work. I n s t r u c t o r : Su l e r u d Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Enrollment: 15 P r e r e q u i s i t e : 112, and p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Economics Business Education, and -Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21 131 Business Law Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e i n s t r u m e n t s , p r o p e r t y and business o r g a n i z a t i o n s under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. I n s t r u c t o r : Hei d e n r e i c h Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement : Enrol l ment : 25 No Grad i ng : Opt i ona l 11.1 Time: Room: 23 -Business Education 33110 O f f i c e Technology O p e r a t i o n o f t r a n s c r r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and r e c o r d s management, i n t r o d u c t i o n t o d a t a p r o c e s s i n g , and e f f i c i e n t h a n d l i n g o f o f f i c e d u t i e s . Instructor: Lund Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement : E n r o l lment: 25 22120 No Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I and I I , M,W,F Room: 10 Economics o f Urban Issues Study o f t h e economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f t h e many problems f a c i n g a metro; urban environment. Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n " C r i s i st'; D r a f t vs. an Al I-Vol u n t e e r Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n : D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems. Note: ECONOMICS 1 2 0 I S A BASIC COURSE DESIGNED FOR THOSE STUDENTS WHO DO NOT PLAN TO MAJOR I N E l THER ECONOM I CS, BUS l NESS ADM l N l STRAT l ON OR BUS~NESS EDUCATION. STUDENTS WHO PLAN TO MAJOR IN THE ABOVE THREE AREAS SHOULD ENROLL IN 122 AND 123 RATHER THAN 120. I n s t r u c t o r : D. H e r f o r t h D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l lment : 35 Yes, urban Grading: O p t i o n a l II Time: Room: 23 Department o f Chemistry 34246 T o p i c s i n Environmental Chemistry T h i s c o u r s e i s i n t e n d e d t o s e r v e p e o p l e i n a number o f f i e l d s who f e e l t h a t something s h o u l d be done about environmental decay and i s aimed n o t a t f u e l i n g t h e r h e t o r i c o f s l o g a n e e r s b u t r a t h e r a t enr i c h i ng t h e i n f o r m a t i o n a l b a s i s o f a c t i o n s t h a t have t o - be t a k e n . We s h a l l assume t h a t i n t h i s area i t i s b e t t e r t o know something and a c t on t h a t r a t h e r t h a n t o know n o t h i n g and a c t s o l e l y o n emotion. We s h a l l aim t o l e a r n something o f t h e m a t e r i a l s t h a t a r e rui.ning us, where t h e y come from, and how emeshed we a l l a r e i n t h e i r origins. To t h i s end we shal l c o n s i d e r o u r m a j o r sources o f energy--both f o r mechanical energy and h e a t (e.g., o i l and c o a l ) and f o r o u r i n t e r n a l needs (food)--and see how v i r t u a l l y a l l o f t h e p r i n c i p a l p o l l u t a n t s o r i g i n a t e d i r e c t l y o r i n d i r e c t l y from t h i s As we move t h r o u g h t h e s e t o p i c s t h e i r p r i m a r y need f o r . e n e r g y . r e l a t i o n t o economics, p o l i t i c s , urban a f f a i r s , p o p u l a t i o n problems and o t h e r s w i l l b e g i n t o emerge. We hope t o use f i l m s , o u t s i d e speakers, f i e l d t r i p s , and i n d i v i d u a l p r o j e c t s t o supplement r e a d i n g s , l e c t u r e s , and c l a s s room d i s c u s s i o n s . Students e l e c t i n g t h i s c o u r s e a r e expected t o have a t l e a s t a h i g h school back- g language o f c h e m i s t r y i s assumed. I n s t r u c t o r : Holum D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 30 34353 Yes, urban g Grading: Optional Time: II Room: 320 Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o v e r v o l u m e t r i c a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s o f a n a l y s i s . The c o u r s e i s t o be t a k e n by c h e m i s t r y majors, n o r m a l l y i n t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e i r sophomore y e a r . M e d i c a l t e c h n o l o g i s t s s h o u l d t a k e C h e m i s t r y 353. There w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s and l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s . I n s t r u c t o r : Gyberg D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No E n r o l l m e n t : 25 P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 106 o r 116 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: II Room: 315 34499 Independent Study I n o r d e r t o g i v e j u n i o r and s e n i o r c h e m i s t r y m a j o r s an o p p o r t u n i l - y t o pursue a t o p i c o r problem i n d e t a i l , a t l e a s t one member o f t h e c h e m i s t r y f a c u l t y w i l l work w i t h s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s o f t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n o f r e s e a r c h problems a l r e d d y s t a r t e d , o r p a r t i c u l a r problems o f s y n t h e s i s o r ana l y s i s, o r t o p i c s l i ke polymers o r c o l l o i d s n o t covered i n d e p t h i n r e g u l a r courses. O f f campus a c t i v i t i e s such as r e s e a r c h a t Argonne o r i n i n d u s t r y may be p o s s i b l e . The s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o s u b m i t h i s p r o p o s a l f o r work. Grad i ng : Trad i t i ona l I n s t r u c t o r : A1 t o n Time: I Di s t r i b u t ion requ i rement : No Enrollment: 12 Room: 318 P r e r e q u i s i t e : J u n i o r o r s e n i o r Chemistry m a j o r Department o f E d u c a t i o n 44345 E a r l y Childhood Activit?:es Experience i n p l a n n i n g , implementing and e v a l u a t i n g a c t i v i t i e s f o r Day Care C e n t e r f o r use i n n u r s e r y school and e a r l y c h i l d h o o d education. I n s t r u c t o r : Reuter D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l lment: 20 44485 No G r a d i n g : P/NC Time: I Room: t l S t u d e n t Teaching O p p o r t u n i t y f o r e l e m e n t a r y classroom o b s e r v a t i o n s and e x p e r i e n c e s i n d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g a c t i v i t i e s under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f c o l l e g e and e l e m e n t a r y school p e r s o n n e l . Instructor: Pelton Grad i ng : P/DIF D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Time: TBA Enro l lment : 20 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g Secondary E d u c a t i o n 45375 Audio-Visual Internship The s t u d e n t w i l l be a s s i g n e d f u l l t i m e t o work c l o s e l y w i t h t h e Audio-Visual D i r e c t o r o f a p u b l i c sehool h a v i n g an o u t s t a n d i n g a u d i o v i s u a l department; t h e s t u d e n t w i l l have e x p e r i e n c e s i n a l l o f t h e f a c e t s r e l a t i v e t o t h e s u c c e s s f u l o p e r a t i o n o f an a u d i o - v i s u a l department. I n s t r u c t o r : Holmen D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l lment: 15 No Grad i ng : P/NC III Time: Room: L I 45420 lnnovations i n Education l n n o v a t i o n s i n E d u c a t i o n i s designed as a s t u d y o f new, i n t e r e s t i n g and p r o m i s i n g e d u c a t i o n a l programs and e s p e c i a l l y t h o s e t h a t a r e b e i n g c a r r i e d o u t i n t h e Upper Midwest. Students w i l l be i n v o l v e d b o t h on and o f f campus i n v e s t i g a t i n g i n n o v a t i v e ideas and o b s e r v i n g school programs, elementary and secondary, where t h e s e ideas a r e A smal l amount of t r a v e l expense and p o s s i b l y being c a r r i e d out. Some i n d i v i an o v e r n i g h t accommodation expense w i l l be necessary. d u a l i z a t i o n o f a s t u d e n t F s a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be p o s s i b l e . I n s t r u c t o r : Fard i g Grad i ng : P/NC I D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Time: E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Room: S34 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Upperclass s t a n d i n g o r consent o f i n s t r u c t o r 45482 S t u d e n t Teaching E x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and i d r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e secondary l e v e l under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f c o l l e g e and h i g h school p e r s o n n e l . T h i s c o u r s e i s o f f e r e d as an o p p o r t u n i t y f o r secondary c a n d i d a t e s t o s t u d e n t t e a c h a t a n o t h e r l e v e l and/or a d i f f e r e n t school s i t u a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : E. Johnson D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No E n r o l lment: 15 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r Grad i ng : P/D/F Time: II Room: L I Department o f Eng l i sh 54241 Science F i c t i o n A c o u r s e d e a l i n g w i t h s c i e n c e f i c t i o n n o v e l s and s h o r t s t o r i e s . W h i l e r e a d i n g s w i l l i n c l u d e n i n e t e e n t h and e a r l y t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y works, t h e m a j o r emphasis o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be a c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f l e a d i n g s c i e n c e f i c t i o n w r i t e r s and works o f t o d a y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between s c i e n c e f i c t i o n and t h e modern technological society. I n s t r u c t o r : Palosaari D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 30 54251 Yes Grading: Optional Time: II Room: 25 The l nd i an i n American L i t e r a t u r e Examination o f t h e a t t i t u d e s t o w a r d and images o f t h e l n d i a n and h i s e x p e r i e n c e from w h i t e and l n d i a n p o i n t s o f view. Primary m a t e r i a l w i l l be b o t h w h i t e and n a t i v e American w r i t i n g s . American I n d i a n r e s o u r c e p e o p l e w i l l be i n v o l v e d , Instructor: Nicholl D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 30 54281 Yes Grad i ng : O b t i o n a 1 Time: II Room: 21 The S h o r t S t o r y I n t e r n a t i o n a l Readings and d i s c u s s i o n s o f s h o r t s t o r i e s , p r i m a r i l y o u t s i d e t h e B r i t i s h and American t r a d i t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Dahlen D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enro l l ment : 30 5436 1 Yes Grad i ng : O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: 25 Advanced W r i t i n g Workshop A c o u r s e designed t o enhance s k i l l s i n t h e w r i t i n g o f b o t h p r o s e and p o e t r y . I n s t r u c t o r : L i v i ngston D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 15 Grad i ng : OPti ona l 54371 No Time: III Room: 22 Prerequisite; I l l and 219 o r consent o f instructor Contemporary M u l t i - M e d i a S a t i r e A f t e r a b r i e f i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s a t i r i c traditions o f Horace, Juvenal, and S w i f t , t h e c o u r s e w i l l proceed t o an i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f present-day s a t i r i s t s w o r k i n g i n t h e v a r i o u s media: books, magaz i n e s , records, cinema, and t e l e v i s i o n . Some o f t h e s a t i r i s t s t o be s t u d i e d i n c l u d e : P h i l i p Wylie, Tom Wolfe, T e r r y Southern, Lenny Bruce, D i c k Gregory, Tom Lehrer, N a t h a n i e l Benchley, and whatever TV and movie s c e n a r i s t s happen t o be c u r r e n t and/or a v a i l a b l e . T o p i c s f o r d i s c u s s i o n w i l l i n c l u d e modern s a t i r e ' s d e b t t o t h e p a s t , i t s p o s s i b l e c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e f u t u r e , and i t s advantages and d i s a d v a n t a g e s as a t o o l t o mend mankind. I n s t r u c t o r : Wood D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 30 54445 Yes Grading: Optional Tlme: I Room: 2 1 P o t p o u r r i : Read i n g f o r Fun and C r e d i t The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g i v e t h e s t u d e n t an o p p o r t u n i t y t o r e a d some o f t h o s e b o o k s w a t he has been i n t r o d u c e d t o b u t which he has n o t been a b l e t o read. The s t u d e n t w i l l d e t e r m i n e h i s r e a d i n g l i s t i n consultation with the instructor. I n s t r u c t o r : Andersen D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No E n r o l l ment : 15 Prerequi s i t e : j u n i o r o r s e n i o r standing Time: I Room: L201 Grad i ng : O p t i ona l Department of Fore igm Lang uags French 70244 French L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n The passions (good and bad) i n human n a t u r e as r e f l e c t e d I n r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works o f French 1 i t e r a t u r e t o be read i n translation. I n s t r u c t o r : Johnson Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement: Enrol lment: 25 Grad i ng : o p t i o n a l Time: Ill Room: 8 70453 Yes French Short S t o r y The Frenchman r e v e a l s h i m s e l f and h i s c u l t u r e through t h e s h o r t f i c t i o n a l masterpieces c a l led I1le contet1 o r !'la nouvel let!. Reading o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works w i l l a l so show how t h e French w r i t e r has become a master o f h i s a r t . I n s t r u c t o r : Aaskov D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 25 Grad i ng : o p t i ona l Time: II Room: 4 Yes Prerequ i s i t e : l ntermed i a t e French o r perm i ss i on o f instructor German 72333 Contemporary Germany Survey o f l i f e i n present-day Germany: s o c i a l , economic, and p o l i t i c a l problems, l i v i n g standards, medical oare, education, s t a t u s symbols, t h e g e n e r a t i o n gap, t h e s t u d e n t scene, urban problems, p o l l u t i o n , d r a f t r e s i s t a n c e , etc., w l t h emphasis on changes i n l i f e - s t y l e s i n c e M a t e r i a l s f rom t h e c u r r e n t p r e s s and o t h e r med i a . World War I I . I n s t r u c t o r : Dyl e r D i s t r i b u t i o n requlrement; Yes Enrollment: 25 Prerequisite: I n t e r m e d i a t e German o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Grad i ng : o p t i o n a l Time: III Room: 4 Foreign Language(continued) Linguistics 54299 I n t r o d u c t o r y L i ngu i s t i c s An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o l i n g u i s t i c a n a l y s i s and general l i n g u i s t i c p r i n c i p l e s , w i t h focus on l i n g u s i ~ s t i cuniversa1.s ( o r g a n i z a t i o n a l p r i n c i p l e s and f e a t u r e s common t o a l l languages) and p s y c h o l i n g u i s t i c s ( i n q u i r y i n t o t h e mechanisms o f language l e a r n i n g and t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e mind as revealed i n language). T h e o r e t i c a l q u e s t i o n s w i I l be approached by studying samples o f v a r i o u s languages. I n s t r u c t o r : S t e i nmetz D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrol lment: 25 Grading: o p t i o n a l Time: II Room: 8 Yes Span i sh 76231 Mexican C i v i l i z a t i o n : Ancient and Modern Travel t o t h e major c e n t e r s o f Mexico w i t h r e l e v a n t c u l t u r a l and h i s t o r i c a l s t u d i e s . Emphasis upon t h e study o f language and t h e v i s u a l a r t s . Cross l i s t e d w l t h t h e A r t Department and team-taught by members o f t h e spanlsh Department and t h e A r t Department. I n s t r u c t o r s : Ki ngs I ey, Rozenta l s, Thompson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes ( f o r e i g n language o r f i n e a r t s ) Enrollment: 40 Grading: o p t i o n a l General Studies 58299 I t ' s How You Play t h e Game 1 n . l e c t u r e and l a b an experimental e x p l o r a t i o n i n t o t h e s t r u c t q r e , t h e o r y , and .playing o f games. Emphasis w i l l be on board and s i m u l a t l i o n games-I n a d d i t i o n t h e r e w i l l be study o f t h e s e l e c t i o n and both o l d and new. p r o d u c t i o n o f games s o l d commercially. The course w i l l conclude w i t h p a r t l c i p a n t s p r e p a r l n g a game o f t h e i r own. I n s t r u c t o r : Gustaf son D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 30 Grad i ng: Opt i ona l Time: II Room: 27 No Department o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 55482 Coaching o f S p o r t s Theory and t e c h n i q u e s o f coaching. injuries. P r e v e n t i o n and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c I n s t r u c t o r s : Car i s, Nel son, Peterson, Raymond Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement : No E n r o l l m e n t : 40 ( l i m i t e d t o j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s ; o t h e r s w i t h p e r m i s s i o n o f in s t r u c t o r Grad i ng : Trad it iona l Time: II Room: GI2 55483 Contemporary Hea l t h Prob l ems A n a l y s i s i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. I n c l u d e s v i s i t s by h e a l t h r e s o u r c e e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t s o f a number o f community h e a l t h programs. I n s t r u c t o r s : P f a f f , Saugestad D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No Enrol lment: 35 Grading: O p t i o n a l I Time: Room: GI2 Department o f Hi s t o r y 56250 French Hi s t o r y f o r Students and Trave l l e r s A study o f French h i s t o r y from t h e t w e l f t h - c e n t u r y Renaissance t h r o u g h t h e Napoleonic Era. The c u l t u r a l emphasis w i l l come from readings, a u d i o - v i s u a l a i d s , and o u t s i d e resource people. There w i l l be an emphasis on a r c h i t e c t u r e as an e x p r e s s i o n o f a c i v i l i z a t i o n . Instructor: Gisselquist D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 30 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l II Time: Room: 7 56350 Yes How t h e H i s t o r i a n Works An i n v e s t i g a t i o n i n t o t h e w r i t i n g o f h i s t o r y . Students w i l l e v a l u a t e t h e use o f evidence, t y p e s o f sources, and t h e v a r i o u s forms o f c r i t i c i s m which h i s t o r i a n s use i n t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis w i l l be g i v e n t o t e n d e n t i o u s h i s t o r i e s and i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f well-known personal i t i e s whose l i fe and work a r e known o n l y t h r o u g h secondary sources . I n s t r u c t o r : Nelson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l lment: 30 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l III Time: Room: 7 No Department o f Mathematics 61141 Mathematics: A Human Endeavor A modern approach o t t h e s t u d y o f . f u n d a m e n t a l i d e a s o f mathematics w i t h an emphasis on i t s beauty and i t s power. Deisgned f o r . s t u d e n t s w i t h a m i m i ma 1 background i n mat hemati cs. I n s t r u c t o r : Durkee D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l ment: 35 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: 212 61361 Yes A p p l i c a t i o n s o f M a t r i x Algebra An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m a t r i x a l g e b r a and p r o b a b i l i t y w i t h a p p l i c a t i o n t o game t h e o r y , graphs, and networks. I n s t r u c t o r : Persons D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Enrol lment: 20 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: II Room: 212 P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Mathematics 121 o r 124 Department o f Mus 1 c A,survey o f music o u t s l d e t h e European a r t tradition, e..g., music, A f r i c a n muslc, Afro-American music. I n s t r u c t o r : Metzker D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: En r o l l ment : 30 Grad i ng : Trad i t lona l Time: Ill Room: M20 82270 Oriental Yes Folk Music of t h e Southeastern U.S. An e x p l o r a t i o n of t h e o r i g i n s and t r a d l t i o n s o f American f o l k music i n t h e southeastern q u a r t e r o f t h e U.S. Study w i l l a l s o focus on t h e i n fluence of t h a t f o l k music on contemporary f o l k music. Travel t o t h e c e n t e r s o f American f o l k music t r a d i t i o n i s a p a r t o f t h e study. I n s t r u c t o r : Sateren D i s t r i b u t i o n requi rement: Yes Enrollment: L i m i t e d t o members of t h e Augsburg Cholr Grad i ng : P/NC 82390 Chamber Music Workshop The study and performance of chamber music o f t h e c l a s s i c , romantic, and comtemporary eras. Included i s any combination f o r s t r i n g s , woodwinds, and piano. Instructor: Vuicich Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement : No Enrollment: L i m i t e d t o competent musical performers. Grad i ng : P/NC Time: IV Room: M I I 82395 See i n s t r u c t o r . Opera Workshop The p r e p a r a t i o n and performance o f an opera. I n s t r u c t o r s : Gabrielsen, Johnson, V u i c i c h D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No Enrol lment: L i m i t e d t o competent musical performers. Grad i ng : Time: II Room: MI I See i n s t r u c t o r . Department o f Music 82410 Electronic Techniques i n Musical C m p o s l t l o n Contemporary approach t o musical composltion using sounds c r e a t e d by t r a d i t i o n a l instruments, unconventional sources, and e l e c t r o n i c devices, I n c l u d i n g a synthesizer. Sounds created, manipulated, and organized I n t o I n d i v i d u a l forms o f a u r a l a r t . Theories and techniques o f e l e c t r o n i c composltion a r e s t u d i e d I n a c t u a l practice. I n s t r u c t o r : Karlen Distribution requirement: Enrol lment: 30 Grad i ng : P/NC Time: III Room: MI I No Department o f Philosophy 83 1 10 Great Phi losophers o f Athens I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p h l losophy through t h e study o f t h e t e a c h i n g s o f Socrates, Plato, and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w l l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t these men played i n developing Ideas b a s l c t o Western c l v i l l z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g c o n t r l b u t i o n s on t o p l c s such as t h e n a t u r e o f t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge. I n s t r u c t o r : Bai l e y D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 40 Grad i ng : Opt iona l Time: III Room: 213 83390 Yes The Nature o f t h e M y s t l c V i s i o n A study o f t h e w r i t i n g s o f several o f t h e g r e a t mystical, p h i l o s o p h e r s o f t h e Western T r a d i t i o n , w i t h a view t o e i t h e r ( a ) uncovering t h e i r b a s i c p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s and/or ( b ) comparing them w i t h t h e m y s t i c a l t r a d i t i o n i n t h e Orient. I n s t r u c t o r : Fuehrer D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 25 Grading: t r a d i t i o n a l Tlme: II Room: 2 No Department o f P h y s i c s 84 16 1 Understand i ng t h e Weather An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s weather, i t s causes and c h a r a c t e r . Designed f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n weather and weather p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s course assumes no p r i o r s c i e n c e o r mathematics background. T o p i c s t o be discussed i n c l u d e : t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f sun, e a r t h and atmosphere; i m p o r t a n t p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s such as t e m p e r a t u r e and p r e s s u r e ; c l o u d s and p r e c i p i t a t i o n ; unusual c o n d i t i o n s I i ke t o r n a d o s and h u r r i c a n e s ; t e c h n i q u e s and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n f o r weather m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ; and t h e i n f l u e n c e o f weather on p o l l u t i o n . P o s s i b l e course a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n and f o r e c a s t i n g , f i e l d t r i p s and g u e s t speakers. I n s t r u c t o r : E r i ckson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 35 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: II Room: 22 84322 Yes R a d i a t i o n D e t e c t i o n and Measurements A s t u d y o f r a d i o a c t i v i t y f r o m b o t h an e x p e r i m e n t a l and t h e o r e t i c a l basis. L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e u s i n g v a r i o u s d e t e c t i o n and measurement systems f o r b o t h charged p a r t i c l e and gamma r a d i a t i o n t o g e t h e r w i t h i s o t o p i c n e u t r o n sources f o r t h e p r o d u c t i o n o f r a d i o i s o t o p e s . P r o d u c t i o n o f r a d i o a c t i v e isotopes, energy and h a l f - l i f e measurement, c o u n t i n g s t a t i s t i c s , a b s o r p t i o n and m o d e r a t i o n o f r a d i a t i o n , s t a n d a r d i z a t i o n , n e u t r o n a c t i v a t i o n a n a l y s e s and h e a l t h p h y s i c s c o n s i d e r a t i o n . The c o u r s e i s planned t o be a c o o p e r a t i v e v e n t u r e w i t h t h e S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n o f Oak Ridge A s s o c i a t e d U n i v e r s i t i e s . S u b j e c t t o a p p r o v a l o f t h e P h y s i c s Department and t h e O.R.A.U. The c o u r s e w i l l be t a u g h t i n Special T r a i n i n g f u l l o r i n p a r t a t t h e l a b o r a t o r i e s o f t h e O.R.A.U. D i v i s i o n , Oak Ridge, Tennessee. -- I n s t r u c t o r : Paulson Di s t r i b u t i o n requ i rement: No Enrollment: 15 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: III Room: 22 Fees: T r a v e l expense t o Oak Ridge, Tennessee Department o f Psycho l o g y 86215 Mechanisms o f Animal Behavior The course w i l l examine animal b e h a v i o r from lower a n i m a l s ( i n v e r t e b r a t e s ) t h r o u g h humans. M a j o r t o p i c s w i l l i n c l u d e b e h a v i o r a l e v o l u t i o n , b e h a v i o r a l development, and s o c i a l b e h a v i o r i n b o t h animal s and humans. ( P r i o r s t u d y o f psychology and/or b i o l o g y w i l l be h e l p f u l t o t h e s t u d e n t b u t i s n o t a s t r i c t requirement.) I n s t r u c t o r : Ferguson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrol lment: 25 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: III Room: 205 86370 Yes Creativity C o o p e r a t i v e group i n q u i r y i n t o f a c t o r s and c o n d i t i o n s t h a t c o n t r i b u t e toward c r e a t i v e b e h a v i o r and t h a t make such b e h a v i o r more p o s s i b l e and l i k e l y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f a p p r o p r i a t e d e s c r i p t i o n and d e f i n i t i o n o f c r e a t i v e b e h a v i o r . A c t i v e o b s e r v a t i o n o f persons, a c t i v i t i e s , and p r o d u c t s t h a t may a i d u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e c r e a t i v e process. I n s t r u c t o r : D. Johnson D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Enrol lment: 25 Grad i ng : P/NC Time: II Room: 2 13 A d d i t i o n a l Costs: $25-$50 f o r t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , m a t e r i a l s and admission t o Twin C i t y i n s t i t u t e s and performances Department o f P o l i t i c a l Science 85250 Arner i can Pos i ti ve S t a t e The p o l i t i c s o f p u b l i c a d m i n i s t r a t i o n and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y - m a k i n g i n t h e American w e l f a r e - w a r f a r e s t a t e : governmental r e g u l a t i o n , p r o m o t i o n and management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and e x o n m i c i n t e r a c t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Stenshoe l D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes E n r o l l ment : 30 Grad i ng : Opt iona I Time: I I and I l l , Mon., Thurs. Room: S34 85358 The Urban Powerful Study o f t h e l i n k s between t h e urban p o w e r f u l and t h e e l e c t e d s t a t e policy-makers, t a k i n g t h e Twin C i t i e s - M i n n e s o t a l e g i s l a t u r e as a case s t u d y . E x p l o r a t i o n o f who speaks f o r t h e urban area, t h r o u g h what communication channels, w i t h what messages by means o f s i m u l a t i o n , f i e l d work i n t h e c i t y and a t t h e s t a t e l e g i s l a t u r e , and seminar sessions. I n s t r u c t o r : Hedblom D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l ment : 30 Grad i ng : P/NC II Time: Room: 19 85385 Yes (Urban) L i f e S t y l e s i n Soviet Society: Focus o n Youth Study c o u r s e conducted i n t h e U.S.S.R., emphasizing t h e theme o f t h e r o l e s , a t t i t u d e s , mores, i n t e r e s t s , o c c u p a t i o n s , and a c t i v i t i e s o f S o v i e t youth. I n s t r u c t o r : Noonan D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : Yes E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Grading: O p t i o n a l P r e r e q u i s i t e s : P.S. 351 ( f o r m e r l y 51) and p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r . Russ i an l ang uage recommended b u t not required. . Department o f Re l i q i o n 8736 1 Church F a t h e r s The development o f some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e t i m e o f t h e Aposto l i c F a t h e r s t h r o u g h Aug.ust,i ne. Instructor: O l l i l a D i s t r i b u t i o n requirementt E n r o l l m e n t : 35 . P r e r e q u i s i t e : 1 1 1 o r 22'1 Gradi ng : Opt ionail Time: I Room: S22 Yes , 87370 Myth: I t s F u n c t i o n and Meaning A s t u d y o f s e v e r q ) myths o f e y i l from t h e v i e w p o i n t o f t h e i r s o c i a l and p s y c h o l o g i ~ a l function, t o g e t h g r w i t h a phenomenological a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r meaning. Myths t o be c o n s i d e r e d a r e : The B a b y l o n i a n Creat i o n Myth (Enuma E l i s h ) , fhe Adqmic Myth o f t h e B i b l e , Sophoclesl Oedipus Rex ( t r a g i c myth), and t h e O r p h i c ~ ~ to fh t'h e Greeks. Viewp o i n t s t a k e n w i l l be t h o s e a f s e l e c t e d a n t h r o p o l o g i s t s , p s y c h o a n a l y s t s ( e s p e c i a l l y Freud), and t h e p h a n ~ r n g n o l p 9 i s t s , M i r c e a E l i a d e and Paul Ri coeur. I n s t r u c t o r : Benson D i s t r i but ion 'requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 25 P r e r e q u i s i t e - : 111 o r .I21 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: II Room: 18 87486 Yes The R e l i g i o u s l m a g i n a t l o n i n Modern ' L i t e r a t u r e S e l e c t e d n o v e l s and p l a y s used a s t h e b a s i s f o r d i s c u s s i n g t h e a r t i s t ' s development o f images f o r God and t h e r e l i g i o u s l i f e . I n s t r u c t o r : Skl bbe Di s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : E n r o l lment: 35 P r e r e q u i s i t e : 1 1 1 o r 221 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: III Room: 212 Yes Department o f S o c i o l o g y 941 1 1 Human Community and t h e Modern Mefropo l i s ' An i n n o v a t i v e l o o k a t t h e dynamics and p o t e n t i a l s f o r community i n t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s by f o c u s i n g upon an i s s u e o f c u r r e n t community concern i n t h e Twin C i t y M e t r o p o l i t a n Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l become a p a r t o f t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n decision-making p r o c e s s by i n v o l v i n g thems e l v e s i n g r o u p s o r w i t h persons a t t e m p t i n g t o i n f l u e n c e t h e process. For example, had t h e i n t e r i m been o f f e r e d i n January 1972, t h e course c o u l d have focused upon t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n o f an I n d i a n C e n t e r on p a r k land o r m i n o r i t y h i r i n g i n a m u n i c i p a l f i r e department. Background r e a d i n g w i I I be assigned t o p r o v i d e a conceptual framework b u t p r i m a r y emphasis w i l l be on p a r t i c i p a n t o b s e r v a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Nelson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 35 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: 28 94257 Yes (Urban) V o l u n t e e r S e r v i c e and Independent Study With f a c u l t y approval, s t u d e n t s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . O p p o r t u n i t y t o know s o c i a l work p r o f e s s i o n a l s , s o c i a l s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y systems, and c a r e e r aspects i n t h e h e l p i n g vocations. lndependent s t u d y w i t h a t e r m paper r e p o r t and r e v i e w conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores . I n s t r u c t o r : Steen D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrol lment: 12 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: 23 94357 No B a s i c S k i l l s i n Casework o r Groupwork A f u l l - t i m e f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l agency f o r l e a r n i n g by p r a c t i c e casework o r groupwork. I n s t r u c t o r : Steen D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i rement: E n r o l lment: 12 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Time: I Room: 23 No Department o f Speech, Communication, 98354 and T h e a t e r A r t s I n t e r p e r s o n a l Communication An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e dynamics o f i n t e r p e r s o n a l comnunication. I n s t r u c t o r : Anderson Distribution requirement: E n r o l lment: 25 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: III Room: 43 98255 Yes Black Theater A h i s t o r i c a l s u r v e y o f American B l a c k T h e a t e r w i t h emphasis on r e c e n t works. I n s t r u ' c t o r : 0 l son ' O i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i rement: E n r o l lment: 25 Grad i n g : Opt iona l Time: II Room: 40 98285 No T h e a t e r P r a c t icum Students accepted f o r t h i s course w l l l work f u l l - t i m e on t h e p r o d u c t i o n o f a play. I n s t r u c t o r : Cole D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: E n r o l l m e n t : 20 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: TBA No 94379 L l f e and C u l t u r e o f American l n d l a n s An a t t e m p t t o understand t h e l i f e and c u l t u r e o f t h e American I n d i a n t h r o u g h f i e l d t r i p s and v i s i t s , speakers, and r e a d i n g s . A l t h o u g h t h e form o f t h e i n t e r i m may v a r y from y e a r t o year, t h e i n t e n t i s t o l i m i t t h e scope o f t h e course t o u n d e r s t a n d i n g a few a s p e c t s o f I n d i a n l i f e i n depth. I n s t r u c t o r : Gerasimo D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No E n r o l lment: 15 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: II Room: L201 Fee: Trave 1 expense t o r e s e r v a t i o n s i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota 94480 The New-Town Movement and the.Modern M e t r o p o l i s A s t u d y o f such new-towns as Columbia, Maryland, Jonathan, and CedarR i v e r s i d e , Minnesota. An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e i r r o l e L i n t h e p l a n n i n g and development o f comprehensive communities i n modern m e t r o p o l i t a n r e g i o n s . A v i s i t t o COI umbia Maryland, w i 1 l supp lement more i n t e n s i v e s t u d y o f t h e Jonathan and Cedar-Riverside developments. Background r e a d i n g on t h e New Town movement i n Europe w i 1 l p r o v i d e conceptual framework f o r t h e study. I n s t r u c t o r : Torstenson D i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t : No Enrol 1 ment : 20 II Time: Room: 28 P r e r e q u i s i t e : Upperclass s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n on i n s t r u c t o r Grading: O p t i o n a l - AUGSBURG COLLEGE ST. OLAF COLLEGE INTERIM ABROAD 3 t o 31 JANUARY 1973 ART: The A r t s o f Norway. ASIAN STUDIES: $625 Drama i n Japan. Tokyo, Osaka, and Kyoto. BIOLOGY: Human Ecology i n I s r a e l . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : one semester o f b e h a v i o r a l s c i e n c e . $800 CLASSICS: Mediterranean C u l t u r e . ECONOMICS-POLITICAL SCIENCE: S w i t z e r l and and I t a l y. $625 ENGLISH-SPEECH: $895 one semester o f b i o l o g y and Greece w i t h C r e t e . $675 Systems and I n s t i t u t i o n s i n England, T h e a t e r i n London. France, $625 FRENCH: T h e a t e r , C i v i l i z a t i o n , Language. P a r i s . Planned p a r t i c u l a r l y f o r s t u d e n t s c o n t i n u i n g i n t o t h e Term i n Avignon b u t open t o o t h e r s a d e q u a t e l y p r e p a r e d i n t h e language. $600 GERMAN: T h e a t e r , C i v i l i z a t i o n , Language. Vienna. Planned f o r s t u d e n t s c o n t i n u i n g i n t o t h e Term i n Germany b u t open t o o t h e r s adequate1 y p r e p a r e d i n t h e language. $600 INTERDISCIPLINARY: London. $625 MUSIC: E n g l i s h and I r i s h F o l k s o n g and Folkdance. C o n c e r t s , Operas, Music H i s t o r y . NURSING: RELIGION: Munich, S a l z b u r g , Vienna. H e a l t h Care D e l i v e r y Systems i n Norway and Denmark. POLITICAL SCIENCE: Youth i n S o c i a l i s t S o c i e t y . C h r i s t i a n Rome. Principal location $625 $800 $625 SPANISH: I n t e n s i v e Language Program ( i n t e r m e d i a t e ) i n Cuernavaca. including transportation. SPANISH: l n t e n s i ve Language Program (advanced) i n Cuernavaca. cluding transportation. SPANISH-ART: $625 Mexican C i v i l i z a t i o n . $325, n o t $335, n o t i n - $450 The c o s t s a r e based on r o u n d - t r i p c h a r t e r t r a n s p o r t a t i o n between M i n n e a p o l i s and Europe, i n t e r - E u r o p e a n t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , accommodation and t w o m e a l s p e r day, p r o r a t i n g o f f a c u l t y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , e n t r a n c e f e e s t o performances, i nsurar~ce and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e fee.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 44, EXPENSES PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 147, FACULTY PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 158, INDEX BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC.. . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ... .. .. ... .A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. COURSE.. . ........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n MAJOR . ... . 20 departments. -......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major. MINOR.. . .. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the ELECTIVE student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE .............,.... Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. .... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. LOAN . . . See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP . . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE .... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion o f your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." I n the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities i s available t o enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). more than loo years A u g s b u r g celebrated its centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century of Christian higher education. The current study body of about 1600 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient, Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3 College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities i n the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n one area or major. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand the Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander, M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e Director of the Office for Civil Rights, The Campus Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The Universitv of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation i n the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting t h e Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital i n the process of selecting a college and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school i s in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the admissions office (330-1001). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. I , I ::- ' I,: DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. -_-- 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Studio Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Old Music Hall 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices - --.. Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.) Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor) College Pastor (College Center 1st floor) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) -> /. A *,>4< 4- .< -?A , 1 +..&-+-- . *., ;. , - . - , -... ,-- - --. -, . , ? . d i ,- -- 8 7. .: -./y- - < -. , - -, - -- - - *. ? , , *,T'-. ,.:. -"----. /~-//~T~cc<F-, - <,/ER .- -- Housing (College Center 1st floor) Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor) Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor) Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Little Theater (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation t o each other. Remodelling and construction work to eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will include street level access from 21st Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle. Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of some departments and offices by 1980-81. Following are descriptions of buildings. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The Augsburg College Center, completed i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building provides space for administrative and faculty offices and houses about 40 students. The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the newest building on the campus. It con- tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n 1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s two floors. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed i n 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r dramatic and other speech activities. A theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for completion late i n 1980. Annex Houses, located i n the campus area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide i t s students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching i s available. Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning i s not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged i n this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form i n the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In selecting courses t o meet the general distribution requirements, students may select an approved course in the areas of mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports. For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration section. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Norwegian Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western Studies, International Relations) Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available t h r o u g h cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It i s possible for students t o complete other majors also through ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office of the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s suggested that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, i n the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. the United States, t o help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course. Students are encouraged to consult with in the freshman the faculty adviserearly year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~ mended. students arc encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early i n the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed tofulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program i s new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available t o students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application t o be approved by t h e director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the metropolitan area and may be pursued,by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made i n the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experi- ment in International Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks t o fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the Faculty. Interim. Study abroad during the interim i s planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. New Dimensions Program Honors Program Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r qualified students t o pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through i t s Continuing Education Pro- The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life, The transitional course, "The A d u l t Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return t o schooll The course enables returning adults t o get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth. At the present time, there are offerings in Art, Women's Studies, and Church Staff Work. Certification in Art requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department Chairperson. The Women's Studies Certificate may be earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and t h e humanities. Interested students should contact Professor Toni Clark. The Church Staff Worker Certification Program i s designed t o help persons prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a "Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion (9 courses) plus additional specialized courses in departments such as psycholo- gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used in the American Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate i n are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t o improve your skills i n such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a college in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and i n planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of International Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i s to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements i n the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one i n the area of education. tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and i s open through the noon hour and i n the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living i n College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government i s organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. Food Service Student Rights The Commons, situated on the top floor The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Health Service of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea- disciplinary action and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the place- ment office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of Success i n college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of The ~ ~ ~ Process l i ~ for ~~~~h~~~ A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions, and arrange for you to see the campus. ~ 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. t 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courseswhere it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. Registered Nurse Students seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must-also complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need t o have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made i n the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them i n the transition to college and t o the United States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships i s available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. I f they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores and recommendations. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are encouraged t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial A i d Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o other colleges. A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity t o cope with a college course after the junior year i n high school. Also, it i s recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying t o the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program t o which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board i s $1760 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union t o which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations i n a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify f o r special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Office in your area. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. American lndian Scholarships American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. lndian grants are supplemental to all other sources of financial aids. For assistance in application, contact the American lndian Programs Counselor. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest. The maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents o n the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution Return completed application and FFS t o The American College Testing Pro- Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number i s 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l Scholarship -established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. 4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/ senior students. 5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. 7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. 9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. 10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded to a senior. 11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. 12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship - distributed annually t o needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian service. 14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. 3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to membersof racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. 6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration. staff and students at the Homecoming auction. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Depart- ment of the American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving juniorhenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ART - winners selected by Art faculty. Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player on basis of financial need. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of financial need. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. Awarded t o students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan t o teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English. HISTORY faculty. - Winners selected by History The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring i n history with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem- istry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by Library staff. 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty. 1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually t o juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given t o those who plan t o teach language as a career. 2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, t o help with travel expenses. A special application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. MUSIC faculty. - 5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass students seeking t o acquire musical and performance skills i n instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student studying choral music. Winners selected by Music 1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conduaing and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3- The solberg SchO1arshi~ - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a maior/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement i n the art of singing. NURSING -winners faculty. selected by Nursing Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial -awardedtoagraduateof the Abbott Northwestern School of Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division Nursing Program at Augsburg. PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics faculty, The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually to an upperc~ass stu- dent majoring in SOCIOLOGY 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses Costs listed here are for the 1980-81 academic year, and are subject to change without notice. T U I T I O N - $3,660 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1980. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $510 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Students enrolled in the music therapy program will arrange their internship with Music Department faculty. The charge for this one-course credit is $510. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Psychology of Music, $10 Nursing Admission Test, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition to tuition are $140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00 per lesson during Interim. Class piano lessons, $70 per term Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. An application fee of $10.00 i s required from all new students. Nursing students are required to have a name pin, available at cost through the Department of Nursing. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00. OTHER COSTS Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $510.00. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according t o the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore o n a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,760. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. I n the event of excessive increases i n the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r . charge. New 'OnApplied to the tracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring term by notifying the Office of student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notifica. . tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior to (Fall semester) or (Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 advance payment as a . . service charge. If the new contract is cancelled after July or January the entire amount will be forfeited. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Settlement of Account Application Fee - $10.00 A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early i n August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year isdue January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August Tuition - $3,660 Board and Room - $1,760 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded o n termination o f studies at Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. No student is permitted to register if hisor her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five daysof classes. 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds a r e made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily availablefor consultat;on and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected t o be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and t o equip students for lifetime sports. Courses in religion are intended to assist students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Students who enter the nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor of Science degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for information on the specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics of of of of SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary .Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of speech, Communication and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Arts degree and 17 for these degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science i n Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. No more than these maximums may be the 35 'Ourses required: CHR courses independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson). Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish t o earn a B.S. degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. For transfer students, the maximum in the areas listed in the paragraph above is an average of two courses per year of attendance at Augsburg. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major (except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required). 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number o f i n t e r i m courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are availableinthe Registrar's Office. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following seven areas (onecourse may fulfill the requirement in one area only): courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission t o register for more than 4.5 courses. Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology -.Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English -Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Art - Music Although a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, it i s advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. C. Students without prior study of a foreign language will complete two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language. Students who test above 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Students are urged n o t t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result i n a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. D. Three approved courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. E. A course related t o urban concerns. Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term. F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency i n two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course i n order t o receive credit for it. A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim. Students registered for three or more Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by t h e Committee o n Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been o n probation for two terms and withdraws from the Cod lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards o f excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance ( n o credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditional system. English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system i n most other courses. Students are cautioned t o use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according t o dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the caseof extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within t w o weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes i n courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude Magnacumlaude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent Study An opportunity for independent study i s offered through many departments. This i s available to conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term suggests, this requires considerably more faculty direction than for independent study, and a student i s not expected t o have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered on a lower division level. Students interested in registering for either independent study or directed study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it i n one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course i n order t o receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions t o this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached t o independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information t o the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n t h e case of extreme emergency. See section o n Grading. Grade reports are issued t o students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran'; academic load for the term below three courses will be reported t o the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested i n earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersons or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts. Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts. Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts. .. .. To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximatevalue of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition t o laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. students shouid consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered i n the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the deDartment symbol #Consent of instructor T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................ Summer Session,1979 ........................................... Summary o f Graduates Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................ Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979). ..................... 1,712 408 7,290 337 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors bf the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 231, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities i n the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and497 ( A ~ ~ ~ ; Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 120, 122, 723, 251 Education 478# Political Science 127,122,170,325,326, 370, 371, 427 Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery~ evangelicalism. Course content subject t o ~ ~ ~ change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107, and 1 art history course. Two required from 118,221,223,225,250; one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389. ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history including 386, 3 8 7 ~388. 100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 242 FILM M A K I N G Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention t o black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS I1 An introduction t o the making of jewelry i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Advanced work i n ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT M A K I N G I 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 107. Offered alternate years). 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director t o determine project. 478 SCULPTURE 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. (Offered 7 982-83) 240 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered 7 980-87) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century. (Offered 7987-82) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times. (7 982-83) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the present. (Offered 7987-82) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements.(7980-87) Early Christian through late Gothic and Biology Chairperson: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122 also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill, ll2and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in .the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair; other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate years) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, ., J 0 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is strongly recommended. Majors in Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I search methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) 340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745 or consent of instructor. O n Demand) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY A N D CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) An introduction t o quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring) 330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D ANALYSIS The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring. Offered alternate years.) Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; re- 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report o n his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 483 AUDITING Concepts and principals related t o the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) 295,495 TOPICS Lecturer, discussions, meetings with 478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the members of the staff or visiting faculry regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ". FaSI, Interim, Spring] 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) NOTE: In addition to the courses listed below these topics are offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other upper division economics course. ECONOMICS MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics courses (including 122,123,251,258,454); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division);Business Administration 101, 102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The student i s strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. - COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251, 258); 6 Business Administration courses (including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate discussion of t h e above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction t o macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student t o progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and h i g h school algebra o r equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY A N D BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M 454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not t o the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. I n addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) 442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or #. O n Demand) 445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems o f relevance t o management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or equivalent o r consent o f instructor. Spring, O n Demand) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Provides the opportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools t o the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353, 361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115, 176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or # . Fall 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY Designed for non-chemistry majors and those in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied, followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem. 103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or 115, Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds in the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East Asian Studies Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Componentsof the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses in Japanese or 4 courses in Chinese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. Economics Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella 74 See under Business Administration and Economics. Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open t o all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 341 (%), 358 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a traditional grading system only. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Sociology of the Family Soc 231 Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences i n Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music ('/z course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (Y2 course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health ('/z course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (Yi course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. o f Ed. Summer I) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may select Opportunity for advanced and special- A learning'Ontract m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty approval. ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. a situations for professional work experi- 425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates o n details essential t o the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements i n a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) It is the responsibility of each student t o meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu- 2. 3. 4. 5. cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if heor she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359, 388, 478; the required course(s) in special methods i n t h e area of t h e student's major, and two or three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them t o teach i n their area i n all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans t o teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the art major will register for Educ. 361 and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365; and the music major for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major i n a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for inschool work. Open t o all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (lh course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department in the major field. Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found i n regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fa 11) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course 360 American Studies Methods '/Z course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) '/Z course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) ?hcourse 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) Emphasis o n the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups i n Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum o f two courses, except three courses required o f Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. LIBRARY SCIENCE M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course) Psychological and philosophical d i - Independent study and research o n some topic of interest i n the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission t o the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course i n American literature, one course i n the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance. In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested i n a teaching major are encouraged t o take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planningtheir courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o department chairperson early i n senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies t o the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e courses listed under the American Studies major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses i n writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING 226 CREATIVE WRITING A preparatory course for effective writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. (Fall, Spring) The purpose of the course is t o encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing i n narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 227 JOURNALISM The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order t o hold a place i n the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced t o the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and communitv news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE PROFESSIONS A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals w i l l be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1 or Equivalent) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART ' The development of essays i n a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given t o stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, i n which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring) An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o t h e emergence o f literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given t o the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention i s given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship t o the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 1980-81) 367 M O D E R N POETRY 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. isc cuss ion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES Open t o junior or senior English majors w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may only d o so for a grade of P/N. ., be: ,c.J/. -- ,;.I - For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division non-Augsburg courses may be accepted. N o fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College is required for graduation. For transfer students intending to major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0 average in Advanced Conversation and composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. / 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hour? laboratory work. See above on placehent. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintaice with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) come acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Offered o n Demand) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t , grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students be. . -- . , . a . - - % ..... (Fall) * ,,,...... . . * , * . . , 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry, and the literature of ideas that led t o new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1 that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR an Or Study in depth genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives in simple G ~ insights ~ intoG~~~~~ ~ ~ culture and participation i n short conversations. ~~b~~~~~~~ materialsavailable. (Fa//, spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English. The readings are considered not only i n the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance t o perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply t o a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 GERMAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility i n the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking i s supplemented with exercises i n written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. I n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered o n demand) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE T H R O U G H 18TH CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions i n Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or#. O n demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered i n view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history o f t h e German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) I n c l u d e s later Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed : Kaf ka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussibns are designed t o aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION A N D CONVERSATION literature, linquistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (771, Fall; 772, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, exand d e v e l o ~ m e n t pansion of Aims at developing and refining the stuof reading skills through selections from use of German as a vehicle for the New Testament and other Hellenistic expressing his own ideas and opinions. writings (early fathers, historians, etc.) Emphasis on written composition includOn parsing and 'yntax ingcontrolof style. Oral practicethrough the Greek text. (Prereq.: 772 0' #. Fall) language, use of German as classroom (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE 451 GERMAN PROSE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 GERMAN D R A M A Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) A first course i n the theory and practiceof literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 272 or #. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Japanese Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LINGUISTICS An introduction t o linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common t o all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in t o the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed i n language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) Norwegian MAJOR: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312, 331,350,353,411, and 499 (independent study). Interim or summer in Norway recommended. (Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.) Consult department for details. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus one course under Scandinavian Studies. TEACHING M I N O R : 311, 331, 353, 411 plus required education courses, including special methods. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING PREPARATION: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (117, Fall; 712, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (prereq.: 172 or equivalent.) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given to O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter i s desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Offered alternate years) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE 111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 371 or #. Alternate years) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to O l d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention i s given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 217 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Further intensive practice i n spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and t o the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of class for course offerings, and Russiam Area Studies in this catalog. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354. (Study i n Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (711, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 172 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 271, Fall; 212, Spring) 223 THE C H I C A N O EXPERIENCE Through essays, short stories, and novels written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists, the course will introduce the student t o the world of the Chicano and his dual struggle t o maintain his traditions and culture on the one hand, and t o integrate into American society on the other. (On Demand) 249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various periods and movements are read i n English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student i s acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course isa p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. (Prereq.: 272 or equivalent. Fall) 312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speakingskills i n Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings t o stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #, Spring 7987, alternate years.) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilization~to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or 272, with #. Spring 7980, alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 SURVEY O F SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors i n Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and de- velopment of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 352, Fall, 1981; 353, Fall, 1982) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH D R A M A Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the ~ d d e r nPeriod. (Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY History Chairperson: Orloue Cisselquist MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; u.S.; and non-Western. M A J O R FOR TEACHING: In addition t o the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years a language at the college level (0' i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o One course credit) to be defmded before a faculty committee. M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. There are16upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend u p o n faculty schedules and student registration. 101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations i n the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. (Fal1,Spring) 102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN CIVILIZATION A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE M O D E R N WORLD A study of the main currents i n western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts t o reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student t o do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy t o general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. 353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating t o the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D GREECE T O 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E T O 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 THE LATE MIDDLE ACES T O 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring i n history. See department chairperson. 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. ~h~ emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the lastfifty years. 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA 412 ENGLAND I N THE TUDOR A N D STUART PERIODS A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role i n the world economy and o n the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis i s also placed on the emergence of modern science and i t s effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention i s given to overseas emigration. 463 M O D E R N SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments i n this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus o n Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 464 M O D E R N CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium Warof 1839.Theerosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions o f the 20th century. 465 M O D E R N JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power i n the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade i n Asia and Africa. breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. 474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST 114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires i n Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the An introduction t o the basicconceptsand tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns t o be found in our physical and human environment. MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for requirements. M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted t o department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study i n areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 104 BASIC MATHEMATICS A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities i n one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not apply toward a major or ,,,inor in mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 [NTRODUC-lON T O COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, f u n c t i o n s a n d graphs, l i n e a r equations, exponents a n d radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics of linearity and probability with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725, Spring; 224, Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 INTRODUCTION T O MODERN ALGEBRA 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Fall) A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275. Fa/ I ) 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 1982, and alternate years) COMPUTER SCIENCE 145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) 373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1981. Offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics d e f i n e d throu.gh consultation between student and department. 245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer languages and methods.Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of Required science courses: 1) Biology 111, three years of academicwork at Augsburg 112 and two additional upper division College and twelve months of internship (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, at Hennepin County Medical Center, 106 (or 115,116), 351, 352,353; 3) Physics: Metropolitan Medical Center or North- 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one western Hospital. Specific recommended course in immunology. courses vary t o some extent depending on the hospital with which the students Students transferring to Augsburg Colplan to affiliate. I t i s important to work lege with an Associate of Artsdegreeor i t s closely with the Medical Technology equivalent should expect to spend two adviser. Augsburg College does not guaryears at Augsburg before participating in antee that all students will be accepted by the internship year. The Medical Technothe hospitals for the 12-month internship. logy major is not designed for persons Students must negotiate directly with the w h o already have t h e baccalaureate hospitals involved. - degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl Director: Carry W. Hesser MAJOR: 15-courses including the following core requirements: Economics 123; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; plus two urban-related non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be i n the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 103, Biology 101, 105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below). M I N O R : To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required forthe Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an a p p r o v e d Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n c o m m u n i t y , e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hear- ings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP Students are placed in a variety of public and private agenciesfor work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study i s done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study. depending on . proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student course work and daily living i n Oslo. An orientation t o current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed o n Norwegian urban development w i t h comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT I N THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits t o various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing w i t h urban problems. C. South American Urban Semester (SA U S) This "semester in the city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty, student .elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects o f seminar and/or major academic interests. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and in- 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N LATIN AMERICA - Readings. discussions, and lectures in " , both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n urbanists. -382 dependent study. FIELD EN'ERlENCE 383 FIELD SEMINAR: sAN FRANCISCO 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Music Chairperson: Robert Karlen Students wishing t o major in Music at Augsburg College must make application t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; pass a piano proficiency test, perform in music organizations for 3 years, participate i n Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. TEACHING M A J O R : 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements i n education. BACHELOR O F M U S I C DEGREE: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years, and junior and senior recitals. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies in'cluding at least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective i n speech (116 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need t o apply for internshipsites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s limited, students may need to seek outof-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. M I N O R : 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organ- izations; piano proficiency; and 2 music r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing t o minor in music should declare their intent by the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. H O N O R S MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors i n music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/ or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitalsof graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee of a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and i t s defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 14 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a music major must take a placement test in music theory before registration. Application f o r acceptance into a music program should be made at the end of the student's first term at Augsburg, after passing the piano proficiency test. 101,102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented i n parallel, rather than i n sequence. (101,223, Fall. 102,224, Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fa 11) 261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE O F MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. 330 VOCAL REPERTOIRE A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present. The study includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Fall) Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired i n music theory and history classes t o the study of 20th century music. (Prereq. :224. Spring, alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. students will give individual lessons to d r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach t o musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the socio-psychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS O F M U S l C II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 395 INFLUENCE O F M U S I C O N BEHAVIOR Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. MUSIC THERAPY 110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall) 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of thesenior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months i n advance. Sites i n Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC I N THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM IN THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS An informal setting for student performmces, seminars, and guest lecture dem~nstrations. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. RECITALS Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation a quality perforand presentation mance. Instruments: Technique as ertoire~performance. rep- MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The music organizations exist not onlyfor the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes t o PERFORMANCE STUDIES participate in groups affording - opportun. . Vocal and instrumental instruction i s ity for musical expression. The student available t o all students. For statement of must be carrying at least two courses each fees, see under Financial Information. No term. Participation for the full Year is course credit. (Fall, Spring) required. No course credit. Brass Ensemble** Piano Choir* Technique as needed, repertoire, perforChorale** mance, accompanying. Only those lessons Concert Band* in piano taken after the piano proficiency Jazz Ensemble** examination has been passed may be apOrchestra* plied toward the music major or minor. String Ensemble** Woodwind Ensemble** Organ *Membership by audition. Technique as needed, repertoire, per**Membership by audition or consent formance, hymn-playing, accompanying. - o f instructor. Natural Science Chairperson: Earl R. Alton NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. The Minnesota Board o f ~ e a c h i nhas ~ approved the licensure program for science teachers and has authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates for licensure in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Physical Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72 Physics, (minor) grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grade 5-9 PROGRAM COMPONENTS The program of courses i s designed t o provide a broad, basic background i n science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general educa- tion requirements of the college and, i n the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. BROAD BASE COURSES 7 COURSES - Seven courses comprise the set for the broad base background. 1. Earth Science - 1 course Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather 2. Life Science - 2 courses Biology 111, 112 - General Biology 3. Physical Science - 4 courses Physics 121, 122 - General Physics Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry I n order t o make the program slightly more flexible, it i s recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 - Physics for Physics 121, 122 - General Physics. LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES 1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry 2. Biology Component - 7 courses Biology 491 - Seminar At least one course from each of the following groups: Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology OR Biology 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Zoology Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology 474 - Developmental Biology Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant -Biology OR Biology 474 - Ecology Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR Biology 473 - Animal Physiology Group v Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR Biology 476 - Microbiology SCIENCE - 7 COURSES Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon comp l e t i o n o f e i t h e r Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis-Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. 1. Chemistry Major Chemistry 351,352 - OrganicChemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Chemistry 361,362 -Physical Chemistry OR Biology 367 - Biochemistry in place of Chemistry 362 Chemistry 482 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Chemistry 491 - Seminar (no credit) Physics 245 - Modern physics 2. Physics Major Physics 245 - Modern Physics Physics 351 - Mechanics I Physics 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I Physics 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory Three additional Physics courses t o be selected from the following: Physics 261, Electronics; Physics 270, Optical Physics; Physics 352, Mechanics II; Physics 363, Electromagnetic Fields II; Physics 481, Thermal Physics; Physics 486, Quantum Mechanics. BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE Grades 5-9 - 7 courses 1. Earth Science - 2 courses Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding t h e Weather (the alternative course not taken i n the BROAD BASE section) 2. Life Sciences - 2 courses Any two biology courses above 112. 3. Physical Science - 3 courses Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Physics 245 - Modern Physics CERTIFICATION W I T H M I N O R Candidates requesting certification bas'ed upon minor preparation in life science shall complete 7 courses in Biology i n addition to the BROAD BASE. Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation i n chemistry or physics shall complete the broad basic competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For Physics, these are any four courses above 122. Nursing Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson Augsburg offers an upper division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. i n the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses i n inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior t o admission t o the nursing - major. . I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior t o acceptance t o the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, i.e. within the past five years. This may include I ) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. MAJOR: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325, 350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354 ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ) is highly recommended. The required courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission t o the major. An upper division science course is required and must be completed during the first year of study in the nursing major. This is to be selected after consultation with a nursing faculty advisor. Courses in the nursing majoraredesigned so that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I (!h course) This course will present principles of teaching and learning within a process framework of assessment, planning, imp l e m e n t a t i o n a n d evaluation. The students will have an opportunity t o assess their own learning style, write behavioral objectives and develop a teaching plan for a selected client. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into nursing major.) 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II (1/2 course) 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT I n this course the student will examine elements of assessment and selected assessment tools in the nursing process.The student will expand the use of communication skills for obtaining a health history and negotiating health goals. A developmental framework will be used t o do a holistic assessment of an elderly person. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING RESEARCH Students will assess their own leadership style and examine concepts of management as they relate t o the professional nurse's role. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303.) The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students will critique nursing research and design a research project. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 310 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING I 403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill Focuses on systems theory, change theory and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Students will do a health assessment of a client and will explore a community health issue related t o the course content. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance to the nursing major.) This course will examine the diversity of American families. Content includes the structure and the role, rule and communication patterns of families in light of situational and developmental crisis events. The emerging role of the nurse in providing family health care will be explored. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 377, 325, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 423.) 311 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING II 404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING IV This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community values of cultural groups as they relate to health care and the nurse's role in a community health team. Strong clinical component for application of knowledge from Community Health I and [I. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 370, 325.) This course deals with the integration of communication, leadership theory and the professional nurse role in the context of complex group interactions. (SpringSenior year. Prereq.: 403,430. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 427.) 423 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I The preceptorship practicum offers the student an opportunity to implement a negotiated learning contract in a selected practice setting. This approach provides opportunities for developing objectives, selecting learning experiences and collaborating with faculty, preceptor(s), client and agencies, in providing complex nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or followi n g Nursing 403.) groups i n a selected practice setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To be taken concurrently with or following Nursing 404.) 430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES IN NURSING A course designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.) 427 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I1 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY This course is designed in the same manner as Nursing 423. It i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from nursing and liberal arts courses. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership theory t o I n depth study of a learner-selected topic or issue. Students must consult with faculty and submit a written study proposal prior t o registration. Philosophy Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. 110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS A N D M E T H O D M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses from 241,242, 343, and 344. H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission t o the Philosophy Honors program i s by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required t o evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) 130 L O G I C Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring). 241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: P L A T 0 A N D ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11: MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. H o w dark were t h e Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt t o discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward i n the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual i n the Renaissanceand the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247.) 343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? I n innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 247 or 242.) 344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV: C O N T E M P O R A R Y PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in astudy of the m a j o r representatives o f l i n g u i s t i c analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language?I s it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Suggested prior course, 730 or 344.) 365 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. I s this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions,students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 730 or one course in natural science.) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 TOPICS I N PHILOSOPHY Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 247, 242, 343, 344 or #.) 430 STUDIES I N INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education and Health Education Chairperson: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354,355; P.E.223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W l T H SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy major must be secured from the corrective therapy coordinator. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W I T H SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 485, 491; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. 234 O U T D O O R EDUCATION This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared t o spend some weekends participating in these activities. (7/2 course. Spring) 243 HISTORY A N D PRINCIPLES O F PHYSICAL EDUCATION Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment i n Minnesota high schools are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week.Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 703; Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY O F EXERCISE Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 703. Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL 223 TEAM SPORTS CHILD Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) (See Health Education) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES A N D RHYTHMS Theory and practice i n teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (7/2 course. Interim) (See Health Education) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 MODERN DANCE An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (1/2 course. Interim) 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years only) 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL % course 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairperson 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (7/2 course. Fall) 474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. 1/2 course. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES1/2 course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re- education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed 354 Summer school only) HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114, 495, 496, 497 pROFESSlONAL AFFILIATlON 115, 320, 354, 410; ~ i ~103, l . 108, 111; Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Chem. 103 or 105; 105; 231, Includes actual hospital experience i n 241. four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4)Rehabilitation. Course497 isstudy o f Neurology and Pathology (Prereq. 485, HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING M A 491 and approval o f department.) ]OR: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 35% and Educ. sequence for teachi n g license. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n an area of physical education. O p e n only t o junior or senior majors. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114, 115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231, 110 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH 354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L CHILD % course Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall) Education of the exceptional child with special reference t o the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course Princi~lesand practices of safety education i n school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCAT l O N '/z course An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Fall, Spring) 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 700 and 200 series; also #.) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/2 course Survev of basic statistical ~roceduresand evaluation of tests in heaith and physical education. (spring) 410 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVIS l O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background,legal bases,school health services, and relationships t o community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience i n classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physics - Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson M A J O R : 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,125, and Physics121,122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. - - H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early i n their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS i s open to all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open t o those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 FOR LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life sciences. The course i s designed to serve students i n biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing " solid state devices. The study of diodes, transistors and integrated circuits, with applications t o both digital and analog circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 o r 103 plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and conseni o f instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSlvE An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent o f instructor. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq. : 351. Spring) 486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairperson: Norma Noonan M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses i n 3 out of 5 areas.* H O N O R S MAJOR: The Honors Major i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 160 W O R L D POLITICS Introduction t o the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. *The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed i n more than one area may be counted i n only one area toward major or minor requirements.) 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, i n compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Education adviser. The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 ' course i n Political Science or #) 326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D BEHAVIOR 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D PROCESSES The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in th: electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional i n non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term o f election years.) An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states i n terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE (See Section V for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I1 (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D ANALYSIS 459 TOPICS I N ELITE A N D MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. ( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e course i n Political Science or #.) Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. 363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES V. POLlTlCAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES (See Section II for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 461 TOPICS I N INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic t o be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. A study of influential political philoSophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls, emphasizing t h e values, goals, and assumptions which continue t o inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state i n comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, A N D FUTURE 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science.(Prereq.:StatisticalAnalysis;Political science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY A N D INTERNSHIPS. Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (prereq.: #,) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY: METROPOLITAN RESOURCES 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department t o determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by afccijliy member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Chairperson: Norman Ferguson M A J O R : 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with-a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg. Physics 103 is also required. The major program should include 105 i n the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 i n the senior year. The major program i s planned in consultation with an adviser i n the psychology department and it i s approved by the department chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Not more than two courses from among 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required for a major. I t should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stu.dent may actually take more such courses. I t i s recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests i n psychology. For example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication i s recommended for many students. M I N O R : 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify for honors i n psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An introduction t o the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, i s emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 251 SENSING A N D PERCEIVING An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates t o adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Major topics include: adaptation to novel environments such as outer space, animal & machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 705) 264,265 RESEARCH METHODS: DESIGN, PROCEDURE, A N D ANALYSIS I, II A' two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without c o n t i n u i n g i n Research M e t h o d s II. Majors i n psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 705. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory i n respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 7 05) 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq. : 357) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 PERSONALITY An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall) 355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and one course i n biology. Fall) A review of maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Experience in a variety of community service units will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring) 356 ENVIRONMENT A N D BEHAVIOR A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 705. Spring) 357 LEARNING Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 705) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 381 PSYCHOLOGY IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) Study of selected areas and topics i n psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior t o registration. (Prereq.: 705 and #). 399 INTERNSHIP 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Discussion of contemporary societal Issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and m e t h o d s used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. . 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) Limited registration by special permission for advanced students i n psychology. Students must present a written plan prior t o registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe Religion 111 or 221 i s prerequisite t o all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. ACADEMIC M A J O R : 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 1 a n d a s e m i n a r especially for majors to be taken i n the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied t o the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471-475. C H U R C H STAFF WORKER RELIGION M A J O R : 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481, 354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. PUBLIC SCHOOL RELIGION MAJOR: The Minnesota Department of Education does not at the present timegrant teacher certification for a religion major or minor. To prepare for teaching about religion in public schools, the student should work closely with the Religion Department t o design a program which includes: a) a major in an academic field which i s certifiable by the state for elementary or secondary teaching, and b) a religion major of 8courses, includinglll,221,355, 356, 360, 363 and 471. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquim with the department. M I N O R : 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 354 LlFE O F THE CHURCH I N THE LlFE O F THE CITY The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087) 111 INTRODUCTION T O THEOLOGY 356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, inc l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. 358 LlFE A N D WORK O F THE C H U R C H 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 7987-82) See under Department of Philosophy 360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY 353 DENOMINATIONS A N D SECTS I N AMERICA An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and 361 C H U R C H FATHERS 471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity i n c o n f l i c t w i t h Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e theological thought of the Protestant reformersof the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION I N AMERICA A study of the development of religion i n America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o the challenges of its environing culture. 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY Topics and themes related t o church history and Scandinavian immigration t o this country. 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H (See under Department of Music) 399 INTERNSHIP Limited t o students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship t o the early church, and some of the themes to be found i n his writings. (Offered 1981-82) 473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D TESTAMENT The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Offered 1980-81) 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College i n support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N CATHOLIC THEOLOGY structive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a con- Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian A r e a Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks t o give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition to providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching. MAJOR: 11 courses 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses i n Russian history 1 course i n Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course i n Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives. M I N O R : 6 courses 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 1 course i n Russian history 1 course i n Soviet politics 1 course in Marxist theory 1 other course from the approved list of electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Director: Mildred l o e l MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses. Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign languages. 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given t o O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Offered Spring, 1981.) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C See under Department of Music. 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis o n conditions and developments i n the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE - AMERICAN The O l d World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation t o the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Offered on Demand) 351 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 7987) 352 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramaticworks by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 7980) 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY 396 URBAN PLANNING I N SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of Religion. Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies,Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION EXPERIENCE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for ~ r b a ; Affairs. See M e t r o - - Offered periodically under Department Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies of History 495 Seminar. Term (SUST). 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS See description under Department of Art. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Cisselquist MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching i n social studies. The Social Science major i s also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned i n any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major i s significantly different from the other major. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 1. 7 history courses; 2 American, 2 Anc i e n t - M e d i e v a l - M o d e r n Europe, 2 non-Western, 1 seminar. At least 4 of these must be upper division. 2. 2 political science courses. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business; Psych. 264, Research Methods I; Soc. 362, Statistical Analysis: Soc. 365, Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation. 4. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: anthropology, economics, geography, psychology, sociology. vant topic; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or con. 379, psych. 264, SOC. 362 or 365. D. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS EMPHASIS 6. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 1. 4 lower division courses: Econ. 122, 14 courses, at least 5 of them upper diviHist. 103 or 104, Poli. Sci. 158 or 160,4th term of collegework in a modern sion, from economics, history, political foreign language. science, psychology, and sociology (including anthropology). These must in- 2. 3 upper division courses: Hist. 332, clude: Poli. Sci. 363, 461. I.2 or more courses from each of 30f the 3. 7 electives, no more than 5 from any disciplines. one discipline, from: Econ. 251, 258, 2. 5 or more courses from another of the 495, seminar, independent study or disciplines other than history. interim course on a relevant topic; 3. 1 American history course (may be Part Hist. 416,404,463,464,465,474, seminar, of requirement 1). independent study or interim course 4. 1 social science methodology course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. 350, 351, from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Psych. 264, Sot. 380, 381, 382, seminar, independent 362 or365 (may be Part of requirement study or interim course on a relevant 1 or 2). topic; Sociology 241; 4th term of colC. NON-WESTERN STUDIES EMPHASIS lege work in a second modern foreign language. 1. Hist. 103, The Modern World. 2. 12 courses in non-Western studies, Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from with at least 4 disciplines represented, each of five disciplines, selected from the from the following: Econ. 122, 258; f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics, Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, semigeography, history, political science, nar, independent study, or interim psychology, and sociology. The selection course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. of courses must be approved by one of 351, 363, 382, 461; seminar, independthe faculty supervising the social science ent study, or interim course on a relemajor. Social W o r k Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins i n the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from faculty as to sequence of requisite courses from other departments. MAJOR: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. I O I * ; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 123, Poli.Sci. 121,325,326, Speech 354 and/or 355. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning o f the senior year. SPECIALIZATION: Specializations i n Aging Chemical Dependency, Youth and Crime and Corrections are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. Completion of aspecialization i s noted on the transcript. SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK: State Department of Education required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Ed. 388. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE H U M A N SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. .: .. I.. .. -,:. ' - Opportunity t o know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. (Interim) viduals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior. Spring) 340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed t o work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.) 361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare i n the U.S. and the role of social work i n them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; guest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, o r #. Fall) 363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F SOCIAL W O R K Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with indi- 364 FIELD W O R K I 461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS IN SOCIAL W O R K Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and 364, or #. Fa11) 463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant t o social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462, 464, FIELD W O R K I1 A N D IV: Ten hours per week in a Social Service agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362; concurrent with 467 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D DEVELOPMENT This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Develapment and implemenration will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 FIELD WORK Ill Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. ('/z course. Interim.) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS PROFESSIONAL Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464; Spring) 468 SPECIAL TOPICS Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (#half or full credit. Interim) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, sympolia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consulattion with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. Sociology Chairperson: G . Nelson MAJOR: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take ad- vantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) H O N O R S MAJOR: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree i n sociology will be granted to a candidate if he/she successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 H U M A N C O M M U N I T Y A N D THE M O D E R N METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES O F SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of US. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS I N SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 RELIGION A N D S O C I E N An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n American society. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS 231 SOCIOLOGY O F THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family t o its institutional and cultural context.(Fall,Spring) The first course in atwo-coursesequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of k n o w l e d g e by way o f a s c i e n t i f i c approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative informa- tion. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by. wav. of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview o f methods o f organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. M a j o r attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 721, Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 721 and Psych. 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives i n urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 777 or 127 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and typeof inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality i n the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 721. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 721 or #. Fall) - 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal contai'ning rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according t o department guidelines. (Prereq. :721 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, C o m m u n i c a t i o n and T h e a t e r A r t s Chairperson: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241; Sociology 375. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241, and Philosophy 130. C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses. 243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $70. Fall) SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360,476 and participation i n forensics. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S IN SOCIETY See under Department of Political Science. 351 Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critica.1 listening. (Fall, spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art 227 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: /r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human inter2259 230 "ISUAL COMMUNICATlONS action through verbal and non-verbal I, II messages; emphasis on factors that build relatiokhips and help to overcome comSee under Department of Art munication barriers. (Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART 355 SMALL GROUP C O M M U N I C A T I O N See under Department of English A study of group dynamics and leadership 242 FILM-MAKING with emtlhasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups See under Department of Art. and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring, a!ternate years.) 480 SEMINAR I N C O M M U N I C A T I O N Cooperative investigation o f topics i n speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) THEATER ARTS THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama o r Scandinavian Drama. Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. A. ACTING EMPHASIS: 116,228,232,233, 243, 360, 361, 362, 366, and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n voice and movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. DIRECTING EMPHASIS: 116, 228, 229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. DESIGN EMPHASIS: 228, 229, 361, 362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 C. in Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 i n design, and 1 internship. THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. THEATER ARTS M I N O R FOR TEACHING: courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation i n dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS M I N O R : 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,476 or a voice and diction course,and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor i n English. and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Spring, alternate years) 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics i n theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice i n reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization,crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Offered alternate years). 229 STAGE DESIGN I lntroduction t o scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken i n freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 361 THEATER HISTORY Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall, Alternate years.) 362 THEATER CRITICISM A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Fall, alternate years.) 366 STAGE DIRECTION I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper dividion students only. Spring) 233 ADVANCED ACTING 367 STAGE DIRECTION I1 This course explores t h e elements o f characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and In-depth analysis and practice i n directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or exerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent o f instructor. Spring.) 429 STAGE DESIGN II 399 INTERNSHIP Consult faculty in area of emphasis. 428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I1 Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall) - Advanced design projech based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN D R A M A Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary M a j o r - - - . Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond t o a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. BOARD OF REGENTS+' Charles W. Arnason Senior Vice President and Secretary Minneapolis Star and Tribune Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere Attorney LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson, O'Brien & Drawz Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman Oscar M. Austad President The Austad Company Sioux Falls, South Dakota James C. Lindell Treasurer West Publishing Company St. Paul, Minnesota Treasurer Chairman, Finance and Management Committee Dr. Paul B. Batalden Program Director, Health Services Research St. Louis Park Medical Center St. Louis Park, Minnesota Arley R. Bjella Chairman of the Board Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter Attorney Faegre & Benson Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge Chairman of the Board Citizens State Bank of St. Louis Park St. Louis Park, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson Minneapolis, Minnesota The Rev. Harris W. Lee Pastor Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman Chairman, Academic and Student Affairs Committee *as of September, 1979 Dr. Harold I. Lunde Executive Vice PresidentAdministration Kobacker Stores, lnc. Columbus, Ohio Dr. Arthur Naftalin Professor, Public Affairs University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota William A. Nelson, jr. Chairman of the Board Nelson Resource Corp. Secaucus, New Jersey Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, jr. Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited Minneapolis, Minnesota Secretary Chairman, Development Committee Dr. Carl N. Platou President Fairview Community Hospitals Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo Member of Congress Fifth District-Minnesota Washington, D.C. Bertil Sandberg President, N. H. Sandberg Erection Company St. Paul, Minnesota The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack Professor, Church History Lut.her Theological Seminary St. Paul, Minnesota N. Stanley Stake Group Vice President Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson Mary Lou Williams President Sonford Products Corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. Padilla and Speer, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock Chairman Tennant Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College Faculty R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson LYLA M A E ANDERECG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairperson *SCOTT L. ANDERSON, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1976, Augsburg College B *JAMES BACON, Lecturer in Library Science KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D. *MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor i n Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota *ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Percussion) JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University * D O N A L D F. BIBEAU, Lecturer i n American Studies *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON B L O O M , Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota R I C H A R D BORSTAD, Instructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice) *MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *ROGER A. BROOKS, Lecturer i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, Michigan State University *LAINE BRYCE, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Bassoon), B.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *DOLORES BURTNESS, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion, M.A. 1979, Luther Seminary *WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor in Economics, M.S. 1976, University of Minnesota CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation ROSALIE V. CLARK, Instructor, M.S.W. 1978, University of Minnesota T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Barbara -Santa ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971,Yale University * J O H N COSGROVE, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1965, University of Minnesota *LIV DAHL, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER-BOLTON, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairperson GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairperson *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach F SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University N O R M A N B.L. FERGUSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson LARRY P. FLEMING, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Activities, Ph.D., University of Minnesota HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University *ROBERT A. FORNANDER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.F.A. 1979, University o f Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMIXZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1979, University of Minnesota (Spanish) BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Instructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSON, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Professor o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University o f Minnesota PAUL H. GRAUER, Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota *BRIAN GRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone) *JOHNGRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University o f Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA 1. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *LEOLA JOHNSON, Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science, M.A. 1976, University of Kentucky MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971, Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach A M l N KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *JOANNE KARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia * D I A N A LEE KENNELLY, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Piano), M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota M A R Y MARIE KINCSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) SUSAN J. KNUST, lnstructor i n Nursing, M.S. 1979, Wright State University * N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University B O Y D N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota *MARY ELLEN LUNDSTEN, lnstructor i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota M J U D I T H MACCANELLI, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.Ed. 1965, University of Minnesota NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska *LYNNE E. MEDCALF, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1975, University of Minnesota ROBERTA A. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERC, Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota J O H N R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) JOEL MUCCE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota SUSAN K. NASH, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota Head Baseball Coach C O R D O N L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairperson RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota *CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson *CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University o f Minnesota, (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairperson *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano) RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota *JACK OSBERC, Assistant Football Coach *WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) R O N A L D G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963, Concordia College LAURETTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairperson DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota DANIEL PETERSON, lnstructor i n Physics, Ph.D. 1978, Iowa State University LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor i n Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana (Strings) M A R T I N QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Seminary Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University *BARBARA RICHARDS, lnstructor i n Political Science, B.A. 1972, Vanderbilt University * J O H N F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, CathoEc University of America *DENISE R. RIVET, Women's Gymnastics Coach GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making) - EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-Chairperson LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College E D W I N 1. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of Music *WILLIAM 6. SCHEELA, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1974, Mankato State University *MARIA S. SCHWEIKERT, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1974, University of Pittsburgh IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University o f Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany), Department Chairperson * D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.M. 1975, Augsburg College (Piano) * E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence i n Music (Voice) * H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Organ) *LOUISA A N N SMITH, Lecturer i n Library Science, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *PAUL C. SONNACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, M.A. 1960, University of Chicago *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor i n Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota D O N A L D 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado *VAL STRACHAN, Women's Basketball Coach, B.A., Mankato State University *BRUCE STUART, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska *MARY T. SWANSON, Assistant Professor of Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota LARRY TALLMAN, Instructor i n Music, M.S. 1978, Michigan State University, Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble *JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass) *PAUL THOMAS, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting) Department Chairperson RICHARD J. THONI, Associate Dean of Students, Ph.D. University of Minnesota 1977. NEAL 0. THORPE, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer i n Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University D A V I D C. W O O D , Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *NANCY ZINGALE, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. University of Minnesota Administrative Personnel GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President ............................................. .Oscar A. Anderson Director of Facility Development ........................ Burton P. Fosse College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. .Avalon Okerson ...... FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management ............ .Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services .............................. .Gerald Johnson Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer Manager, College Center .............................. .Mildred Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending .............. .Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services ................... .Herald Johnson Director of Personnel.. ................................ .Bonnie-Jean M o r k Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey Custodial Supervisor. .................................. .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor ............................... .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Fred Wolter Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College .....................................Charles S. Anderson Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker .Beverly Wegge Registrar ............................................. Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ................. .Charlene Weidenbach .Bonnie Wallace Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................... .Valerie Geaither Recorder ............................................. .Hope Schutte .Pamela Louisa Assistant Registrar ..................................... Executive Secretary t o the Dean ........................ .Carolyn Magnuson ......... DEVELOPMENT ........................ .Glen W. Johnson ...........................Sigvald Hjelmeland ............................. .Michael Walgren Vice President for Development Director of Deferred Giving.. Director of Annual Fund.. Asst. t o the Vice-president ..................... , Associate Director, Alumni and Parent Giving ....................................... Executive Secretary .................................... ....... .A. B. Batalden .Jeroy Carlson .Irene Steenson PUBLIC RELATIONS Director of Public Relations ............................ .Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information.. Fine Arts Coordinator ................................. .Monica Maye Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison .... ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions.. ............................... .Kathryn E. Lange Assistant Director Bill Ross .Sue Bonner Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor ..................................Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor ................................. .Sally Hough Admissions Counselor ................................. .Tom Jackson ..................................... ..................... STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students.. .................................. .Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni Director of Student Life (Housing) ...................... .Linda Schrempp-Alberg Director of Career Planning and Placement ............. .Patricia M. Olsson Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater Head Resident, (UrnesdMortensen) .................... .Cindy Ragen Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren Area Apartment Manager .............................. .John Augustine INDEX ........... Academic Administration 47 Academic Life ..................... 14 Accreditation ....................... 7 Administration ................... 156 Admission to the College ........... 31 Advanced Placement ...............34 Advanced Standing ................ 34 American Indian Programs 26 American Studies .................. 56 Anthropology .................... 139 Art, Department of ................. 57 Biology. Department of ............. 60 Black Student Programs ............ 26 Board of Regents ................. 116 Business Administration ............ 63 Calendar ...................... Cover Campus Map ...................... 70 Certification Programs .............. 22 Chemistry. Department of .......... 71 Chinese ........................... 87 Classification ...................... 54 Communications ................. 141 Computer Science ................ 101 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................. 19 Continuing Education .............. 22 Corrective Therapy ................ 19 Costs .......................... 35. 44 Course Descriptions ................ 56 Course Value ...................... 54 Credit by Examination .............. 54 Dean's List ........................ 52 Degrees ........................... 23 Divisional Organization ............ 47 East Asian Studies .................. 74 Economics ........................ 67 Education. Department of .......... 75 Engineering ....................... 81 English. Department of ............. 81 Enrollment ........................ 55 Expenses ....................... 35, 4 Faculty ........................... 147 Financial Aid ...................... 35 Five-College Cooperative ........... 18 Food Service ...................... 29 Foreign Language, Department of ................... 86 French ............................ 87 44 Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements ................... 15 .......... .......... Geography ........................ 99 German ........................... 90 Glossary of Terms ................... 4 Grading ........................... 50 Graduates ......................... 55 Graduation Requirements 48 Graduation with Distinction 32 Greek ............................ 92 Health Education ................. 719 Health Service ..................... 29 History of Augsburg College 6 History. Department of ............. 96 Honors Program ................... 22 Housing ....................... 27, 45 Independent Study ................ 52 Intercollegiate Athletics ............ 25 Intercultural Center ................ 26 Inter-Institutional Programs 75 International Students .............. 27 Internship Program ................ 22 Japanese .......................... 92 Journalism ........................ 83 Library Science .................... 80 Location ........................... 6 Majors ............................ 15 Mathematics, Department of ........ 99 Medical Technology .............. 702 Metro-Urban Studies .............. 102 Music, Department of ............. 104 Music Therapy .................... 108 Nature and Objectives .6 of Augsburg ............... Natural Science ................... 109 22 New Dimensions Program Non-Discrimination Policy ........... 7 Norwegian ........................ 93 Numbering of Courses ............. 55 Nursing .......................... 111 Personnel of the College .......... 147 16 Pre-Professional Training 113 Philosophy, Department of Physical Education ................ 116 Physical Plant ...................... 12 Physics, Department of ............ 120 Political Science, Department of .................. 123 Probation and Dismissal ............ 49 Psychology, Department of ........ 126 Regents, Board of ................. 146 45 Refunds ......................... Registration ....................... 49 .......... ........ ......... ......... .., .......... ........... ........ Religion. Department of ........... 129 Religious Life ...................... 24 Russian Area Studies .............. 132 Scandinavian Area Studies ......... 133 Scholarships. Grants ................ 35 Social Science Majors ............. 134 135 Social Work. Department of Sociology. Department of .......... 138 Spanish ........................... 94 Speech. Department of ............ 141 Student Life ....................... 24 Student Rights ..................... 29 ....... Student Services ................... 25 Study Abroad ...................... 20 Summer School .................... 22 Symbol (#) ........................ 55 Theater Arts ...................... 143 Transdiciplinary Major 145 Transfer t o Augsburg 32 Tuition and Fees ................ 35. 44 Veterans .......................... 53 Visiting the Campus ................. 7 Work-Study ....................... 35 ............ ............... CATALOG 1980-82 AUGSBURG COLLEGE This material was published t o supply information on additions and changes to the 1980-82 Catalog. Material i s arranged in the same order as in the 1980-82 Catalog, with page number references. Although information was current at the time of publication, it i s subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained i n this publication and the main 1980-82 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this bulletin, you should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Accreditation and Memberships National League for Nursing National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. College Costs 1981-82 Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,300.00 600.00 Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ........................... 300.00 Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ........................ Room Rent (includes telephone) ................................... 1,091.00 986.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ....................................... Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medical Technology (Senior Fee) .............. 5.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ............ Class, per semester ....... 150.00 50.00 600.00 Music Therapy Internship (one course credit) ............ 600.00 POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 2 Summer 1981 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) i s published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by AugsburgCollege,73121st Avenue South, Minneapolis M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Financial Aid/l7-18 Gift Assistance Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students w h o have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay u p t o full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement 'are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents w h o have financial need. For 1981-82, they range f r o m $100 to $1050. All applicants f r o m Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person niust: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pel1 Grants [formerly Basic Educational 0 portunity Grants) - A federal program ihat provider Rasic Grant awards to stufents who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 i s $1670. minus t h c a m o u n t the studentand family can beexpected tocontribute. The grants are based o n need as determined by the program guidelines. Application i s made by filing the F F S (or FAF) and requesting o n the application f o r m that the necessary information be sent t o the appropriate BEOG office. Bureau of lndian Affairs Scholarships/Grants - American Indian students whomeet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian 4ffairs.fribal and/or lndian Stare Scholarship monies. You must be "1 degree lndian ancesrrv and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement a l l other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Scholarships/20-23 Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Departmental Scholarships Chemistry Ellenand Courtland Agre Chemistr Award -given toa chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the dbctorate in chemistry. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship -awarded The Rev. and Mrs. study of history. annually to a history major. 0.1. Haukeness Award - given t o a senior student for excellence i n the Music Edwin W. and Edith B. NorbergScholarship - awarded to music majors preparing for careers in church music. Schubert Club Scholarship -awarded annually to a music therapy student. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - An award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in political science. Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study. may be wirhin ane department, within one division. or cror5 academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter coIlege. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a majorshould be elec~edby rhe end of the Fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-BusinessAdministration Elementary Education Engineering' English Foreign Languages Chinese,l French German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,l Spanish Health Education History International Relations Mathematics Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science Social Work Sociology Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary I t is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University Schooi of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered a t Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarren. Earlv Childhood Education, and these fields in secondarv Education: Arf. English-Language Arts, French, German. Health, L ~ f eSc~ence,Mathematics. Music, Fhvsical Education, Physical Science (Chem~srrvor Phvsics\, Science (Grade5 5-9)) Social Studies, Spanish. Speech. Theater Arts. A minor is offered i n Librarv Science. 5tudcnts planning to teach on the secondarv level have advtjers both in the Education department and the area of their academic majnrisl. Graduation Requirements/39-40 Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available i n the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses o n the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. 4r least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not more than 1 3 may be i n one de artmenl, except i n certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Ani g g r e e . 17 for ,he Bachelor of Music a n d Bachelor of Sc~encern Music Thera y degrees. and 18 in r he Bachelor oi Science in Nursing degree. The course fotafmcsl include three l n ~ e r i r nfor i i1udenr5 whore complete academic work i s at Aupburg. For transfer studenrc. the course oral must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No rnorerhan these maximums mav beapplied toward the 35 rota1 courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR] courses: 2 courses bv independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses w ~ t ha grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional g r a d ~ n g( P ) also has these limits: 2 In the major except Elementary Educar~on:7 i n the minor i f approved bv the departmen! chairperson. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for the equivalent of a major i n Nursing. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except tor Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time s:udy or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology Psychology-Sociology English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the111 level of a foreign language will take one additional courseat placement level i n that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is, one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information i s available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation a n d Grading/40-41 Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools d o not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education c.ourses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditionalsystem. English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there i s a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. .4 grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. A n incomplete rade may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. To receive i r , a 5;tu ent must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating he reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it,and comments from rhe instructor. If permission is granted. the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or i t becomes the grade submitted b v the teacher along with the incomplete. J A grade of X may be given for an independenr or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over morethan one semester. Such a course must be completed during rhe second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,f -5,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audrted. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Onlythe credits and gradesearned thesecond time are counted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Art/49 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, i t i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher education program at Augsburg College. Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education caurse5.a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore vear, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Minimum of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383,and two professional semesters); Health Education 114,115; Library Science341, 358; Academic minor (major recommended); GPAof 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor for licensure; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 352,353,381,382,384. (Courses 381,382,383,384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional grading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482 and electives (483, 484,.478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student t e a 3 i n g at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ. 325,425,483 or484(160 hoursof studentteaching). Foran Early Childhood license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-schoo[ work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life i n relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations.and other interventionsand compensatory programs. Classsessions and two hours perweek of lab. experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources i n the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 o r d. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 o r 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials. and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.. Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approvdl. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment. parental involvement. and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessionsand two hours per week of lab experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 181,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N. K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall. Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience In teaching. (Prereq.: 481. 482. Fall. Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult with Education faculty regarding state requirementsfor teacher licensure, This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Program Requirements for Secandary Education: ( 7 1 Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education teacher [icensure program. This mav be made before, concurrently or afrer rhe Orierrtarion course. Application formsare ava~lablein the Education Department office. Before applying f o r admission, students should receive approval from the departmenr ordivision of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education; (2) GPA of 2.0overall,2.0 in required education courses,and at least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (4) Completion of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations through Augsburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Psychology 105; Health Education 114, 115; Education 265,354,388,478,special methods in the area of the student's major,and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching as required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota Licensurefor Teaching in Secondary Schools: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): (1) 6.A. or F.S. degree: ( 2 )Co[tege major i n a teaching a r e a ; 431 Fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 ,!VICAR 3.041 i n Human Relations (sucressfut completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement); (4) Psvchologv 105; ( 5 ) Health Educatton 114.175: (6) Stlcce~sfulcompletion of Augsburg Education Program EOUTSPS. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhese areas tollowsthe secondary education pragram even though h e or she plans ta teach az t h e e l e m e n t a r y school level. A penon with a major in one of rhese 5petial areas will take three courses in student reach~ngand do some student teach~ngarboth the secondary and elementarv levels. In addition to Edur. 354.rhe art major will register { o r Educ. 361,362; the Phrsrcal Education major for Educ, 365: and the music major for Educ. 373. The Professional Term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-rime term i n professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminarsare held during the term a 5 par1 of the professional work. A studenr: taking two courses in srudent teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. All studenrrare expected to be insolred full-time in the artivitim of tee professional term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardatinn, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD dnd ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Note on Special Methods Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or concurrent with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. ' (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory.The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods -. (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society -.I he emphas~si n this course is o n tne school in relation to society with particular ~ t t e n t i o n to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval) 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science M a r j o r i e Sibley, G r a c e S u l e r u d ( C o o r d i n a t o r s ) , K a r e n H a r w o o d , B o y d K o e h l e r , James O l s o n , I r e n e Schilling, Louisa S m i t h Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4'12 courses, i n c l u d i n g 341. 345,358, 359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition,cataloging,classification.and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance i n use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Sources and Services Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn h o w to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; h o w to find information and use libraries effectively.'(Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o d o field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and e\,aluation of library materials on the secondary school level. with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study Independent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service. worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Germad75 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) Major for Teaching: Students interested in secondart education may take a history m a j o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social s c i p n c ~courses a n d rhe r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n courses, i n c o m liance with the state requiremenrs For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t c R i r p e r r o n o r t h e Social Srudiei Coordinator. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life i n the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women i n China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) M a t hematics/89-90 361 Numerical Analysis (Formerly CSC 355) A study of merhods used 10 50h.e problems on comprlters. lnalys~sof computat~onal ofoan procedures problems and developnienr 0 1 alaorithms Inr [heir ~ u l u t i ~ n s , a p p l ~ c a t ~ l Topics tnclude the general concept or~entedprogrammrny ti:n$uapc In n u m ~ r i c aanalysr~. of lteratlve tnrmulae, inlu;~anor squarrons. Newton's method. l~nearsystems, ~nterpolariiiierentiatinn and Integrallnn, IPrereq.: M 4 T 224, CSC 245) tlon, numer~r-a1 Computer Science Augsburg College offers a n e w p r o g r a m i n C o m p u t e r Science that w i l l prepare students f o r f u r t h e r study i n c o m p u t e r science at a major university o r f o r entry i n t o a substantial variety o f c o m p u t e r related jobs. Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with central memory at 256 kitobvtes and terminals a t several campus locations. The College also has several Apple I1 microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics m i c r o c o m p u r c r , a n d KEY(-1 l a b o r a ~ o r vmicrocomputers. Augsburg also has access to large r h r o u g h both Minnesota Educational C o m p u t i n g Consortium a n d the Univers~ryof ~Minnesota. ~~~~~~~r. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 245, 261, 345, 350 a n d Mathematics 361 (formerly C o m p u t e r Science 355) o r Business Administration 479 o r Sociology 363 o r C o m p u t e r Science 395 o r 495. Note: Business Administration 250 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d f o r those p l a n n i n g a career i n business a n d is an additional prerequisite if Business Administration 479 is t o c o u n t t o w a r d the C o m p u t e r Science minor. 145 Introduction to General Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming i n a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardwate register operations, and computer organization. Programming is done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: MAT 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Comparison of batch, timesharing, and real time operating systems. Study of the social implications and applications of computers through the use of various applications packages. Continued development of competence in structured programmingand algorithms will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Conceptsand algorithms used in thesolution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods (See Mathematics 361, new number for this course) 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specific topics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend on the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. Music L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlen, Diane Kennelly, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz, Paul Lohman, Cynthia Melson, Roberta Metzler, Celeste O'Brien, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, James ten Bensel, Paul Thomas, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt. See ~ u s i cDe artment Handbook for additional and explanatory information, guidelines an8requirements. Students wishing t o major or minor i n music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 or 355, 365 or 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music (Performance or Composition): 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458, 476, 499, 354 or 355, 365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods i n the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals; French o r German. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: C o r e Curriculum plus 354.360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or476, one of 355,365,375, and 470 Introduc!ion to MusicTherapy (Interim).Spanish E Srecommended. Other requiremenrs: B i o l o g 103, Education 262: 2 Physical Educat~on(232 and 373 recommended); 3 Prychologv and 1Sociology. ~ncluding Psych. 105,362 and Psych. 264or 50c. 362 {Recommended courses include Psych. 264,357,352,355, 356, 357, and Sac. 211,121,237,741, 362, 3751; 1 Speech (116 recommended], Music Minor: 5 courses: 101,102, 260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Studenrs may qualify far graduation honors if they have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses and have demonstrated leadership in performance. Honors may be achieved by one oithefollowing: Senior thesisand i t s defense before a faculty committee; presentation of an addi~lonalSenior recital of graduate qua2ity: composition of a work for vocal and/orinstrurnental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration. Application should be made before the senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: Major Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: Membership is determined by audition during the first week of the fall semester. Times and locations are posted on the department bulletin board. These organizations exist nol only for the benefit of the musicstudent, but for any student who wishes to particrpate: Augsburg Choir Brass Ensemble Chorale String Ensemble Concert Band Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble Orchestra Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lrsxlns: Vocal and rnstrumental insrruction is avaifable to at! student5 in any area. MUSICstudents must reqister on the traditional gradlng system and take a jury exam at the end of each semes~erto fulfill the requiremen1 of prlvare studv toward a mus~cdegree. Other students m a y register for private lessons in the same manner ur use P/N grading. D ~ ~ r l nthe g junior and senior vear. a studern accepted by the Department of Mucrc as a major receives lessons In rhe area of concentration wirhaut ewrra cost. Practice rooms and Instruments are available for rent. jury Examination: All students taking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminarsand guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend 30 (out of 50) designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s required of B.A. and B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present full Junior and Senior recitals. Examinations All music majors and minors are required to pass a Piano Proficiency Test. Music majors must pass three Music Repertoire Tests, and Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223,224 Theory MUSICTheory i s a n integrated course ewtcndlng over four terms. Taught by a team of ~nstructors.the variausaspectsoi mus~caltheory (1.e , eartralnlng, harmony, counterpolnt, and analysis) are presenred rn parallel, rather than In sequence (101, 223. Fall 102. 224. Spr~ng) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area. with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 lntroduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature o i Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries. opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present.Thestudy includessuch aspects of ccncern for the performer as interpretation, style. and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder.Orff instrumt.nts,applications of recreational musicactivities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instrument^. (Fall) 375 Instrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directo-s. and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response. with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects. emphasison music i n a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent. and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-rime placement In an inrernrhip setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for rix months. This ir started after completion of the senior year and is nece5sary for regisrration by the NAMT. Appl~cationsfor ~nternsh~p sites must be made n i n e m o n t h In advance. 5ttes In Mrnne5o;a are lim~ted. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded. and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores. organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, s i x terms. No credit 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Natural Science/99 Science (Grades5-9): 7 courses,2 i n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161.thealternative course not taken i n the Broad Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 i n Physical Science (Chemistry 223,353; Physics 245). Nursing/99 Augsburg offers an u p p e r division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor o f Science degree. The p r o g r a m is accredited by the National League f o r Nursing. 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating i n analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103 or 122 and Mathematics 122 or 125) 486 Prvchology of Religion and Thenlogy -\ rrtrdv ot cvrrenl pr-ychnlogiralvicrvsof religion in the context of the traditional Christian riew o i human nature. Spec~alartention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud. lung.and Wil[lamlames,~ncito thos~Christiantheologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1982) Scandinavian Area Studies/ll6 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever." adaptation to the New Land. aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) Social Science/l17 Social Science M y l e s C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) T w a ernphafes exist w i t h i n the S o c ~ a Science l major: t h e General M a j o r and the Van-Western emphasis. A student may n o t l ~ sat d o u b l e major I n Social Science a n d es t h e d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~selected on In the Soc~al I n one of the componen7 d ~ s c ~ p l ~ nunless Science major i_c s~gniticantlydifferent f r o m the other major. GeneraIMajor: IScotrrses: 10 required courres(Ecanom1cs1~,1?3: Hi5tory221,222; G ~ o g r a p h v714: 5ociology 221,241: Psvchologv 105: Roltrical5r1ence158 and121 or 710t. 4 upper d ~ ~ ~ s courses i o n in one of rhe l o l l o w i n g d ~ s c i p l ~ n e rEconomics. : Hisrorv. Political Science, Psychobogy or Socrvlogy: a stat~sricscourse approved bv the d~partrnentin which the 4 upper d i v i s ~ o ncourses are taken. The student should rhnose an adviser who 1s a m e m b e r of ( h e d e p a r t m e n t i n w h i c h the upper division course5 are ro be taken. (For supplementary information and a[rernatiwe ways to fulf~llrhestate-approved competency-hared program tor secondary teacher educarlnn, sce the f o l [ o w i n g section on Social Studies tor Secondary education.^ Non-Western Major: 14 courses: History 703; 1social science methodology course (Economics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology 362 or 365): and 12 courses,i n a t least 4 disciplines, from the followrng: Economics 122,258; History 104,322,323,324,440, 474: Political Science351,363,382,461; Philosophy 255; Religion356: Sociology241 : seminars, independenr study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and~'or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this soc1a1science major should consul^ the chairperson of the Department of Hisrory tn choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) on rhe high school level must complete, in Students preparing10 teach social s t u d i e ~ addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competencv-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies ticensure: 7 courser; (Economic.; 122 or 123, Geographv 174, History 222, Political Science 756, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 and 141) plusa ma'or in one of five fields - Economics, History. Political Sricnce, ~ r y c h o l o g or v sociology - o r incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major. described in section above\. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. Social Work 118-119 Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program i s a professional program i n preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. 101'; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*,365,375*,and 383*; and Social Work 257*, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least one Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum grade of 2.0 is required i n each upper division social work course required in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corset tions, sorial Ministries,and Youth a r e possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional. dy~functianal,and programmatic aspects, plus field work placcment i n the senior year in the special area. Completion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship: 361; 364; Psych. 351 or Soc. 375; Soc. 383; and Pol. 121 or 158 or 325 or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. AUCSBURC COLLEGE Official publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue S. Minneapolis, M N 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 AUGSBURG COLLEGE AFFl LlATlON Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 AUGSBURG COLLEGE AFFl LlATlON Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor d Arts degree offered in 29 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. SETTING The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent t o the University d Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the Augsburg College campus. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in Science Hall at the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and other interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Write to the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 332-5181. ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1968 S M T W T F 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 3 0 17 24 31 JANUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19202122232425 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1969 S M T W T F S MARCH 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20212223242526 27 28 29 30 MAY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18192021222324 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 : 9 10 11 12 13 14 I 5 16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 SUMMER SESSION 1968 June 24 July 4 Aug. 2 ........... (Mon.) ............ ............ Final registration and beginning of classes (Thurs.) ........................ Holiday (Fri.) ................. Final examinations ............ ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69 FALL TERM Sept. Sept. Sept. Nov. Nov. Nov. 5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week 9, 10 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration 11 .......... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin 19 .......... .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes 20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations 27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. ... (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 26-March 4 . . . (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations March 5-10 . . . . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ...................... Registration March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin April 2, 9:00 p.m. . . (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins April 8, 7:45 a.m. ... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) ............... Last day of classes May 2 6 3 0 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970 AUGUST 1969 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 S 2 9 16 23 30 JANUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 1 8 15 22 FEBRUARY 1970 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 , OCTOBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MARCH 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969 Final registration and beginning of classes July 4 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday July 18 (Fri.) ................. Final examinations June 9 ............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ July 21 Aug. 8 SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969 (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations ............ ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week Sept. 8, 9 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration Sept. 10 ...........(Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ............... Last day of classes Nov. I S 2 5 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations Nov. 26-Dec. 2 ..... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) ................... Classes resume Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 25-March 3 . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ....................... Registration March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 25-29 ........ (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement DECEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 MAY 1970 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 S 2 9 16 23 30 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS TO contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relati,on to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each GENERAL INFORMATION student to look upon his life as a Christian vocatio,n, and an opportunity for service t o God and man. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students t o an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, phys- ics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number o~f faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There is an observation lounge a t the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in- corporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. - LIBRARY FACILITIES The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 7,000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing comer is provided in the first-floor reading room. The library subscribes to nearly 600 of the best periodi- cals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for bidogy are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1968-69 COMPREHENSIVE FEE Includes tuition, board and room and General fee as described below. (per year) TUITION New freshmen entering September, 1969 (per year) This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years. In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate, upon application and approval, may be extended for a fifth year. Transfer students and returning students not on a prior year-guaranteed plan. (per year) Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per term) (per credit hour) Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit. Students carrying more than 51 credits for the academic year are charged $25.00 per credit hour for excess hours. BOARD AND ROOM Residence Halls Honor Houses (upper-class students only) The board plan provides 21 meals per week. (per year) (per year) OTHER REQUIRED FEES General Fee (per year) (Covers subscription to yearbook, newspaper, admissions to all regularly scheduled athletic events, dramatic productions, convocations, and the support of Student Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee Required of all new students, non-refundable. Initial Payment-New Students Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1969. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable or refundable. Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students Required by July 1, 1969, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1969. Breakage Deposit Required of all students. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SPECIAL FEES Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel or add) Late registration after classes begin (per day) Graduation fee Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy Arrangements for special examinations are made in Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule on file. SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science Student Teaching Improvement of Reading Music Lessons (10 per term) Practice Studio Rental Organ (one hour per day) Piano or Voice (one hour per day) Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore. Estimated costs (per year) $ Linen service, required in residence halls (per year) $ Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add (per year) $ (7 SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the beginning of each term except that for the fall term payments will be due on or before August 20, so that all necessary processing of financial arrangements can be completed in time to clear the student for registration. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Treasurer's Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. REFUNDS If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based uposn financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal form each year. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured Loan program. Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon,ors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). TO qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50. Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective. Summer Research Awards are also available t o students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 t o $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their maj,or department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying choral music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 196.1 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the College. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0 . I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic success. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount d $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student s f outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Doman. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald o'f Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes to s,tudy at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway set up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor d chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Saudstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi,ochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President d Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vwation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. STUDENT ElMPLOYlVIENT An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs are available. ADMISSION APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting, writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well in advance of this date. An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition. An interview on campus is encouraged. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Off ice of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for gra-duation is based on work taken a t Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. MPUS There are many influences which mould life and character in c01lege. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. THE CHAPEL SERVICE At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students and faculty. COMMISSION OF RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God. As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish programs and policies that contribute to this end. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAM In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances, talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting to attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium. The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal invoIvement. The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club is composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the band tours annually to various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band and the Symphonia. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility f w participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government otfices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and o,ther activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each s.tudent who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if at all possible. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary roloms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginnkg of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. IJ HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All students not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available to students living in houses. Students engage a room a t the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall and cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the Office of Student Activities. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior standing in fall of 1968) 4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50. 5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken. 6. Proficiency in English. 7. The last year of course work a t Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program a t Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he has had four years or more of one foreign language. In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also. Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature will be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literature course by permission of the instructor. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration: Accounting Business Administration: Finance Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a bro'ad range 08felectives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are c o n s i d e ~ dseparate departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 (or 186) credits required for the degree. PROFICIENCY IN WRITING All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79 Cum Laude .......................... 3.1-3.49 grade average + + To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the con,dition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received a t the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. - REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit registration in determining load and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for whichthere is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is nonnally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount omf their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires to make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the term. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION IJ In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours with a t least twice that number of grade points: Credits Grade Points 36 72 Sophomore 84 168 Junior 130 260 Senior Students are classified by this regulation a t the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student is placed on scholastic probation a t the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall average entering in as an additional factor. First-year students with a grade point average o,f 1.5 or below Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits of F. In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term. A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo'wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students wh'o find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule o,f classes t o determine definitely the current course offerings. NUlMBERING OF COURSES Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per term. DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department of English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech DIVISION of NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman Department of Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Physics DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Geography Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology AMERICAN STUDIES Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments. The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. Major: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses (29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study. The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies of various disciplines. The following are required core courses: English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer. Dem. (5 crs.) Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99, would attempt to accomplish this. From the following elective courses the student must choose a minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments: Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45 History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.) History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 21 or 22 Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't; Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 20-21 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. # Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC. 11 Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. American Studies courses (required): 95 Seminar 4 crs. Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. For majors or #. (Winter) 99 Independent Study 5 crs. Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. For majors only. (Spring) MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND, MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence DEPARTMENT The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. ART OF In addition to the courses oirered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss rr-ith -4ugust Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to the m a h g of stained gIass windows. David Westphal, cinematographer in residence, is available to those interested in film making as a fine art medium. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85. Majors prepanng for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. 1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring, 1 7 DRAWING 2 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 DRAWING 2 crs. Figure drawing. C2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs. Fall, Winter.] 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-70.1 1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. C4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] 1 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN 4 crs. A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 1968-69.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.] 51 CERAMICS II 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 1 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.] 1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 4 crs. 1 67 PRINT MAKING I Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 4 crs. 1 68 PRINT MAKING II Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.] 1 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [4 double labs. Prereq. 7, 8, 21. Winter, 196-9. Spring, 1969-70.1 1 8 3 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] 1 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.] 1 85 ART HISTORY Ill 4 crs. Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present. [Spring.] 1 99 STUDIO Ill 2-5 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second course in the studio area and#.] DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY MR. SULERUD, chairman, MR. HERFORTH, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. THORPE, MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Eiology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a tvide variety of students. For the nan-science major the aim is to pmvidc a reliable basic understanding nf biological science and, more generally, of the character of scieniifie Colmvlcclgc. The more ad\-anced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. It is important that a prospective binlogy major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon es possible. In general, a broad background in the supportihg sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical technology students. Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option II may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others whose intended careers require relatively more work in biology and somewhat less in the related sciences. Option I: 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21, 22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis (Chem. 53). Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry, normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem. 53); introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent). Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6). Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. Biology 1and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6. H I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 5 crs. The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed to enter Biology 1 2 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab. Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.] W 6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 5 crs. Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only. [Prereq. :Chem. 3.3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.] 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term: vertebrate anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. C5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. :12. Fall.] 53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Winter.] 61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1969.1 W 63 PLANT TAXONOMY 5 crs. Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1968.1 W 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and a n introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] W 72 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect., 1double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] W 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.] 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consideration of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 76 MICROBIOLOGY 6 crs. An introduction to the study of micrclorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. : 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] E 81 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities; the shtdy of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1 91, 92, 93 SEMINAR I cr. each Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics may concern the history and philosophy of science as well as current literature. Biology majors are required to register for at least two terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. Individual work on a research project. [Prereq.: Previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.) MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK, MR. TEDEFAIAK Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Major in Business Administration-Accounting : 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61. Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad. 61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be allowed by permission. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 31 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. [Fall.] W 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prereq.: 1 , 2 . Fall. 1 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 78 INVESTMENTS 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. :41. Spring, 196849.1 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.] 82 TAX ACCOUNTING concerns with 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 37 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad. 1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended for those planning on graduate study in economics. Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23. 22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopdy, inflation, role of government. [Fall,Winter, Spring.] 23 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national income and employment, money and bankjng. monetary-fiscal policy, economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc. [Prereq. : 22. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES E 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: 23. Fall.] 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.] . E 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macremeasurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 1961)-70.1 91 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 o r #. Fall.] 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a n o p portunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the business field. I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.] 10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 4 crs. Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing and organization of records in the office. 14 hoilrs. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Spring.] 21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. [5 hours. Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Fall.] 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate?ial dictated a t speeds of 80-100 words a minute. 15 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Winter.] 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated a t speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and-inforial discussion. Special emphasis on general business. l-Fd.1 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY MR. AGRE, chairman,MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG, MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology, medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to majo-. in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 40 credits, including Chem. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly recommended for graduate study. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. 13 lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] 5 , 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 6, 6 crs. 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Proreq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 6 crs. 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed for medical technology and other students 1.. ho desire less than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq. :5 or 15. Spring.] 5 1 . 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 , 6 crs. Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 or 6 crs. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5. [4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. Spring.] 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math. 42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter.1 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for TTe. UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq.: 52, 61, and some reading knowledge of German. Spring.] 1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrediiger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems. [4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques. [3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. :53, 62 or #. Fall.] 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. [4 lect., I four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.] 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.] DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICAL. LANGUAGES MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the studects to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take a t the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Greek, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. H 1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis an morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. CPrereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq. :12. Spring.] 5 1 , 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.] H 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 4 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. COffered on demand. Spring.] H 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. [Prereq. : 52. Offered on demand.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg. Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine, and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VERGlL 5 crs. Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] ECONOMICS See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level. as well a s for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0 over-all. Both are expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major and 2.0 general average at this point. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 2 1 or 22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 0 crs. 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.] 1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq. : Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. See under Department of Art. 1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring. I 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS, READING 6 crs. Objectives and techniques in the language arts : listening, speaking, writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.] 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 2 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 15 crs. 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. [Prereq. : # Fall, Winter.] . 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 crs. Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq. : 55, 56 or #. Spring.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq.: Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] 0 SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54, 59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 0 cr. 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. lncludes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems at the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq. : 50. Spring.] 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS 4 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. [Prereq.: 50. Spring.] 8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. [Prereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] 84 STUDENT TEACHING 10 crs. Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] W 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. C3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. C3 lects. Fall.] 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties -of a librarian. Laboratory work. C3 lects. Winter.] 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: 5 crs. MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] GEOGRAPHY 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An intxoduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY, MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT, MRS. TRAUTWEIN The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, Including, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required. Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are also required. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least one tsrm of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives. Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor. Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62. Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. W I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 4 crs. The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] W 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. rWinter.1 , 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 32 CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] W 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 5 crs. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. [Spring.] 6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or # .Fall.] 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. : 61 or # Winter.] . 72 MODERN FICTION 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.] 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.] 78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY 4 crs. A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. :31 or 32 or #. Spring.] 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Winter, 196%70.] 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1 84 SHAKESPEARE 5 crs. Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading -and analysis. [ ~ r e r e i . :47. Spring.] 86 MILTON 4 crs. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61 or #. Spring, 196849.1 88 CHAUCER 4 crs. Study of CXmucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 9 0 , 9 1 , 9 2 ENGLISH SEMINAR 3, 3, 3, crs. Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91, a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. [90, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GEOGRAPHY See under Department of Education. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER, MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits includhg 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching mfnor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and Soc. 31, and Biol. 6. Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are reauired to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. 1, 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. C2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.] 31 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per week. Fall.] 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.] 51 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : Biol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.] 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wGrnen. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM 4 crs. Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.] 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM 5 crs. Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.] 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical Education. Open only to majors. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON, MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for secondary teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' understanding and appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and to enhance students' effectiveness as contributing members of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD SETTING 4, 4, 4 crs. Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to 1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.] 5, 5 crs. 2 1 , 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. C21, Fall, ,Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] 2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. See under Department of Modern Languages. UPPER 3 M S I O N COURSES W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, the background of World War I and World War n, and the coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. :22, Winter.) 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 4 crs. The relationship of .foreign policy to general American development is stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.] 1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.] 1 61 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] 1 62 ENGLAND TO 1714 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] 1 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent of instructor. Winter.] 1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's t o 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.] 1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE 4, 4 crs. The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE 4 crs. Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.] 1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS 3 crs. Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD, MRS.NAUCK The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. Major: 24 credits above 43, inclucling 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84. Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80, 83, 84. Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92. Minor: U credits above Math. 43. See under Curriculums for suggested course of study. W 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13, Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.] 40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I 5 crs. An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14 (or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.] 4 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV (Calculus1 5, 5, 5 crs. Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42, Spring. 43, Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and g e e metry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq.: 43. Winter.] 61 LINEAR ALGEBRA 4 crs. A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. Fall.] 1 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 4 crs. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 1 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA 4, 4 crs. The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view. Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 72, Winter. 73, Spring.] 1 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.] 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.] 1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. Fall, Winter, Spring.] COMPUTER SCIENCE 45 COMPUTER SCIENCE 4 crs. Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined. Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.: Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.] MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language : its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic jnterest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGE The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate study. The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. O FRENCH Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63, 64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64. Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1, 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French. [Prereq. :2 or #. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on VOcabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. [Prereq. :6 or #. Fall.] 56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION 5, 5 crs. The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor. Spring. Offered on demand.] 5, 5 crs. 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in the language. One term required for the major. [Prereq.: 55 or # .] 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #. Spring, 1969.1 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or # .Spring, 1970.1 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.] 9 2 FRENCH SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on demand.] W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH 2-5 crs. Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. FaU, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5 , 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] W 5 5 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.] UPPER DWISIOrj COURSES 56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5, 5 crs. Topics dealing rrith the intellectuaI, geo.gaphic, artistic, and scientific history of thc German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lecmcs supplemented with demonstration materials. Taught in Ckrman. [Prereq.: 55, or 56, Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.] +. W 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 196849.1 W 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq. : Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1 W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 5, 5 crs. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. W 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Norwegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 1 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 196%70.] 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con- ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1964-70.1 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission d the department chairman. CSpring.1 1 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will incIude dramatic works by lbsen, l3prnson, Stsfndkrg; Ua~:trfirirrt,Nunk, and o t h ~ rtwentieth century dramatists. Lectures stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors w.ill be required to do assigned readings and twitten work in t h e Nor~reaian Imguage. [Spring, 1868-83.1 W 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive -training in ma1 and written rx-presslon in Nonvegian. Some attention given to the other Seandinatqan Ianpages and to the historical deveIopment of x ~ ~ t t e g i a nLabmatory . work. Required for all majors and tcaching minors. [Prer~q.:55 or equiv. FaU, 196S70.1 W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, tfiough it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must he n ~ i t t c nIn Konx-egian. Available any term to majors and minors. LFaII, Winter, Spring.1 SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74, 84; and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64. IMinor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall, Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION OOURSES W 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq. :6 or equiv. Fall.] 56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5 crs. Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] W 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS 5 crs. An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 111 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5. 5 crs. A stady of representative authors in Spanish literatare, supplemented by lectures on the literaty movements and develuyment of Spanish l i t ~ r a ture. Lectures, rliscussion. ~irittcn and oral repc~rts in t l ~ clanguage. Laboratory w r k , !Pwreq.: ki or eqnlv. 83, KLnt~r.a,Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.: 55. Spring.] 92 SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter. Offered upon demand.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF, MR. GABRIELSEN, RiISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SA170LD, MRS. THUT, MR. VUICICH The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to be- come teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant. Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years as a member of one of the college music organizations. Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of the college music organizations. Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music organizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study. l THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance test. Fall.] 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writicg two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] W 21 THEORY 5 4 crs. Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.] 1 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 1 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-701. 1 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. UPPER DIVISION Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES materials, and techniques. [Spring.] 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 1 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 1 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] 1 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] 1 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. 4 crs. Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.] 1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. 14 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS, STRING INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year is required of participants. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES Membership is by audition or consent of director. [2 rehearsals per wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.] MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. CHRISTENSON, MR. JOHNSRUD The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1) to make a significant contribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of their college major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program of study for students who desire to complete a major or minor in philosophy. Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 8 1 or 4 credits of 99. Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY 22 INTRODUCTION TO ETHICS 4 crs. Approaches ethics through a consideration of movements, such as relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the good, conscience, etc.; or important figures, such as Plato, Kant, Hume. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. . . . . . . . . [Spring.] 23 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include : the nature and functions of language ; fallacies in reasoning ; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL 4 crs. A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY 4 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC 5 crs. Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.] 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 5 crs. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Fall, 1968-69.1 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 5 crs. A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] 65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present. Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.] 71 ETHICS 5 crs. An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Winter, 1968-69.1 73 METAPHYSICS 5 crs. An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq.: #. Winter, 1969-70.1 75 EPISTEMOLOGY 5 crs. An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: # .Fall, 1969-70.1 H 81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. [Prereq. : #. Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty advisor. CPrereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] PHYSICAL EDUCATION See under Department of Health and Physical Education. DEPARTMENT MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. KWE, MR. SPIESS OF PHYSICS Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will arise, be met, and so stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end the department prepares some students for graduate studies and some for the teaching profession. The liberal arts tradition is served by offering courses that will enable a student to follow developments with some degree of comprehension. Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 82, and 5 credits of 77. Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses listed for the major. Minor: 29 credits. H l ASTRONOMY 4 crs. A descriptive course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical i n s h m e n t s are explained, and use is made of a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional night viewing. [Fall, Winter.] 3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS 4 crs. A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. C4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Spring.I 1 2 1 , 22, 23 GENERAL PHYSICS 5, 5, 5 crs. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 53 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 1 6 1 ELECTRONICS 5 A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits b e f e e introducing the electron and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. req. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.] crs. tube and Pre- 1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 5 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [ 4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 1 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] I cr. 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4, 4 crs. Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION DEPARTh'IENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN Augsburg's offerings in political science are intended to facilitate an understanding of the processes, concepts, and institntins of governance; to provide an intellectual basis for effective and informed citizenship; and to help prepare interested students for additional work at the graduate or professional level, in such areas as law, political science, public administration, and international relations. Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics (Soc. 61). Political science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and a t least one course in each of the following areas: Comparative Government (numbered in the 50's) ; International Relations (60's) ; Public Law (70's) ;and Political Theory (80's). Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the Department of Political Science. . . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict. [Spring.] 2 2 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT; PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 5 crs. Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline, as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . 50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter.] 51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] W 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] 62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 4 crs. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. [Prereq. :51 or 60. Spring.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits in American Govt. or #. Winter.] W 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I I 4 crs. A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lc.1righ's and liberties cnder the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.] W 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato throxgh Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [Fall.] W 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.] W 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected contemporary political scientists, and of their philosophical and methodological assumptions. For majors in political science. [Spring.] W 9 5 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq. : # .] W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2-5 crs. DEPARmNT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN, MRS. HOWARD The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior; and (2) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior. . . .. . . Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition, Soc. 61 is required. Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.I 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. See under Secondary Education. 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Fall.] 52 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents, with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class differences. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Winter.] 53 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADULT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in geriatric psychology. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Spring.] 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I 4 crs. Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.] . 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II 4 crs. Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence, aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.] W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental n~ethodologyin psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 5 crs. 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq. : 62. Winter.] 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: 17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] 99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2-3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : # . Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. FRETHEIM, MR. RTANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take course ll: sophomores, course 21. Courses ll and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above 21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in religion. Minor: 26 credits. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION W I l INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. .An inrroduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue beriveen the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 1 Fall, Winter. S ~ ~ r i n1g . 21 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church, The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP 4 crs. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] W 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. See under Department of Sociology. W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain f ~ n d a m e n t a ltheological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] W 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.] 4 crs. 7 2 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. [Spring.] 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.] 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 4 crs. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly a s related to history and science. [Fall.] 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. New trends of Roman Catholic theology a s expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.] 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN, MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSON, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits a.nd 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 76, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54. 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. W I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] W 31 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and viewing the contemporary American family against a background of modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.] W 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] W 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The historic roots of the American rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world perspective. [Winter.] W 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration in 54. Fall.] 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54,55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter. 56, Spring.] 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS AND SOCIAL SERVICE 5 crs. A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and Social Services. 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the social sources and structure of the church. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. [Fall.] 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and h y p e thesis testing. IPrereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.] 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquencv, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] W 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY M 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as cro-.vd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 5 crs. The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.] 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making.. formal and informal or~anizational structure and labor-management relations. [Spring.] 85 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS I cr. A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community. 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.] SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening hzbits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 a 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: Y, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: ll, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fuliill the literature/speech requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement. I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] I 2 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 4 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 196849.1 2 1 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercolle$ate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 28 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 32 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES H 5 1 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.] 52 PERSUASION 5 crs. Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. :11. Spring, 1968-69.1 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.] 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.] 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS 5 crs. An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 196%70.] 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. [Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF -- STUDY AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Dwconess, .Swedish, Fairview, and ~ e t h o d i i tHospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools df Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t one of the two hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY [7 A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. Tke program requires 250 hours of clinical observation. practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. SPAN Augsbrrrg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for AmiQ among Nations) program. Tnis is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. -4ppplications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD [7 Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term. Many departments of the college offer a program through which the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for infomation regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third, term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM Effective with the 196748 academic year, a Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office a t each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the time of his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S' shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968. For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may be earned. Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day. Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in voice and instrumental music. For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately. A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the morning of August 3. For specific information, interested persons are asked to write: Director of Summer School Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 CURRICULU'MS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I Term 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 4 - 4 - - 5 5-6 - 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or Economics 22 Electives Term JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives I II III Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - - 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Electives I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 - - - 6 - - - 4-5 6 Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. 12 12 12 AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreien Laneuaee ~ i s t o 621. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 63 Sistory 55. Psychology 81s Sociology 42'; 43' Philosophy 65 Electives (non-major) SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20. 21 - - 4 -4 - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 SENIOR Sociology 59. Political Sci. 70* Histon 56' ~ d u c a i i o n87. English 82. Political Sci. 22' American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) * Electives in the major program ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN I Term I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 F o r & n Language Natural Science or Math. Philosouhy 21 Art 21Art 18, 55 History 2 History 61 I Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Art 83. 84 Art 67 Art 50 History 3 Speech 11 or Literature Music 30 History 21, 22 Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 - 4 - 4 -- 4 5 5 - 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68 Art 78 History 95 History 71 Art 99 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. - Cr. 4 Cr. - -- 4 8 - 4-5 4 4 3 - - - 4 - 8 ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Art 7 Art 8. 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 H. P.E. 10 Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Music 30 Electives Term I 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Term I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. Art ---. 21 -Art 18 and 55 Psychology 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics 2 2 Art 68, 99 Art 78 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually desirable. Biology 72 is required. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Englsh 11. 12 History 3 Sociology 11 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 Biology 11, 12 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR ---------- Foreign Language Physics 21. 22. 23 Biology 61; 71; or 76 Biology 63, 72 or 74 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Speech 11 or Literature Chemistry 51, 52, 53 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Biology 53 or elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 6 6 1 / 3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 or 23 Biology 51, 71, or 76 Biology 73 or elective Biology 72. 74, or 81 Biology 91, 92, 93 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological sciences. When making the choices between the biology course options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. Term Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 3 Socioloev 11 I I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - - - - 5- 6 - 6 - 4 4 6 - - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Relieion 21 ~ o r G g nLanguage Biology 51 Psychology 5 Chemistry 23 H. P.E. 10 Mathematics 13 or 40* Mathematics 14 or elective* Religion Speech 11 or Literature Foreign Language Education 50. 59 Chemistry 53' Biology 61. 71, or 76 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 63, 72, or 74 Education 52, 53, 54 I I1 I11 5 5 5 - 5 5 - - 5 - - 6 5 - - Term Term JUNIOR I Cr Cr. Cr. TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 5-6 6 5-6 0 0 0 - -- - SENIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Biology 61, 71, or 76 Biology 72, 74, or 81 Biology 91, 93 Education 83 Education 84 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - 5-6 - - 5-6 1 - 1 - 5 10 4 4-5 4 - - - - - Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. Term FRESHMAN I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Relieion 11 E n g E s h 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1. 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Business Ad. 61 Economics 51 Business Ad. 62, 63 Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - - 5 5 5 - 5 5 - 4 5 - 5 - 5 - 5 5 4 4 - - Term Term JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 Electives MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALIZATION) FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1, 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 4 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 -- - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 - 5 - - 4 4 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Economics 51 Business Ad. 61, 62 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 78 Business Ad. 73 Electives BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 10 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Business Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 50 Economics 22, 23 Business Ed. .63 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 ForGgn Language Natural Science or Math. Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Business Ed. 21 Business Ed. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed.. 8 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cy. Cr. 4 - 6 - - SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Business Ad. 31 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 Mathematics 41, 42 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Chemistry 61. 62 Chemistry 63 Mathematics 83 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 6 - 5 - 5 - 4 6 - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Chemistry 51, 52 Chemistry 53 Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion â¬hemism 81. 83 C h ~ m l s m$2 Forcim L ~ ~ g u a g e Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 80. 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 6 6 5 5 - 5 5 4 - - 5 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 - 5 - 4 4 - 4 - - DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Mathematics 40. 41 Biology 11, 12 ' Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I Term I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 6 6 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Sueech. Lit. or Hist. ~;ychology 5 Chemistry 51, 52 Physics 21, 22, 23 I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 - - 4 - - ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion F o r s g n Language Sociology 61 Economics 51, 58 Electives I Term I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - - 10 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Business Ad. 1, 2 Economics 22, 23 Electives I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 - - 4 - - 4 - - 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - Term SENIOR Religion Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 15 12 15 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Engljsh 11, 12 Foreign Language Historv 1. 2. or 3 ~ i o l o & o a lscience H. P.E. 10 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Elective (minor) JUNIOR Relieion ducati ion 55 Education 56 Education 52, 53, 54 Geography 14 Education 64 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 5 - 4 5 - 5 - 4 1/3 . 1/3 . 1/3 . - 4 - - - - - - - Term I 11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - 4 - 0 0 0 - 4 - - 6 rn SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Psychology 5 Phvsical Science poi. ~ c i 20, . 21 or 22 Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) SENIOR Relieion r ducat ion 77 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 Education 79 Education 87 Education 65 Electives (minor) Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 4-6 - 5 4 5 - 4 5 - - ~ - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - Elective (minor) JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification a t the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply t o the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Art Business Education English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign L a n g ~ a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Education 50, 59 Education 52, 53. 54 H. P.E. 10 Electives in the major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 4 - 4 5 4 0 0 0 - - 5 - 8 8 8 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or Art 1 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 Electives SENIOR Reliigon Education 83. 84 Education 87 Electives in the major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning t o enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. FRESHMAN Relieion 11 ~ n g l k h11. 12 Sociology 11 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 8 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Physics 75 Physics 62, 63 Physics Lab. Mathematics 83, 84 Biology 11, 12 or, Elective Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 History 1, 2, or 3 Literature Sociology 12 Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43. 58 Art 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department o'f English. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 Enelish 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 English 61. 62, 84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4-5 - 5 5 5 5 4 - A - - Term I II 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. ---4 - 5 - - 4 5 - 5 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~conomics'22 Speech 11 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or Elective in the major English 47; and 31, 32, or 78 SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - Term I 11 n I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion English 90 Electives* * Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 Enelish 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12. 52 or 55 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 Term I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 ' English 61. 62, 55 English 72 or 74, 84 Speech 60 or 66 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - 4 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 - 4 5 5 - - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 5 SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Art 1 or Music 30 English 21 or 40, 86 or 88 English 90. 91, or 92 Library Science 75 -- -- -45 . 4 4 3 -- - - 4 - 5 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 21 Intfr. Foreign Language Sueech 11 or Literature ~ h i l o s o p h y 21 Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. lo* Electives or 56, 57 Religion 11 English 11, 12 Beg. Foreign Language History 1. 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Education 50' Education 52.. 53.. 54' Education 59* Psychology 5. Conversation 55 Survey 63, 64" Literature 74~~~c~~~.;- 72- or -- Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE 5 5 5 - - 5 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education Education Education Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 Literature 72 or 74 Indep. Study 99 Electives 5 - 2 5 - - - 5 2 5 5 5 5 Students who do not plan to take t h e education sequence may substitute 92. 99 or other electives for these courses. * * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. - GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2. or Latin 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 - - 5 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives Term I fI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 8 8 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Naturll Science Greek 11. 12, Philosouhv 21 POI. sG. 30, 21, Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives Math. 22 or Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 23 H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,M) H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 57' H. P.E. 51, 52 H. P.E. 71, 72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOWOBE - - 5 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 H' P E: 335. P.E. 43 R. P.E. 5D' Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 0 0 0 - - 5 - - - 6 5 - - 2 4 4 4-5 4-5 4 - - SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 73. H. P.E. 60. Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - - 5 - 4 4 5 4 4 - n - 10 - -- -4 - - - 4 - - Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of History. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language History Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 - 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 4-5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 4 8 4 4 - - - 4 - 4 4 - - 4 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Laneuage Historv 21, 22 P h i l o s o ~ h y 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - - 5 - 4 5 4 5 5-6 5-6 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN ~ n g l i s h11, 12 Foreian Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociolonv 11 ~ c o n o m i c s 22 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 -~ -.-... Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Science 20. 22 H. P.E. 10 History Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 - 5 5 4 4 4 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosowhv 21 ~ s y c h o i o g y5 Natural Science or Math. SENIOR Religion Education 84 F,ueech 11 or Literature History History 95 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5-6 5-6 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, pages 50 and 108. English, pages 68 and 114. History, pages 34 and 116. Political Science, pages 92 and 121. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year a t prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The following course of study is designed for students who have a strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14 before registering for Mathematical Analysis. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Math. 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Mathematics 83. 84, 85 mathematics 72, 73 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Mathematics 61 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 - - - - - 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I LI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Econ. 22 Socioloev 11 ~6riign"~anguage Art 1 or Music 30 Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43, 58, 64 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - - 4-5 4 4 4 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Mathematics 67 Mathematics 80 Mathematics 99 Electives MATHEMATICS MAJOR 0 FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Cr. C 4 5 5 5 - - - 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Econ. 22 Mathematics 43, 58. 64 Physics or Chemistry 4 - 4 4 - - - 45 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - I Relieion Art l or Music 30 Education 50, 59 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Mathematics 83. 84 Educatiun 52, 53, 54 Philosophy 21 Mathematics 61. 72 Elective Term II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 5 - 4 5 4 4 0 0 0 4 - -- SENIOR Term I Religion Education 87 Education 84 Education 83 mathematics 80 Mathematics 67 Mathematics 99 H. P.E. 10 Electives I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - -4 - 10 4 - ~ MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may c,omplete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor osf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg a s well as a t the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Relieion 11 ~ngnsh 11, 12 History 2 Sociology 11 SioloEv 11. 12 ~ h e m G t r y'5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR I Term Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 4 - - - 4 - 6 6 6 - - 6 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE I I1 In: Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Mathematics 13 Chemistry 23 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 72 SENIOR Cr. r. -. . C . Cr. -. Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 Physics 3 Chemistry 53 Biology 71 or electives Biology 76 - 4 - - - - 5-6 6 4 4 4-5 4 - 4 - - Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months. 45 credits 4 6 - - MEDICINE Since mo'st pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are as follows: Credits 12 12 12 Biology 11, 12 Chemistry 15. 16 ChemIstrv 51. 52 &jal science and Humanities General electives Recommended: Physical Chemistry 61 Mathematics 42 (calculus) 5 5 Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 68 Education 59 Art 1 Music 53'. 54 Music 60, -61 Music 57, 58 Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 - 5 5 - 5 - - 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 4 Term I 11 In Cr. - .. Cr. - - . Cr. . - . - - 4 - - 4 0 - 0 0 - 4 5 4 3 0 1 3 0 1 - - 5 - 4 4 4 - 0 1 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Music 4, 5, 6 Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 - - 4 5 - 4 1 - - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 1 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10 Philosophy 21 Music Organization Electives MUSIC MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4, 5, S Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 1 0 4 4 5 - 4-5 4-5 4 4 1 0 - 1 0 - JUNIOR Religion Art 1 Music 60, 61, 62 Music 53*, 54 Music 57, 58 Applied Music Music Organization Electives * Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 4 4 4 1 0 3 1 0 - 4 - 4 - 4 - 3 1 0 4 SENIOR Religicn Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~ c o n o m i c s22 Philosophy 21 Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization Speech 11 or Literature Electives I Term IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - - 4-5 - - 4 - 1 0 1 0 4 - 1 0 4 8 10 - 5 Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term 1IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. For& Language Art 1 or Music 30 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics. 22 Psychology 5 Term I I1 m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Education 50, 59 Natural Science or Math. Education 52, 53, 54 H. P.E. 10 - 4 -4 -9 8 0 0 - 5 4 - 4 5 8 0 Term SENIOR Religion Natural Science or Math. Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 ~ n 0. Cr. Cr. - - 10 5 - 4 - 13 13 - - - - 4 - PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Speech 11 or 51 or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. ---5 4 5 5 5 4 - SOPHOMORE 4 - - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Phdosophy 23 Philosophy 41. 42, 43 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I n m Cr. Cr. Cr. -5 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 - - - - 5 4 - - 4-5 - 4- 4 Term I II I11 Cr. Cr. (Sr. Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Elective Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. m FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ o & i g n~ a $ u a g e Math. 14 or 40 Mathematics 41. 42 History 1, 2, or'3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Physics 61 Physics 51, 52 Mathematics 83, Art 1 or Music Physics 62. 63 Physics 77 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 5 - 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Mathematics 58 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or 3conomics 22 Philosophy 21 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr Cr. SENIOR Reliigon Physics 81, 82 Physics 77 Speech 11 or Literature Electives POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0 The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 3 Philosophy 21 Math. or Natural Science Sociology 11 Political Sci. 20, 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion ~ o r e i g nLanguage Political Sci. 60 Political Sci. 80, 81. 84 Economics 22. 23 Psvcholow 5 ~iferaturF Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 4 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Art 1 or Music 30 Sociology 61, 62 Philosophy 23 Political Sci. 22, 50 Computer Science 45 History 21, 22 SENIOR Religion Political Sci. 51, 62 Political Sci. 70, 71 Foreign Language Electives Tern I I1 111 Cr Cr Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR IJ FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Electives Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 5 4 - - - - 4 4 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Psvcholoev ~&ychol Psychology Psychology Electives 81 o99 ~~ 91 Elective RELIGION MAJOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science History 1, 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Math. I Term n m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Religion .-P O ~ . 2"i. - 20,-21,-or or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 Electives I Religion Philosophy Foreign Language Psychology 5 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 5 - 4 6 - - - SENIOR Term I II rn Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 Eneldh 11. 12 scGa. 1. 5 EListov 1. 2. or 3 Natural Seience or Math. Soziology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 - - 5 Term I II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Scand. 5, 6 Scand. 55 Scand. 26 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10. Art 1 or Music 30 Term I nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. - - Religion Psychology 5. Education 50. duoa at ion 52, 53, 54. Education 59. Scand. 72 Philoso~hv 21 Scand. -74Scand. 62 Electives SOPHOMORE - 4 5 - - 4 0 0 - - 05 5 - 4 - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84' Education 83' Education 87; Scand. 84 Scand. 99 Electives * Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the f'ollowing program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. FIRST YEAR Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ u i i i e s s~ - d 1. Business Ed. 50 Business Ed. 21. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 10 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SECOND YEAR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 psychology 5 Speech 11 Busixess Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 63 Business Ed. 8 Electives SEMINARY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Historv 1. 2. 3 ~ o r e i & ~anguage' Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 - - SENIOR Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives * Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek. students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr Cr Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Sci. 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 Economics 23 History Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 4 4 5 5 - 5 4 4 4 - - - - SENIOR Relieion ducati ion 84 Education 83 Education 87 Sociology 12 Speech 11 or Literature History History 95 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate scho,ol. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Socioloev 11. 12 A& 1 ~ u s i c30 H. P E . 1. 2, 3 or JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 63 Sociology 31 Sociology 61,' 62' Psychology 5 Speech 11 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 - - 4 - - 4 - - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 5 - 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 41. 42, 43 Electives SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5-6 5-6 - - 4 - - - - 4-5 4 - 4 - 4 4 4 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75' Sociology 82, 83 Socioloas 91. * Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Lannuaae ist tory 1,r .2 3 Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Sociology 51.' 52.* 53. Sociology 54,* 55,' 56" Sociology 61; Psychology 5 Sociology 31 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 4 4 - - 4 - -4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Soeech 11 or Literature ~ b l Sci. . 2 0 , 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 42, 43 Elective SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75. 82 Psychology 61, 62 Electives Required for the major. SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major. 0 SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Soeech 61 ~ b l .Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Speech 60 Speech 51. 55 Education 50 Educction 52, 53, 54 Education 59 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I 11 n I Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Langu.age Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Philosophy 23 Speech 12 or 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 - 4 5 5 6 4-5 - - 6 4 5 - Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Relieion speech 16 Speech 76 Speech 66 Education Education Education Electives Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. or 67 84 83 87 PERSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board Mr. Dr. Dr. Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Luthard 0.Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-Chairman Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . Secretary Herbert A. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans t:. I ,l.t Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie ............. Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations John Bostrom .............. Manager of Publications and Sports Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations and Convocations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician Orlin Mandsager .............................. Campus Pastor Irving Hoe1 ........................... Manager of Book Store Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson ............. Director of Student Activities PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D. Strong Company Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, First National Bank Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northern States Power Company Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Gilbert Systems, Inc. Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. 0 Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0.G. Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judge of the District Court General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMI'ITEES OF THE FACULTY Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse, Fagerlie President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien, Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel, Miss Joel Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson, Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M. Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker, E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren, Holum t:; ,C: '% D *Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel *Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley *Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson "Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemrner, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Mortensen * Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota. Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1967-68) B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; MS., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. "Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. "Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. "Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia. John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University. *William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University of Minnesota. "Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University. "Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961. Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University, 1952. "Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59. Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho. Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967. Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. :':Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale University Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1964. "John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B., Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940. Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University osf Minnesota. 1949. Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave 1967-68) B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of MinnesMa, 1964. K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany. *Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955. Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1950. Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University. Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960; Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male Chorus (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- ) B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota. William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1964. *Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957. Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967. Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. *Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964. Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. *Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963. Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966. John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. "Richard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and Economics B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1964; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1964. James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967. Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. *Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of History B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. *Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank osf Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. *Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962. Grace E. Kemrner (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959. :!:Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944. Bemhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. "Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930, University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960. (on leave 1967- ) Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota. Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1964. *Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1962. Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950. Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. *Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ) B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. *August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61. Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics B.A., Hofstra University, 1964. Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education, Football and Baseball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. t:; ,C: Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity School, 1965. Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964. *John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in Music (Brass) B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1963. Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963. Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota. Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. *Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago. Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1954. Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966. Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University omf Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. '!:Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965. Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965. Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor o,f Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University d Minnesota, 1964. A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. '"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics B.A., Oberlin College, 1964. George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967. *Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology *Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota. Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958. *Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University of Minnesota. *Rolf K. TedefaIk (1967). Instructor in Business Administration Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium,Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964. Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958. Neal 0.Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. *Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955. Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967. *Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958. *David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages A.B., Augustana College, 1956. Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. "'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.B.A., University of Minnesota. *Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School, 1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963. *Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964. :'tLoren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director, Academic Town Meeting B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958. 'Vohn W. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962. *Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964. '!:Harley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages "Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern Languages *Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog Librarian B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963. David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology '!'Paul H. Zimmennan (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1966. Part-time faculty Ahlson, Margaret Ann . . . . Williston, N. Dak. Anderson, Allen Kenneth . . . . . . . . Paynesuille . . . . . . . Benron Anderson, Barbara W e n Minneapolis Anderson, Carol Louise . . . . . . Anderson, David Elbert . . . . . Grossion Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Anderson, Janet Marie . . . . . . . St. Paul Anderson, John Luther . . . . . . . . . . .C l i m . . Badger, la. Anderson, Karen Ann . Anderson, Mary Kay . . . . . . . . . . Red Wing Andreasen, John Gabriel . . Viroqua, Wis. . . . . . . Glencoe Arlt, Nancy Jeanne . . . Hinckley Ausmus, Duane G . Bagley, Harold James . . . . Zimmerman . . Robbinsdale Bakke, Judith M Beiningen, Janet Marie Cnnbr Benson, Carolyn Mae . . . . . . . . IIin~ropuIix Berg. Anita Christine . . . IT>ldl Berg, David Clarence . . . . . Minneapolis Bcmsvr)m. llnhrfi D P U I I ! ~ .\linncapnl~: Ilcri... Lmr;or~:\ nk:unrl . . Ilinr>opoik B!d:r. Rn.;s!d Pichord . . Sfishrd. Tl'mh nlnm. Cochcrjne T;lir.>betlr Bricrll-n E-XF?. Thc1r1at 5 P l!inncape!fi Rol:ta.l. PIJAIAil.:rnm(i . . .lli-u~~:ap+~#i . :\1inr~-2poIi$ Eokrb~l.Flo<.gmia !.I no~rn~?:. C1t.1-IPS I?<ril> afic,rap& h : h - Tir1.b lr>~ir!g*::-n For: I;:nr:cir. On: , COK. h ~ ~ i cC*x .n i c LII*, . 3Iimrrrrrolir E r n z w r ~ I:IIIP5w;m~ll~r , Ddmrnh. la. BCII>~~,IIJT.Ri~,iianl n'ilhom . IE~ncc,mliBruzek, Barbara . . . . . Minneionka Buhler, Joan Butterfield ... Carlson, Lee Diron Cartwright, Paul Otis Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . Christenson, Bruce G. . Cole, Larry .... Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . Coltvet, Helen B . . Corson. Corbin G Coryell, Charles Emerson Daniels, Brian Howard Danielson, Margaret C. Davis, Kathleen Marie Degen, Heidemarie . Delany, Marjorie Drews, Ellen Udine Minneapolis Anoka Princeton, N.J. .... Edina , Minneapolis Minneapolis Estheruille, l a Esiherville, In. Stockton, Calif. . Richfield .... Onalaska, Wis. . Minneapolis . . . Minneapolis i:rm;A-!urr am Main 1l'rj-r Germany . . . Waucou, Wis. Minneapolis , . , Egesdal, Miriam Ruth , Emerson, Douglas A. Engle, Judith Lynn . Erickson, Caren D. ....... Erickson, Janet Kathryn Erickson, Judith J. . . . Erickson, Judith Marie Erickson, Karen Kaye Ericson, Rodger Tilden Estenson, Grace Rolinda Elmore ?q-m.sci!lr ze;l$.*!d St. Pau! Rich,GrZJ . K~rWwr llinmcpolt, . Ricllficld . S?mch/i~:Id . Sun5urg ... . . , , . . . Thief Riuer Falls Ferber, Rebecca Ellen Fercheq Duane V. . . . Niagara Falls, N.Y. . . . . St. Louis Park Finke, Rodger Gary Fist, Le Mar Jack . . . . . . . St. Louis Park Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Winona Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . Richfie! Frick, Phyllis G , .... Minneopohs G i l b e m n , JoAnn Gayle . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . . . Duluih Gilleland, Richard E Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin .. . . Sheridan, Wy. Greenfie14 John Nelson . Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . Moniicello Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Hallcock, Beverly Marie . . . . . Northfield Hamberg Sandra Diane Edstrom Red Wing Hanse, Joel G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Hansen Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . Richfield . . . . . Richfield Hanson, Cynthia Ann . . . . . Thief River Falls Hanson, Ronald A. . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, Thomas Frederick Minneapolis Hanwick, Theodore Thor . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wesibrook Hauberg, Lila Lee Hedman, Dave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash. Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman Hendricksoq Alan Albert . Negaunee, Mich Hendrickson, John R , Jr . . . . . . Minnetonka . . . . . . . Maple Lake Hoekstra, Harold J. ... Brooklyn Center Hoff, Larry Eugene Hokkanen, Jerry David . . Kimble . Piermont, S. D d . Holm, Marilyn Franzen ...... Tigerion, Wis Holm, Steven Andreas Holmgren, Sharon Joy . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Holtan, Judith Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis . Radcliffe, la. Hoversten, Linda Marie Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson Minneapolis . Permock Huseby, Edward J . Jacobson, David R Joesting, Susan Jean Johns, Russell H . Johnson, David Lawrence Johnson, Dennis Carl , Johnson, Donna Marie Johnson, Douglas Arthur Johnson, Duane Elmer . Johnson, Gary Steven Johnson, Gay A. . . Johnson, Irene M. Johnson, Karen Janice Johnson, Mardelle B Johnson, Robert Leslie . Johnson, Sally Ann . Johnson, Sandra Lee . Joing, Bonnie Jean Minneapolis . . . . St. Paul .. .. . Gheni, N.Y Bloomington Lake Mills, la. . Minneapolis Lahr, N. Dak. Columbia Heights Red Wing . Grantsburg, Wis . . Minneapolis , . Minneapolis ... Kirkland, Ill. . Willmar McCaIlsburg, Ia . . . Annandale . Minneaoolis . . Hector Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite . . Pmkers Prairie Kalpiq Kathleen L Klemp, Joy Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . Ezcelsior Klepp, John DeWayne . . . Bag* .... Ezcelszor Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . Kosloskc, Daryl Gordon . . Fairmonl Kotval, Sandra Jeanne . . . . . . . . Broweruille Kristenson, Allan Jerome Wanamingo . Kruse, Verland E. . Bloomingion KJ-110, Loren Jon Burnsuille . . Faribauli Landa, Mark Lange, Walter 5. Minneapolis . . . . . Minneapolis Larsen, Oliver A , J r , St. Paul Larson, Allen James . Newman Grove, Neb. Larson, Carole Jane Ht.c:nr Larsou, Mary Lynn LaSalle, Judith Carol I I ~ ~ ~ ~ t o r ~ o Lce, Henry Albert Ccn:rr.v. ;llbrr:a Can f.aCr.isr. R'i. Lee. Thomas Robert , <(!~iir .ihdja, Z:hiop~c Legesse, Hagos Lund, John W .Ilirms;unkc Lund, Karen 0 . . . Rusm~i Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth St. Croiz Falls, Wis . Minneapolis Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl . Maas, Jerry LeRoy Mattison, Donald Roger Mattson, Dean ElRoy Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera Mattson, Philip Dale . . . . McCaughan, Charles A McGregor, Thomas Robert Meland, John Kristoffer Miklos, Geraldine Charron . Miller, John Richard Minear, Spencer E. . . Moland, Lucille Sharon . . Moore. James Ral-mond , Mork, Richard 3Iilk1n Morreim, Jeanne Wanner Muehlenthaler, Sharon B Myrvik, Karen Ann . . Minneapolis Minneapolis Luck, Wis Roseau , Milaca . . Bloomingion Minot, N. Dak . Minneapolis , Minneapolis Minneapolis Minneapolis Malia, Ill. , . Si. Paul . Benson cumberland, Wis . . St. Paul . Rockford, Ill. Nelson, Anne Moen ........ Hillsboro, N. D d . Nelson, Blair Russell ............... Lakeville Nelson, Jacqueline .................. Richfield Neseth, Carmen Lois .......-......... Kenyon Nor& Sandra Roth ..............., .. St. Paul N o m , Grant Marvin .......... Clayton, Wis. N o m l d , Douglas Berg ....... Wooduille, Wis. Nygaard, Marie T. ......... Columbia Heights Oelschlager, Karen .............. Wanamingo Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama ... Abba, Nigeria Olson, Gracia Naorni ............. Robbinsdale Olson, Joseph Andrew ............ Minneapolis Olson, Larry Howard ........... Granite Falls Olson, Mary Ann ...............Minneapolis Olson, Sanfred N . .................. Roseville Ostby, John Leonard ............ Minneapolis Ostenson, Karen L. ................. Dennison Palmgren, P a ~ c i aClaire ............ St. Cloud Paulson, Dennis Edward ............ Clitherall Pautz, Lynn Eagen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pearson, Wayne Kenneth . . . . Brooklyn Pmk Persons, Warren Lee - . . - . . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Darrel A. .................. Fmwell Peterson, Janice L. ............. Minneapolis Peterson, Ronald David .............. Cosmos Petzke, Bonita Kae .................. W i l l m r Pierson, Diana L. ............... Minneapolis Pinke, Paul August ................ Hustings Podas, Gary Charles ........... Minneapolis Poeschel, Richard Albert ............ Ezcelsior Popp, Kathleen Ann ............... Hutchinson Prokofieff, Philip E. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Quam, Marilyn A. ................. Kenyon Ree, James R. ................St. Louis Pmk Rejff, Paul G. ................... Si. Paul Reiman, Dennis B. .................Princeton Rindal, Terence W . ................. St, Paul Ring, Vernice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Robbins, Richard Raymond . . . . . . Minneapolis Ronning, Donald David . . . - . . . .Fmgo, N. Dak. Ronning Sharon Bjugstad ........ Barron, Wis. Rosenquist, A d e l i e E. ........... Alezandria Rossing, Melvin 0. ...... Tulem, Madagascar Rosvold, L , Beverly ............... Cottonwood Rued, Mary Margaret . . , ....... Minneapolis Rykken, Dennis Neal . . . . . . . . . . . . . W i l l m m Minneapolis Sandau, Ivan D. ................. Minneapolis Sandin, Shirley Ann . . . . . . ., .......... Minneapolis Sather, Bonnie Louise Sawai, Noboru ................. Minneapolis Sawyer, Carol Ann ...... Newman Grove, Neb. Scharmer, Bonita Boll . .,............ Winona Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . ., ........ Zumbrota Schumann, Carolyn A. ............ Long Lake Scot% Michael David ............ Beloit, Wis. Senn, James A. ........ , ........... Hopkim Severson, Roland 0. . . . . . Blanchardville, W i s Sexton, Lela M. ................. Chicago, Ill. Shaleen, Esther A. ................ Richfield Shores, Stanley Bernard ............. W i l l m m Sigurdson, Eunice E. . . . . . . . . .New Hope Simonson, Ronald Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .McGraih Sorenson, Richard Edward . . Eau Claire, Wis. Sprague, P a ~ c i aJean .... , , . . St. Louis Park Stavmu, Soterios G. .. Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus Stende, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stenson, Charles 0. ............... Minneapolis Stensrud, Alan T. ............. Golden Valley Stivland, Rodney L. ................. Lowry Strand, Carol Ruth .. , ........ Silverton, Ore. Streufert, Paul R. ........... Columbia Heights Strom, Dale L. ................... Richfield Struve, James Kenneth .............. Rochester Sundberg, Lois E. .................... Fridky ... Thimsen, Marcia Ann ............ Minnetonko Thompson, Judy M . .............. Minneapolir ....... Badger Torrin, Darryl Douglas Arne1 Torstenson, Beth Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la. Wagner, Dean Eldon ......... Lake Mills, la. Wagner, Nicholas E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Fmington Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth Wallen, Lynn Louise .............. Richfield Warzyniak, Robert W . ......... Lester Prairie Weimer, Martha E. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Westby, Steven Arnold ............ Robbinsdale Will, Connie D. Clarine ........ Wmrsau, Wis. Williams, Richard Keith ............ Austin Windingstad, Ronald M. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Woida, Duane Arthur ......... Peshtigo, Wis. Woolson, Cynthia Lee .............. Hmings ........ Zimmerman, Paul Henry, Jr. ...... Zumbrota Zinn, Richard Carlton ............... St. Paul GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31) Aas, John Edward ........... Pelican Rapidr Adams, Marcia Louise ............ Minneapolis Albaugh. Marilyn Rae ............... Aurora Anderson. Barbara J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis Anderson, Bruce Edward .-........ Eagle Bend Anderson, Joyce Ardell . . . . . . . . . . . .Austin Anderson, Patricia P. . . . . . . . . . . . Smgeant Andreason, Shirley M. .......... Minneapolis Arends, Ardell Martha . . . . . . . . . . Wubasso Asp, Julie Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peterson Asper, Victoria Sharon . . . . . . Frederick. Wis. Axberg, Robert Atle . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bnrnaal. Lnis b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smwd N w j Rarsners. .bite > M e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1J'a~wm BaidL;lld.~.Szndm Jcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . W n l m Bntnldm, S!eph.cn Kolmer . . . . . . . FfinnicpoEis Ecouclair ir.Sil&~l 31, . New Roclford. iV Dak. Ecnsorr. I7n:lcr; R . . . . . . . . . . Rw,kl?-rr Crnlrr ............... d i i w o ~ a n e ~ Carol . >J+k Bdhk@.c,Iuel Lce . . . . . . . . . . . . . C m o n Fdh Hnlllt M u i l ~ pfmn ............. H u f c k i m n Bp[Imnn. L.4. ............... ?rlimnpolis Born-ic!c S k v m i7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . RndcIif!~.Ic. Brdtsch Keith nirhml . . . . . . . . . . . . . .%+n~ilk &ewerh Chstanm T. Elizabeth ...... S!. PR::~ Burke, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Chilgren, Donald L. ....... St. Anthony Village Christianson, Donna Dean . . . Wolf Point, Mont. Cina, Stephen Alan ................ Richfield Clawson, John T . ............... Bloomington Cooper, Grant William ........... Minneapolis Dahlquisf Kathleen . . . . . . . Minneapolis Danielson, Thad Carl ..........Amarillo, Tezas Deden, Ruth Ann ............... Zumbrota Doering, Sandra Lee ............. Robbinsdale Dolan, Mary Margie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H a m 1 Donald, William Paul ............ Minneapo1i.i Dunham, Loren J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Enlund. Marian I ................. Richfield Enstad, John C. ......... , ...........-. Revere Erickson, C o ~ o eLeRq. . . . . . Cannon Falls Erickson, Douglas R. . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Erickson. Elaine Marie . . . . . . . Minneapolis Erickson. Steven I. ................. Cambridge Evenson, Larry Kent . . . . . . . . . . .Hamka . . . - . . . . . . . . . . Dululh Feddick, Kathleen A. . . . . . . . Ceylon Fenrich, Robert C. ...... . . . . . . . Milaca Feryson, Ronald Morris Filreis, Lucille Randall ................ Edina Fischer, Janet Susan ............ Buffalo Lake Forseth, Stephen W . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Frovik, Terry James . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Gaard, Marilyn Kay . . . . . - . Boyceville, Wis. Geisness, Carmolita K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Alerandria Gerschwitz, Paul Roy . Streaky Bay, S. Australia . . . - . . . .Minneapolis Gierke, Alan Raymond Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft Minneapolis Gisselquisf Rebecca Joan ...... Sioux City, l a Gjerde, Ruth Ann . . . . . . . . . Miles City, Mont. Goldenman, Dennis Alan ......... Zimmerman Gosewisch, Lorraine J. ........... Racine, Wis. Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . -Id Groth, Fredric Ivan &hu Grover, John Robert ............. Rock&, Gundale, John David $4 h k wk Gunderson, Barry L. &&ttm Gunderson, Karen Mildred , Wash. Hamen, Bruce Lyle Hansen, Lee Anne W i b Haugen, David Allen M q > Hedquist, Willard A. &W Heitman, Sharon Kathleen ...... South St. Paul Heleesen, Rebecca L j n n .. , ......... Burnsville Helgesen, Sonja Jean Minnetonka Robbinsd.de Helskom, Gary K. .....:.......... Hetland, Duane Gordon Radcliffe, Highum, Gayle Elaine RILEhford ................... :....... Fa .......... ... .............. .................. ............. ................ ............ .a.4..... .-..........-.. ...'.....'lory Zumbrota Ia ................. Hirdman, Hoeft, Ardis Freda Hoffman, Sheldon Minneapolis Hofteig, John Haldor ............. , ... Mound Hokamon, Dale H. ............... Minneapolis Hosman, Robert Mur, , , Oak Lawn, 111. Hoveland, Dawn Diane .............. St. Paul Huber, Ronald R. ............... Montgomery Hueoson. Eueene Leiehton ......... Easi Chain Huseby, Rebecca Ann ............. Albert Lea Jacobson, Carol Beske ................ Atwater Jacobson, Karen Lee ................. Hawick Jensen, Cheryl Marie ............... St. Paul Johnson. Bonita Phyllis ........... Minneapolis Johnson. Dale I. ................. Rockford, Ill. Johnson, Kaylene Ruth New Richmond, Wis. Johnson, Lance S. ............... ,. .. S t Paul Johnson, Peter N. ... Tananariue, Malagmy Rep. Jorgensen, Michael Theodore ...... Minnetonka Kivi, Eileen Emch ................... Glenme Klune, John Gradie ...... .; ...... Minneapolis Knutson, David Walter ............... St. Paul Lamprccht, Gloria Dianne ........... Wabasso Lanes, Mary Lou ................ Montevideo Lang, Donald George ............. Lamberton Larsen, Frederic Clinton Culbertson, Mont. Larson, Karen A. Virginia ,. Climas Larson. Linda Rae Lechnyr, Patricia Ann ............ Minneapolis Lee, Robert Lloyd Wells, Mich. Leschensky, James E. ................... Edina Lewis, Janice Joan Coon Rapids Lewis. John Carl ............... Minneapolis Lewis, Pichard John Coon Rapids Liebers, Myma Gail .... , ........ Wmerly, la. Lier, Peter C. ................... Minneapolis Lillquist. George E., Jr. ... Spring Lake Park Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis ......... Lake Crsytal Lindell. Jamcs Gerald. Jr. ...... South St. Paul Lohn, ~ a r y~ o w a r d ............... ' Hayfield Dell Rapih, S, Dak. Loken, Ruth Mae Lyons, Kenneth Russell .......Columbia Heights ............ ..,. ... .... .................... ........... ....... ............... ............... ............. ......... Madsen, Janet Marie .................. Canby Minneapolis Magnuson, Stanley Richard Mattson, Carol Jayne ...............Lakeuille Madison, Wis. McKnight, Marilyn S. ............ Osseo Menzel, Lawrence H. .... , Zimmerman Meyer, Marlys Bertha Michaelsen, Jennifer Else ......... Minneapolis Eden, S. Dak. Miller, Dennis D. Moe, Eleanor Solveig ............. Viroquq Wis. Moore, Susan Diane Christianson ... Minneapolis Willmar Mork, Carol J. ..................... Munderovski, Roy Vitauts ........... Owdonna Munson, Diane Shirley ........... Robbimdale ....... ......... ............ ............... St. Paul Nelsen, Kay Eileen .................. Nelson, Linda Louise ............ Barron, Wis. Nelson, Paulette ....................... Spicer Mirznegpolis Nelson, Philip John ...........:.. Nelson, Susan Ann ............. Spooner, Wis. Nerdrum, Carol Joan ............ Stanley, Wis. Niles, Richard Allen .................. Hopkins Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser ... Golden Valley Nyquist. Joel Victor .................. Cokato Columbia Heights Ocel, Roger ................. .................Ocomo, Wis. .................. Roseuille ............... Spring Valley Olsen, Myron Lee Omundson, L. Jean Overholt, Suzanne Ozbolt, Anthony C. .......... Kansas City, Mo. Pederson, Thomas Calvin Stmbuck Persson, Maxine Marie ........... Minneapolis Petersen, Cheryl Christine Robbinsdale Peterson, Daniel Lean Jackson Peterson, Donovan David ......... Minneapolis Peterson. Gerald B. ............... Minneapolis Peterson, Kenneth R. Minneapolis Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent Minneapolis Pimnan. William V.. Jr. ............... Anoka Pudas, Grant Peter ............... Minneapolis ............. ......... ................ ............ ... ............ Minneapolis Rakow, Dorm Edward Ramnarine, David James CFlmcron .... Skeldoa Guyana Refsal, Harley J. .................... H o f f m n Reiff. Jamcs E. St. Paul Frank ............ *M Rice' Linda Jane ................. Roe. Janice Elaine . . - - . .* - - - FQ+E?,N. D+ ....................... - Ruona' RUpp' Emma - *-*' ............ .. ' '.... ' ' ....' ..a P~ Ann .......... trr(?maca* M i h Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur Sahl, Thomas James ............. Salo. Susan Sandbo, Mark R. ............... Minneapolis Sather. Sylvia Carolyn ............ Minneapolis Schlachtcnhaufen, Salame Ann . . Dcs Moines, la. Scholla, Muriel Berg .............. Bird Island Forest Lake Schrocder. Marian Ethel Scbultz, Michael Louis .......... Lester Prairie Lester Prairie Schwartz, John Norman Selstad. John Leslie ............ Minneapolis Nmhua, N. Hump. Senner. Priscilla Ruth Scttcrholm, Richard Dale ...... Brooklyn Center Sjerslee. Sallic Stephenson ......... Minneapolis Sjogren, David August ...... , .......... Hector Skottegaard, Robert Charles ....... Minneapolis Slavik, Robert Alan .............. Minneapolis Sletten, Jerilyn Kay ............. Barron. Wis. Smith, Paul D. .............. , .. Seattle, Wash. Snyder, Thomas Stanley ......... Minneapolis Sorenson, John Arthur ............ Minneapolis Sparks, Carol1 ................... Minneapolis Stensvaag. Ruth Ingrid ........... Minneapolis Glencoe Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann Strornmen, Mary Ellen ......... Rockford, 111. Stromsmoe, Gail Marie ...... Thief River Falls ... Minneapolis Sulzbach, Ann E. ......... , Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes ...... Minneapolis Swanson, Karen Dahlin .......... Minneapolis Swenson, Joan A. Alden Minneapolis Minnea~olis Syl~.ester,David Ernest RUUd' .............. "X ........................... ........... ......... ...... ............. .......... ........... ............ Teige, M. Philip Wateruille, Maim Tesdell, Darlene Joyce ............. Slafer, In. Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette ............. Glencoe Thompson, Robert Nathen Lake Lillian Tibbitr, Lorene Monmn ............... Canby Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna ............. Willmar Center City Titmd, Mark .................... True, David Jon ............. Columbia Heights ........ Utgaard, Stuart Brady Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri ..... Star Prm'rie. .............. St. Wis. Paul Walen, Barbara E. ............... Minneapolis Wall, Geraldine Neff ............ Minneapolis Warner, Ronald Dean ....... Granduiew, Wash. Wcsley, Lynn Carol ................. St. Paul Westenno. Mary Ellen ........... Minneapolis White, Clyde Edward ............ Minneapolis Wilfrid, Luther Jon ............. Minneapolis Wilson: Carolyn Jean ............... Hayfield Woida, Karen Leslic Horton ......... St. Paul Wold, Philip Arlen ...........S i o u City, la. Wood, Virginia Joanne ......... New Brighton Wyckoff. Madeleine Jeanne . . Colun~biaHeights Youngquist, Michael William Richfield Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng ............ Hong Kong Yuzer, Barbara Ann Wood Lake ....... .............. . Graduates - 1870-1965 ................................ 3496 OF Graduates - 1966 ..................................... 247 GRADUATES Total ................................................ 3743 SUMMARY ENROLLMENT SUMMARY AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1966-67 Class Senior ..... Junior .... Sophomore Freshman . Special .... Nurse (D. H.) Nurse (F. H.) Nurse (M. H.) Nurse (S. H.) Total ..... First Term Men Women Total Second Term Men Women Total Thii Term Men Women Total 98 158 218 242 31 95 156 211 232 28 91 154 205 254 28 747 112 149 204 255 26 35 210 307 422 497 57 35 44 44 44 44 79 948 79 1695 98 150 199 254 25 34 40 41 75 916 193 306 410 486 53 34 40 41 75 1638 732 92 150 198 259 24 34 35 41 75 908 183 304 403 513 52 34 35 41 75 1640 TOTAL ACADFJMIC YEAR Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior ................................... Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse @. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................................... Men Women 105 162 222 256 35 114 157 207 262 31 35 44 44 79 973 780 Total 219 319 429 518 66 35 44 44 79 1753 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 196G1967 Men Students ......................................... 780 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973 Total ..................................................1753 'DEX Academic Administration . . . Accounts. Payment of . . . . . Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administration . . . . . . . . 41. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement . . . . . . . Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . American Studies . . . . . 50. Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . Art. Department of . . . . . 51. Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 13 2 128 22 23 23 102 7 108 9 108 32 46 34 Biology. Department of . . 54. Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration . 57. Business Education . . . . . 59. 109 12 126 8 110 111 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111 Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62 Classification of Students . . . 45 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72 Co-curricular Program . . . . . 29 College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Committees of the Faculty . . 130 Comprehensive Examinations 47 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97 12 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48 C d i t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 American Studies . . . . . . . . 108 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . 110 Business Education . . . . . . . 111 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Elementary Education . . . 112 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 General Liberal Arts . . . . . 108 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Health and Physical Ed. . . 115 High School Teaching . . . . 113 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Medical Technology . . . . . . 118 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Sectetarial Work . . . . . . . 122 Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . 123 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distinction. Degree with . . . . . Divisional Organization . . . . Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 41 111 24 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Education. Department of . . . Education. Elementary . . 65. Education. Secondary . . 66. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eligibility Requirements . . . . . Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English. Department of . 68. Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entrance Requirements . . . . . Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 58 112 113 42 34 20 43 48 100 114 114 146 22 47 12 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . 14 Financial Information . . . . . . 12 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870-1 966). Summary of . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and Physical Ed. . 72. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43. Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the . . Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 North-South Student Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 115 37 113 7 116 103 102 38 48 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Intercollegiate Athlfetics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 10 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3 Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76. Medical Technology . . . 103. Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses Membership in Educational 2 Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . Metropolitan Opportunities . 27 Ministry. Preparation for the 123 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77 Music. Departmtent of . . 83. 119 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86 42 117 118 118 Objectives and Aims ...... 7 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Pass/No Credit Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13 Personnel Services. Student . . 35 Philosophy. Department of 87. 120 Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physics. Department of . . 90. 120 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 8 Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123 President's Board of Advisors 129 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Psychology. Department of . . . . . . 94. 121 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Recreatio'n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Registration. Change of . . . . . 45 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Religion, Deparhnent of . 95, 122 Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24 Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43 Requirements, Graduation . . . 41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Scandinavian Studies . . . 80, 122 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Sec~tarialCourses . . . . 59, 122 Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Social Sciences, Division of the 50 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Sociology, Deparhnent of 97, 124 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 115 Special Programs of Study . . 102 Speech, Department of . 100, 124 Student Activities, Coordinution of . . . . . . . . . 39 Student Government . . . . . 27 Student Personnel Services . . 35 9 Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . . . Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tuition and Fees . . . . . 12 University Courses . . . . . . . . . Upper Division Requirements 47 41
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ..................................
Show more Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ........................................................................... 4 .................................. 5 Visiting Students .................... Interim Courses ................................................................ 6 UMAlE Courses............................................................... 48 Other Courses ................................................................ 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51 . . . Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025 Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025 October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration January 3 .................................................... First Day of Interim Time I - 900a.m. (first day only) Time I1 - 1:00p.m. January 4 Last Day for Cancel/Add January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. .......................................... The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and infomation about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses. Art 24 7-A Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 BIO 107-A lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the single most important unifying biological principle, will be traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms of that process. Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with controversy. The antievolution movement including its newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the reciprocal relationships between evolution and society. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in discussion will also be a consideration. Prerequisite: High school biology Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 2 1 3 BIO 7 40-A BIO 340-A lnstructoc Dale Pederson The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. Cost is $1,350. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: ' Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 610 185-A lnstructoc Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and research on the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chembry Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A lnstructoc john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is applied toward the major. Distribution Requirement: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 302-A lnstructoc Milo Schield Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate business practices and policies. In addition to written papers, students will select and investigate a current topic and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on business ethics. This course is being submitted for a graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar. Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 BUS 368-A lnstructoc Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-tern and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of Instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 7 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-A Instructor Thomas Morgan What is "quality"? Do you "know it when you see it"? How and what should organizations learn? Searching for answers to these and other questions will be the central focus of this Special Topics course. Participants will develop and refine "systems thinking" skills and learn how to apply them to real strategic situations. Altemative perspectives on "the Quality Movement" and "Continuous Process Improve ment" will be explored through reading, discussion and field trips to local organizations involved in the pursuit of quality. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a hands-on project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be based on two short papers and a group presentation. Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 1 13, or permission of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 BUS 495 lnstructoc Dr. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The events currently taking place in Central & Eastern Europe represent one of the most important changes of the post Cold War era. They cany major implications for world trade and certainly for U.S. bilateral interests. This course will provide an understanding of these events and will identify the most effective ways of doing business with Russia, Central & Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 1 12 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHE 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supple ments, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement 111 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Science 3 15 CSC 270-A Instructor Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 42 ECO 1 10-A Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration, or MIS major. Does not apply toward an Economics minor. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 ECO 1 1 3-A lnstructoc Satya Cupta An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 7 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 7 6 EDE 295-A lnstructoc Carolyn Levy This is a class for both education and theatre students. The main objective will be to introduce the use of theatre with elementary children. One particular avenue of exploration will be the use of theatre in a multicultural environment. There will be a certain amount of theoretical discussion of why to use theatre with children, but the main thrust will be experiential learning: trying out various exercises, games and programs. The last part of the month will include five days of practice teaching in a local elementary school. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDE 375-A Instructor Mary Endorf The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy though the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: PPST Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rich Cermundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A lnstructoc loseph Erickson Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: junior or Senior standing Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 ENC 282-A ENC 482-A lnstructoc john Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpre tive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: lntro to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum ~nrollment:I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 ENC 24 9-A lnstructoc Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s, the 80s, and the 90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.) For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and hy to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Prerequisite: ENC 1 I 1 (Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 2 1 FRE/CER/NOR/SPA 350-A lnstructoc Roman Soto An inboduction to the critical reading of a broad range of texts (short stories, novels, films and comic strips) through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts of communication they presuppose or create and/or transform. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice).Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored, with special emphasis given to analytical approaches from outside the U.S. Workshops and discussions are key features of the course andevaluation will be based on classroom presentations, short papers, and a final examination. Lectures, class discussion and all written work in English. Students may register under their particular major/ minor language. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 HPE 1 16-A Instructor Ed Saugestad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 202 (MWF) HPE 232-A Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall: North Court (TITH alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/7, 1/7 1, 1/13, 1/18, 1/20, 1/21, 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 250-A Instructor: Lisa Broek, Richard Borstad Designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a foundation for education, assisting and a p proaching fellow students about personal health issues. Students will apply student development models to peer education and peer helping. Topics include human develop ment theory, empowerment, communication skills, multicultural issues, referral sources and procedures, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. This course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations will include objective tests, journal entries, and a group project. This course should be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as communication and negotiation, group facilitation, program development, and public speaking. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 HPE 475-A lnstructoc Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M/W alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/10, 1/72, 1/14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) HPE 478-A lnstructoc Ed Saugestad Theory, techniques, and administrative aspecls of coaching hockey. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 7 19 (T-R) HIS 162-A Instructoc Don Custafson This area on the other side of the world has produced the world's largest working democracy. From this people has come one of our centuqs greatest individuals (Gandhi)as well as some intriguing charlatans. It is a prime example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this - and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-Western subjects. The heart of the course will be a wide assortment of readings (including at least one novel) and at least two really good movies, but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and perhaps some slides. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and a final exam. Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 4 HIS 220-A HIS 320-A Instructor Khin Khin lensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United States in the mid-19th century and the turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the post-World War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of new Asian immigrants since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-tern and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of term in consultation with the instructor). Prerequisite: None for lower division; more for upper division (see asterisk below) Distribution: Histo~y/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 "Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 1 -A lnstructoc Chris Kimball The poet Walt Whitman once called baseball "America's game." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a prominent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion, and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: professionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisite: One ( 1 ) history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: LEGALHISTORY HIS 331-A lnstructoc Bill Green This course will examine the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that contributed to the emergence of a modem national legal system from English and colonial antecedents. Some of the topics covered in this course are the evolution of the roles of judges, lawyers, and juries; the criminal justice system; property, contract, and tort law; legal education; family law; civil rights (for women, African Americans, Native Americans, and children); and business and labor law. Requirements: Discussions, attendance required, research paper. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 HON 407-A Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will consider radical black American writers on the left and the right, most notably exemplified by Malcolm X and Angela Davis on the left and Norma Sowell and Walter Williams on the right. Course will feature several guest speakers. Students will write two small papers and one large paper. Restricted to junior and senior honor students or permission of instructor. Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 42 INS 120-A Instructor Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 3 7 9 INS 197-A Instructors: Kristin Anderson, lulie Bolton, Merilee Klemp How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music, and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of their time. Using examples of music, art, and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material comected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minnesota Opera, or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $20. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 75 Time: I (The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of offcampus events (some evenings and/or weekends) as a part of the class work.) Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre/SaterenAuditorium INS21 1-A Instructoc loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. This course satisfies the General Education Graduation Skill in speaking. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory science course Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Science 3 15 INS 264-A lnstructoc Virginia Allery This course will be an historical survey of Hollywood movies that created and continue to foster images of the North American Indian in American society. Movies will include: "Drums Along the Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher, Broken Arrow," "Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepre sentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian actors. Upper-class students will be expected to do a project related to any of the issues discussed in class. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 LIN 290-A lnstructoc Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main I 1 MIS 376-A Instructor Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous inclass activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: BUS 227, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 7 MAT 173-A Instructor Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 111 Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 1 12 MAT 253-A lnstructoc Steve Zheng Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of selfsimilarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals and do a major creative project. There will also be a final project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 111 or higher Distribution: Math/Physb Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 7 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MU5 179-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students will gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily journal, art/music critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Registration for this interim must be made before October 22 at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 331655. Offered on a P/N basis only. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nicholas Raths, An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s)periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a compre hensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I/ Room: Music 3 MUS 295-A Instructor Stephen "Cabe" Cabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Music Library ( I st floor Music Bldg) MUS 394-A lnstructoc Mark Thomsen This course combines the study and performance of opera and music theater as well as study of the techniques of singing for the stage. Student participation will include reading, discussion, performance of opera/musical theater scenes, going to performances of other artists, and visiting some of the performing organizations in the Twin Cities area to see how they are run. Exercises devoted to release of tension and acting technique for the singerlactor will also be explored. Opera! Opera! will culminate in a performance of opera/ music theater scenes at the end of Interim that will be open to the public. Prerequisite: Permission of private voice instructor Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium NOR 1 1 I-A lnstructoc Nancy Aarsvold This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 PHI 146-A lnstructoc David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problems which lie behind the controversies surrounding abortion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: old Main 29 PHY 151-A Instructor: leff lohnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using highpowered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve prob lerns in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Level I 1 1 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 PHY 337-A Instructor: Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. "Making Light of Matter" will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. This sets the stage for treating the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245; MAT 145, 146, 245 (or consent of instructor) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-A lnstructoc Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and conditions in the United States will be measured against these standards. This course will stress the exchange of ideas, and students will be expected to be very actively involved in this exchange. The goal of the course will be for students to develop their own thinking about social justice, and to have a much greater awareness of values which may conflict with the pursuit of social justice. In addition, students should be able to use their ideas to evaluate and critique conditions in America today. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and structured class activities, on two short (46 page) essays, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 35 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 WORLD POLITICS: CONFLICT AND CRISIS IN THE 90s POL 160-A Instructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten By examining current crises and patterns of negotiations in places like Bosnia, South Africa, Israel, and the former Soviet Union, this course highlights the changing political structures and processes in the world of the 90s. Students will discuss new international economic patterns, security issues such as nuclear proliferation, United Nations efforts at peacekeeping, and environmental protection. Lectures will supplement readings from two textbooks. Students will give brief oral presentations of prepared materials on world crisis topics and they will prepare a final essay. The course will offer an opportunity for students to simulate how national leaders negotiate among themselves. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 POL 220-A POL 320-A Instructor William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American political system upon public policy making in the United States. Three topics of major policy importance will be selected for examination in the way they are addressed by particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. It will then assess the interplay between these choices and their handling by the political system. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemma of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policymaking process in addressing these problems. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on the assigned readings outlining the policymaking process in the United States, and class participation will determine final grades. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be expected to complete papers on two of the three policy issues addressed in the course. Those taking the course for Upper Division credit must complete an additional paper on a policy issue of their choice not covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science General Education Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 POL 250-A POL 450-A Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give knowledge of the political systems and the most important policy issues in modem Scandinavia. This will include party systems, elections, political institutions, public administration, and the welfare state. The course will include a comparative approach linking the Scandinavian system to the development within the European Community. Reference to the situation in the U.S. will also be made. The model of teaching is based on lectures, but emphasizes student participation in discussion and group work. Assignment 250: Readings, short essay paper, and a final exam. Assignment 450: More demanding exam, additional reading, and a more extensive paper. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 1 PSY201-A lnstructoc Victoria Littlefield The methods of psychology are used to study behavioral and social influences on health, including the interaction of behaviors, thoughts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration is given to life styles, stress management, illness prevention and treatment, and the role that proactive behaviors play in health. Evaluation is based on class participation, homework assignments, papers, and quizzes. Prerequisites: PSY 10 1, 102, or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 PSY 335-A Instructor: Nancy Steblay U.S. law and the legal system will be investigated from the perspective of psychological theory and practice. A speclfic focus will be on the social psychology of courtroom procedures with consideration of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation, and jury decision-making. Class readings and discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics, and victimization. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to class discussion. Prerequisites: PSY 7 02 or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 73 PSY 340-A lnstructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane lohnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. +â-h This course will be conducted as a wmina&th h,+I~i!: level of student contribution and participah. i\~I&il~rI ~ ,ltF each class session is required. Ppf!kIu 1 t wi l I inr-tucic class discussion frequent s h ~ r $ ~ ~ i l ~ i < f r ~v <n oral l reports. Typewriting or quiylcfil w o ~ png~.cxv,ing l will be r e quired. ~ ' ? U R As i*lrkl)rau&pl. 111%i i hrm1students are required lo read r The Mnr,rf Lifi I?t '/rilllnj~I by Robert Coles before the start of the i n l ~ ~ l ' book l t i ~(in paperback) will be available in the Augsburg Ik~okstore by November 1.An additional text may be required and Iibrary reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PS Y I 02 or PS Y 7 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lmtructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Grawo-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons, and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and I Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I 1 1 or REL 22 7 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 2 1 3 REL 343-A lnstructoc Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 7 7 7 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A Instructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 374-A Instructors: john Benson, Mark Engebretson For some in our society, science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including lectures, whole class discussions, small group tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthe sis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One religion course, one science course, and junior or senior standing Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 60 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 8 REL 385-A lnstructoc Lynne Lorenzen This course is an introduction to process theology which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class sessions will include video and discussion. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 19 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as stydents volunteer 80 hours (in a services agency or institution which students select). The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.).The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 7 S WK 4 66-A (full course) SWK 4 6 6 4 (.5course) Instructor Vincent Peters This is a continuation of Field Work I1 -educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 SOC 232-A lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options, including a child observation assignment or a libray research assignment, and give an oral report to the class followed by a written summary of their findings. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 25 SOC 265-A lnstructoc Jerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 20 SPA 777-A lnstructoc Cabriela Sweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 SPC 348-A lnstructoc Deb Bart This course is an advanced television production course which combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I or consent of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 175 (Media classroom) Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue S. (Tel. 33@1655)or from the Interim Office (Tel. 330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 29,1993. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally cany a lower division number. Ancient Greece:Myth and Monuments Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt China and Its Artistic Heritage The Church in Brazil: Comforting the Afflicted, Afflicting the Comfortable contemporary European Business and Economic Systems Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawaii Cultural Conflict in Renaissance ltaly English School and Family Environmental Issues: East and West Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Hawaii: Cross Cultural Transmission and lntegration Literary Ventures by Train: England and Scotland Nairobi and Arusha: The Tale of the Church in Two Cities The Natural History of the Galapagos Islands and an Ecuadorian Rainforest Post-Colonial Namibia: A land of Liberation and Peace Making Readings of the Bible ReJections in a Clouded Mirror: The Performing Arts and Iapanese Culture Russia, Ukrania and Poland after Communism Social Work and Social Welfare in Sweden Sounds and Sights of Europe Spanish Art and Culture of the Siglo De Oro Work Life in the Information Age: Action Research in Nonoay and Sweden These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. SAILING IN THE VIRGINISLANDS (JANUARY 4 - 20, 1994) HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat mising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include mises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 41-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 330- 1247. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports OUTWARD BOUND HPE 212-A Check for information in thehterim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for whitewater canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A POL 398-A Students are required to take the full three week program (January 3-21). Segments I and I1 meet from January 3 to January 14,1994. Segment I11 meets from January 17 to January 21,1994. Campus liaison is Professor Milda Hedblom. Applications for financial assistance from the college are available i n Memorial Hall 117A; telephone is 33B1197. The following activities are available to students during interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-A lnstructoc Wayne Niles The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree M K A Black Belt inshctor. Fee of $30. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-1:00 p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: P I N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I M, W/alternate Fridays (1/3, 1/Sf 1/lo, 1/12, 1 /14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 8 Time: I T, Th/alternate Fridays (1/4, 1/6, 1/7,1/7 1,1/13, 1/78, 1/20, 1/2 1, 1/25 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc leff Swenson Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W,F - all term Room: Melby, weight room HPE 002-A lnstructoc ]eff Swenson Grading: PIN only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 M, W,F -all term Room: Melby, weight room
Show less

Title: Master of Social Work (MSW) Catalog, 1997-1999
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ~ < ~ u 0 rJJ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ r.r; < ~ ~ he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life. - Jane Addams ~~LE OF CONTENTS • • • • • Introduction ............. ........ .. ... .. ................
Show more ~ < ~ u 0 rJJ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ r.r; < ~ ~ he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life. - Jane Addams ~~LE OF CONTENTS • • • • • Introduction ............. ........ .. ... .. ............................. ..4 Curriculum Design ................................................. 6 Course Descriptions ........... .. ......... .. .... ................... 8 Library .................................................................. 11 Accreditation and Affiliations .. .... .. .. ... .. ..... .. ........11 Student Rights ...................................................... 11 Academic Policies ................................................ 12 Admission Requirements .. ...... ... .. ... ................. ....14 Application Procedures ............. ...... .. ............. ... ...15 International Applicants ....................................... 16 Fee and Payment Schedule ....... ... ....... .. .... .. .. ....... . 17 Financial Aid ... .... ... ........ ... ............... .. ... .. ..... .. ...... 18 About Augsburg .. .. ...................... .. ....... .. ... ...... ..... 20 Campus Location .............. .. ... .. .......................... ..21 Campus Map ..... .. .......................... .. ........ ..... .... .. .. 21 Officers of Administration .... .. .. .... ...................... .22 Officers of Instruction .................................. ........ 22 • ~TRODUCTION • • • Accommodating the Needs of Adult Learners Augsburg College takes pride in its focus on adult learners throughout its programs and is committed to education for experienced working people. Graduate social work classes meet during weekends in fourhour blocks on Friday evenings, Saturday mornings and Saturday afternoons. Students meet during these times in small classes of fewer than 22 students. The Master of Social Work program is designed to meet the needs of a wide range of students who have family, community or employment obligations and/or must travel distances to obtain Master of Social Work Program The Master of Social Work program prepares students for entering advanced social work practice. The program builds on the liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission statement: to nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing highquality educational Program Philosophy The Master of Social Work program is based on the following: • Preparation for ethical, competent, professional practice • A framework for practice of problem solving within a systems framework and strengths perspective • Understanding of and respect for diverse peoples and cultures opportunities that are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the • Commitment to educate the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. • Responsibility and service to the broader community in the interests of social justice whole person • Commitment to oppose oppression • Focus on client empowerment graduate social work education. The library, student center, computer center, counseling, parking, food service and many other support services are open to accommodate graduate students. Faculty arrange office hours to meet non-traditional student need . Inexpensive accommodations may be available for students who travel to attend the program and wish to stay overnight. The Master of Social Work program is highlighted by: • Tradition of excellence in curriculum, faculty and students • Intentional recruitment of students from diverse backgrounds • Metropolitan location • Access to challenging and rewarding field placements Professional preparation at the Master of Social Work level at Augsburg is founded on the following assumptions: • Analysis and presentation of complex social issues and solutions are based on solid research. MSW students will develop competencies to conduct, analyze and present practice-based research in oral and written form. • The world is interdependent in all areas; students will become knowledgeable of social welfare policies and programs that address changing needs of the world community. • In the interests of constructive social change that promotes social justice, students are educated to address institutional oppression created by issues of age, gender, race/ethnicity, class, disability, sexual orientation or religion. Social justice is a focus throughout the program. MSW Program Concentrations The Master of Social Work program has two program concentrations: Family Practice, or Program Development, Policy and Administration. Students choose one of the two concentrations for their program focus. Family Practice Family, in its diverse forms, is central to society. "Family," in this context, is interpreted broadly as the nurturing system surrounding people. It is inclusive of many areas of need. As a growing number of familyrelated challenges face society, there is an ever-increasing need for professionals who base their practice on in-depth study of the broad spectrum of issues that confront the family . In the Family Practice concentration, students will concentrate on promoting empowerment of the family-nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. Program Development, Policy and Administration Social change is necessary to foster policies and services that respond to human need. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration was developed in response to the growing demand for leadership and administration. Effective services require participatory development, competent practitioners, strong leadership and effective administration. Students in this concentration will learn the knowledge base and develop the skills necessary to promote and achieve needed change, and to develop, lead, guide and administer programs that will serve diverse people in a variety of settings. • ~RRICULUM DESIGN • • • • Integrative Field Work Seminars (including 480 hours of MSW-supervised field work), Research II, one elective and the Thesis Seminar. Concentrations Upon completion of the Foundation courses, students continue their educational program through one of the areas of concentration: Family Practice, or Program Development, Policy and Administration. Electives Students must complete 18 courses: nine Foundation courses, five Advanced curriculum courses, and four Concentration courses. Students must complete 900 hours of professionally supervised, program-approved social work field experience and complete a Master's thesis. If admitted with Advanced Standing, students complete 12 courses, 480 hours of field experience and a Master's thesis. Courses include three Foundation courses, five Advanced cmTiculum courses and four Concentration courses. Foundation The Foundation courses begin the MSW program. These nine courses, including 420 hours of MSW-supervised field work, must be successfully completed prior to enrollment in the Advanced curriculum. Six of these courses may be waived for persons who hold baccalaureate degrees in social work from a Council on Social Work Education-accredited program and who are approved for Advanced Standing. Advanced After successful completion of the Foundation courses, students may enroll in the Advanced courses, which include two Students are required to successfully complete at least one elective. Field Work Placements Students spend 900 hours in professionally supervised, program-approved field work placements. Master's Thesis The MSW thesis provides the avenue for integration of knowledge and experience gained during the course of study, particularly emphasizing greater understanding of the utility and importance of research to social work practice. The student, in consultation with the faculty member who serves as the thesis adviser, will select an area of study focused on social need, practice, service and policy. Curriculum Plan Courses are offered exclusively on a weekend format: Friday evenings, Saturday mornings and afternoons. Foundation Courses (9 credits) SWK 500 Human Behavior in the Social Environment SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy SWK 502 Integrative Field Work Seminar I SWK 503 Integrative Field Work Seminar II SWK 504 Research I SWK 505 Practice Methods and Skills I SWK 506 Practice Methods and Skills II SWK 520 Introduction to Family Practice SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development, Policy and Administration Advanced Courses (5 credits) SWK 523 Integrative Field Work Seminar III SWK 524 Integrative Field Work Seminar IV SWK 527 Research II SWK 560 Elective Topics SWK 589 Thesis Seminar SWK 598 Independent Studies (as an elective) - -- Concentration Courses: Family Pradice (4 credits) SWK 540 Family Practice I SWK 541 Family Practice II SWK 542 Family Diversity (0.5 er) SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision SWK 545 Family Social Policy (0.5 er) Concentration Courses: Program Development, Policy and Administration (4 credits) SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration SWK 552 Inter-Organizational, Community and Political Relations SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy Master of Social Work Degree Total course credits required: 18for Foundation students, 12 for Advanced Standing students. ~URSE DESCRIPTIONS • • • • • Foundation Courses Successful completion of these courses must be achieved before students may advance in the program. SWK 500 Human Behavior in the Social Environment* This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of socio-cultural, biological and psychological factors, that influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary world society. SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy* This course analyzes the history of social welfare policy in the United States and its impact on current social systems and social policy. The course examines the major assumptions, values, ideas and events that contributed to the rise of the welfare state and the profession of social work. Social welfare policies of other countries are explored. SWK 502 and 503 Integrative Field Work Seminar I and II* The integrative seminars are courses where field practice and classroom theory meet. The goal is to strengthen the connec- tions between social work theory and practice. Students are expected to spend 420 hours in a field work placement during enrollment in these two courses. (SWK 502 is prerequisite for SWK 503.) SWK 504 Research I This course provides an introduction to social science research method and ethics including practice and program evaluation. The course presents research designs, both quantitative and qualitative approaches, and various ways to organize, compare and interpret findings. Students will be introduced to the use of computers in data analysis. Initial preparation for the thesis is begun in this course. SWK 505 Practice Methods and Skills I* This course focuses on the theoretical foundation, ethics and values, and the skills and application of the problemsolving process of social work. Work with a diversity of professional and natural helping networks and client groups is stressed. *May be waived if admitted with Advanced Standing. SWK 506 Practice Methods and Skills II* This course emphasizes problem solving with small groups, community and organizational systems, with an emphasis on group task and maintenance functions. Throughout the course, the focus is on work with diverse groups and organizations. (Prerequisite: SWK 505) SWK 520 Introduction to Family Practice This course explores concepts, theories, policies and research underlying holistic professional social work practice with families. It provides an overview of family practice using a systems framework and the strengths perspective. SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development, Policy and Administration This course presents the theories of organizational development, policy analysis, program development and budgeting. Roles of advanced social workers in agencies, as well as professional, ethical and effective functioning within organizational structures, will be explored. Advanced Courses Successful completion of Foundation courses must be achieved before students register for these courses. SWK 523 and 524 Integrative Field Work Seminar Ill and IV The integrative seminars are courses where field practice and classroom theory meet. The goal is to strengthen the connections between social work theory and advanced practice within the framework of either of the two program concentrations. Students are expected to spend 480 hours in a field work placement during enrollment in these two courses. (SWK 503 is prerequisite for SWK 523; SWK 523 is prerequisite for SWK 524.) SWK 527 Research I/ This course offers a practiceoriented exploration of the range of research methods used in social work, a critique of the role of research in assessing effectiveness in social service delivery, and identification with the responsibility of social workers to systematically evaluate our practice and expand the knowledge base of social work. A research project will be designed and initial planning for the MSW thesis is incorporated. (Prerequisite: SWK 504) SWK 560 Elective Topics The following are examples of elective offerings. Students should consult the Program Schedule for current electives. • SWK 560 Child Welfare: History, Policy and Practice • SWK 560 Contemporary Services for Persons with Disabilities and Their Families • SWK 560 Exploring Human Services in International Settings • SWK 560 Old Age • SWK 560 Peace and Social Justice • SWK 560 Poverty, Equality and Income Support Policy • SWK 560 Social Work With Involuntary Clients SWK 589 Thesis Seminar The Thesis Seminar will provide students with a supportive group environment in which to problem-solve theoretical, conceptual, content, ethical and technical issues in the design, implementation, analysis, write-up and dissemination of thesis research. (Prerequisite: SWK 527) SWK 598 Independent Studies Students may propose a course of study as an elective in an area not covered in the current curriculum. An independent study course may be used to satisfy the elective requirements of SWK 560. No course offered in the current curriculum may be taken as an independent study. • ~URSE DESCRIPTIONS • • • • Concentration Courses: Family Practice (Prerequisite for all Family Practice courses is SWK 520) SWK 540 Family Practice I This course is designed to address contemporary work in a context of historical references, to provide the foundational elements for individual family practice model creation, to synthesize universal family practice principles with special population requirements, and to integrate social policy and research into all levels of family practice. SWK 541 Family Practice II This course focuses on effective family practice intervention. It addresses specific theorists, compared and contrasted specifically to the feminist perspective, and demonstrates the application of theory and practice to a variety of family issues in different service delivery settings. (Prerequisite: SWK 540) SWK 542 Family Diversity (0.5 credit) This course examines the various theories underlying professional practice with families in their many diverse forms. Recognizing that the family is the basic institution through which one is socialized, this course examines how family membership shapes one's understanding and appreciation of ethnicity, gender roles and sociological script. SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision This course examines knowledge and skill building in the administrative, educational and supportive functions of social work supervision. The interactional model, creative problem solving and strengths perspective are the frameworks for understanding and influencing the dynamics of supervision in a variety of settings. SWK 545 Family Social Policy (0.5 credit) This course explores the impact of social policies on diverse families, including policies that relate to housing, income maintenance, health, long-term care, education and discrimination. National and international political, social and economic systems are analyzed. Concentration Courses: Program Development, Policy and Administration (Prerequisite for all Program Development, Policy and Administration Concentration courses is SWK 521.) SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development This course examines theoretical and conceptual ideas concerning human services, their rationale in a market economy, and their relationship to public policy. Students will gain knowledge and build skills in the planning, implementation and evaluation of services at various levels of system design, taking into account organizational, financial and technological dimensions within an analytical framework of defined need and demand for service. SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration This course examines organizational theory and structure, processes of development, research and evaluation, and social work values and ethics in the workplace. SWK 552 Inter-Organizational, Community and Political Relations This course explores strategies and methods for working effectively with other service agencies, legislative and policymaking bodies, regulatory agencies and advocacy groups. (Prerequisite: SWK 551) SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy This course examines theories, concepts and analytical frameworks for analyzing policy. It addresses the role of economics, demographics, politics, values and other relevant factors on policy design and implementation. The course emphasizes the analysis of selected existing or proposed policies in such areas as social insurance (e.g. Social Security), welfare reform, health care, long-term care and tax policy including tax expenditures. $r'BRARY • The Lindell Library, named for donor James G. Lindell and family, is a state-of-the-art facility that houses the library collection, academic and administrative computing services, and audio-visual services. The Library has a vast periodical collection, other circulating collections, a multi-media classroom, a copy center and a library instruction room. There are a variety of study spaces, ranging from carrels and casual seating to group study rooms equipped with network access. The Lindell Library's collection of 175,000 volumes is complete with the latest computerized catalogs, indexes and CD-ROM stations for various academic disciplines-e.g. Social Work Abstracts, Psychlit, ERIC (education) and CINAHL (nursing and health). An online catalog, CLICnet, reflects holdings of Augsburg and its six partner Twin Cities private college libraries. Twice-daily courier service among these and other local libraries (including the University of Minnesota and Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Libraries) facilitates easy and quick sharing ofresources. Additional collections nation- • • wide are also accessible through interlibrary loan arrangements. Remote, off-campus computer access to these services is provided via a telecommunications link. The library staff is experienced in guiding graduate students to research materials for coursework as well as for the thesis stage of the Master of Social Work program. Librarians will help students acquire research skills through individual appointments and group instructional sessions. A ccREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS • The Augsburg Master of Social Work program is fully accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.* Augsburg College is a member of the Associated • Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), the Lutheran Education Council in North America and the Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Registration does not mean that • • • • • credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. ~DENT RIGHTS • • • • The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. These rights, responsibilities and processes are outlined in the Student Guide of Augsburg College. Students are encour- aged to participate in the MSW Student Organization where issues affecting them are discussed. The College operates in compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974 as amended and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files and data which pertain to them (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination. *NCACS, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education, 30 N. LaSalle St., Suite 2400, Chicago IL 60602-2504; (312) 263-0456. • A cADEMic POLICIES • • • • • Academic Evaluation Evaluation of academic performance in the Master of Social Work program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 scale with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 Achieves above basic course standards 3.0 Achieves basic course standards 2.5 Performance less than basic course standards 2.0 Performance below basic course standards 1.5-0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit--course must be retaken) Evaluation of academic performance in SWK 502, SWK 503, SWK 523, SWK 524 and SWK 589 will be based on letter grades with these definitions: p Achieves at or above the 3.0 level (not computed in grade point average) N Does not meet minimum passing standard (no creditnot computed in grade point average) (Student must petition to retake the course and to continue in the MSW program.) Definitions of other letter grades: w Grade given when course is dropped after midterm I Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. To receive an incomplete, a student must complete a petition and return it to instructor prior to the end of the course. x A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study (Field Placement and Independent Studies) is extended. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. If a course grade is below 2.0, the course must be repeated; however, no more than two courses can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Summary of Degree Requirements The candidate for graduation must successfully complete 18 courses, 900 hours of supervised field work, and a thesis as outlined in the Curriculum Plan with a GPA of 3.0 or higher. The candidate who has been admitted with Advanced Standing must successfully complete 12 courses, 480 hours of supervised field work and a thesis as outlined in the Curriculum Plan with a GPA of 3.0 or higher.These courses, field work and the thesis must be completed within a four-year period. Curriculum Policies Three courses are offered per term for the completion of the program in a two-year period. An alternative option of two courses per term is offered; however, students who enroll in two courses should expect that courses may not be available every term, which may extend the duration of the program to varying lengths. No course offered in the current curriculum may be taken as an independent study. Attendance is expected and missing more than one session may result in a reduced grade. Academic Probation and Dismissal Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program. If a student receives a grade of N in a course, the student must successfully petition before being permitted to repeat the course and to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. Students may be dismissed from the MSW program for behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide) or conduct unbecoming to social work practice or in violation of professional ethics. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit and Contact Hours Each full-credit course in the Master of Social Work program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Two courses (SWK 542 and SWK 545) receive 0.5 credit. Students meet in each class a total of 32 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/ Leaves of Absence Students may enroll on a full- or part-time basis, taking three or two courses, respectively, each trimester. All students are required to complete the program within four years of matriculation. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request in writing a leave of absence from the MSW program. The leave of absence must be requested prior to the leave and may not exceed one year. An approved leave of absence will not count toward the four year limit. Residency Each student must be enrolled in the MSW program for the last 10 courses. Transfer Students Foundation level students may request consideration to transfer up to eight courses from a CSWE-accredited MSW program if the grades are 3.0 or better. Advanced Standing students may transfer no more than two courses from a CSWEaccredited MSW program if the grades are 3.0 or better. Advising The MSW program director assigns each student to an academic adviser who has the responsibility to promote student growth, development and the achievement of personal goals and professional education. Faculty office hours are posted on office doors; students may meet with faculty at other times by appointment. • A DMISSION REQUIREMENTS • • • • The Master of Social Work program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student and faculty populations and across its curriculum content. Therefore, the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities are provided to persons with a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs and cultures. A strong liberal arts background in the behavioral sciences is required. A course in human • writing, and critical and analytical thinking; basic computer skills are recommended. Applicants from a wide variety of backgrounds are encouraged to apply and they will be given consideration based on their composite assets. Applicants who do not hold a baccalaureate degree in social work should apply as Foundation level students. Applicants who hold a baccalaureate degree in social work from a Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) accredited program may apply for Advanced Standing. Admission to Advanced Standing is not automatic. Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with members of the social work faculty. Academic credit is not given for life or professional experience. Application deadline: January 15 (for Foundation level) October 1 (for Advanced Standing) biology, physiology or anatomy that includes comprehensive study of the human systems is required as well as a course that includes basic statistics. Applicants must demonstrate strong graduate level skills in (Applications completed after the deadline will be reviewed if there are any openings.) Notification of acceptance: April 1 (for Foundation level) December 15 (for Advanced Standing) Matriculation date: Fall trimester for Foundation students Spring trimester for Advanced Standing students Requirements: • Baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university; if applying for Advanced Standing, applicant must have a baccalaureate degree in Social Work from a CSWEaccredited program • A minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale ("B" average) for the last two years of an undergraduate program •A minimum of one year, postdegree, supervised, human service employment experience. For applicants to Advanced Standing, this requirement is in addition to the social work field internship. • A course in human biology, physiology or anatomy (A grade of "C" or better is required.) • A course that includes basic statistics (A grade of "C" or better is required.) APPLICATION PROCEDURES • To apply, students must submit the following to the Department of Social Work-Master of Social Work program: 1) Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. 2) Typed personal statement which addresses the applicant's perspective and understanding of: • Social welfare and society • Social work as a profession • Personal qualities that equip the applicant for the social work profession • Ability to work with a diversity of people • Employment and/or volunteer work which prepared the applicant for pursuing a Master of Social Work degree • Personal skills in oral and written communication • Career and life goals and how the MSW degree will facilitate the applicant's development • Personal and professional limitations that the applicant perceives as needing to be addressed during the course of the applicant's professional preparation 3) Recommendations from three sources using the Recommendation Forms provided by the Department of Social Work 4) Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from each institution attended 5) Documentation of completion of human biology and basic statistics prerequisites All of the above must be received by the deadline of January 15 for Foundation level and October 1 for Advanced Standing. • • • • • • ~TERNATIONAL APPLICANTS • • • • • admission process, selection criteria and academic/work experience requirements.) All application materials, as outlined under Admission Requirements and Application Procedures, are to be submitted in English. Additional application materials required for international applicants are: • Completed Declaration of Finances The Department of Social Work encourages qualified applicants from other countries to apply for admission to the Master of Social Work program. International applicants should note that classes meet on the weekends (Friday evening and Saturday morning and afternoon) and that students can take three courses per trimester for full time or two courses per trimester for part-time study. With a full-time schedule, students can complete the required coursework in two years. (See the section under Admission Requirements for a general description of the •Official marksheets with certified translations from all undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks earned, dates attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any • Official marksheets with certified translations from all graduate institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks earned, dates attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any • Evaluation of credentials for any international academic transcript including analysis of credentials, course by course evaluation and calculation of grade point average • Official results on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 600. Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with social work faculty if they are in the United States Limited financial aid from Augsburg College may be available. Therefore, students and their financial sponsors must complete a Declaration of Finances as part of the application for admission along with appropriate certifications. Students will need to provide proof of availability of funds for tuition, books and living costs for each academic year in which they want to attend. The College requires students to provide proof of a minimum of $10,000 in U.S. funds for living expenses for themselves plus the cost of tuition. NOTE: Additional information may be required, as requested by Augsburg College, to evaluate education credentials more accurately. Furthermore, supplemental information may be needed to issue an I-20 or 1-1 for students admitted to the MSW program. Information requested for the I-20or1-1 will not be used to make an admission decision. ~E AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE • • • • • • Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline. Upon acceptance into the MSW program, a $100 fee is due, which is credited toward tuition and is non-refundable. Refund Schedule In order to be eligible for a refund, students are responsible for canceling courses with the Registrar's Office. A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: Through the first scheduled class meeting-I 00% of tuition (minus $75 administrative fee if withdrawing completely) Prior to the second scheduled class meeting-80% of tuition Prior to the third scheduled class meeting-60% of tuition No refund after third scheduled class meeting. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due first day of classes 2) Payment Plan: Upon application for the payment plan and after College approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester with 1/3 tuition due every 30 days. Payment plans will be offered only if the student has adhered to previous payment plans. Tuition and Fees Tuition for 1997-'98 (per trimester course) Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable; applied toward tuition charges) Late Registration Fee ($25 per day up to a maximum of $125 charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) $1,153.00 $25.00 $100.00 $25.00 Registration Change After First Class Meeting (cancel/add or combination at one time) $5.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) $2.00 Thesis Fee $350.00 (If a student continues the thesis process beyond the spring term of the thesis year, the student shall pay a fee for each trimester until completion of the thesis.) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1 percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. 3) Company Reimbursement: Courses that are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course, with full payment due within 45 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis and is payable at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This policy applies to student loan funds administered by the College (e.g. Perkins Student Loan); payments must be current according to the established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the College. • Slf~ANCIAL AID • • • Students may receive assistance in meeting graduate program costs in a number of ways. Enrollment in two or more courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full time for all federal and state financial aid programs. The Office of Student Financial Services will assist students in assessing financial aid eligibility and may offer financial aid from available alternatives. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special funded scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables participation for individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals who work for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College offers several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in applying, please contact Augsburg's American Indian Student Support Program director at (612) 330-1144 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any federal or state financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on a standard nationallyapproved methodology. The Federal Family Education Loan Program • Federal Stafford Loan Program Available to students based on a financial eligibility determination. Annual loan limits are up to $18,500 per year for graduate students, of which up to $8,500 may be subsidized, if eligible. The aggregate loan limit is $128,500 for graduate students (including undergraduate borrowing). Interest rates for new borrowers with loan periods beginning October 1, 1992, or later are determined annually by the 91-day T-Bill +3.1 %, with a cap of 8.25%. Students with outstanding balances on Federal Stafford Student Loans will continue with the interest rate on the previous loan. No interest accrues to the student borrower while enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program. The federal government subsidizes the interest during this time. • Federal Stafford Loan Unsubsidized Program characteristics (loan limits, interest rates, etc.) are the same as the above subsidized Stafford Loan, except that the interest accrues to the student borrower while enrolled. This loan is available to those who do not qualify for the subsidized Stafford Loan. A normal financial aid application is required. • Federal Perkins Student Loan A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time students are enrolled at least half-time. A student may borrow a maximum of $3,000 per year as a graduate student with a $30,000 maximum (including undergraduate and graduate amounts). Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begins nine months after the student graduates or leaves school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. • SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $9,000 per year for graduate students with a $40,000 aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($500 minimum). The interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. Veterans Educational Benefits Veterans may be eligible for educational benefits from the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. The Office of Student Financial Services has further information. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate a desire to apply for :financial aid. 2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send the necessary application and financial statement forms (or the student may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall). 3) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. Your financial aid application will be processed after you have been admitted to the MSW program and the following forms have been received: results from the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), Augsburg Financial Aid Application, and Federal Tax Return and W-2 form. 4) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. • A • BOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE • • • • • Campus Location Church Affi1iation Augsburg's 23-acre campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul and surrounds Murphy Square. Adjacent to the campus are the Fairview University Medical Center complex, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways. Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. The College is a diverse community with many strong religious traditions represented among the students, faculty and staff, including but not limited to Lutheran, Roman Catholic, American Indian Spirituality and Thought, Buddhist and Islamic faiths. Accessibility History Augsburg College was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg College opened September 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Augsburg College and Seminary changed its name to Augsburg College in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Without going outside, the skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of 15 major buildings-student housing towers, the Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, Music Hall and the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. In addition, there are services for students with learning and physical disabilities. The CLASS Office phone number is (612) 330-1648. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, gender, sexual orientation or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended. This non-discrimination policy is incorporated as part of its admission policies, educational programs and activities, and employment practices. ~MPUS LOCATION • • • • seven days a week, except for the parking meters on Riverside A venue. The parking meters are as posted by the City of Minneapolis. Additional parking is available in the Fairview-University Medical Center ramp. Parking From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside A venue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. I. Admissions Weekday Program 2. Air Structure Entrance November through March 3. American Indian Student Support Program and Pan-Afrikan Student Services 4. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field and Seasonal Air Structure 5. Center for Global Education and International Programs 6. Christensen Center-Information Desk 7. EastHall 8. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 9. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts 10. Ice Arena 11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 12. M aintenance and Grounds Shop 13. Mortensen Tower 14. Murphy Place 15. Murphy Square 16. Music Hall 17. Nordic Center 18. Old Main 19. Oscar Anderson Hall 20. Public Relations and Communication 21. Quad 22. Science Hall 23. Security Dispatch Center 24. Shipping and Receiving 25. Si Melby Hall 26. Sverdrup Hall 27. Memorial Hall Master of Social Work Admissions 28. Urness Tower 29. Youth and Family Institute 30. Lindell Library All posted Augsburg College parking lots, with the exception of resident parking lots in front and behind the residence halls, are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening and Monday through Thursday evenings after 4:30 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. Lots are located between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north or south of Eighth Street between 24th and 25th Avenues. Most street parking is four hour parking and available Public Transportation For schedules and specific information about city bus transportation to Augsburg College, call the Metropolitan Transportation System at (612) 373-3333. ~MPUSMAP • • • ~0 ~ 6th Street s. 7th Street S. 7 th S lreat S. 29' © c 2 111111~1111 8th Street S. @ Butler Place ~~~~~~~~~~~~~--Ill--~~~~~~~~~~---'·~ ~Interstate !----------------- 94 West - Parking Lots A. Admissions/Faculty/Staff Parking B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/Resident Parking C. Faculty/Staff Parking D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking Interstate 94 East ===;;;;> E. Commuter Parking F. Resident Parking G. Visitor Parking H. Fairview-University Medical Center ramp Pay parking available • ~FICERS OF ADMINISTRATION • • • • • Barbara Gage, B.A. Chair, Board of Regents William Frame, Ph.D. President of Augsburg College Marie McNeff, Ed.D. Vice President, Academic and Learning Services and Dean of the College • Glenda Dewberry Rooney, Ph.D. Chair, Department of Social Work Clarice Staff, D.S.W. Director, Master of Social Work Program Laura Boisen, Ph.D. MSW Field Coordinator Anthony Bibus III, Ph.D. Director, Bachelor of Social Work Program Michael Schock, Ph.D. BSW Field Coordinator Janna Caywood MSW Program Assistant Amy Brallier, M.A. Secretary, Department of Social Work Doran Edwards, B.A. Data Management Specialist ~FICERS OF INSTRUCTION • • • • • Anthony Bibus, III Assistant Professor B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota Vern Bloom Assistant Professor B.A. , M.S.W., University of Minnesota Laura Boisen Assistant Professor B.S., Wartburg College; M.S.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota Lois Bosch Assistant Professor B.A., Northwestern College; M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of IllinoisChampaign-Urbana Maria Brown Assistant Professor B.A. (German), M.A. (German), American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota Francine Chakolis Assistant Professor B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota Maria Dinis Assistant Professor B.A., M.S.W., California State University; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley) Annette Gerten Instructor B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota Rosemary J, Link Associate Professor B.A., Southampton University; C.Q.S.W., London University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of Minnesota Glenda Dewberry Rooney Associate Professor B.A. University of North Texas; M.S.W., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Minnesota Michael Schock Assistant Professor B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington Edward R. Skarnulis Professor B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska Sharon K. Patten Clarice Staff Associate Professor B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A. (Public Affairs), Ph.D., University of Minnesota Assistant Professor B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.S.W., D.S.W., Columbia University Curt Paulsen Associate Professor B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S .W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute Mary Lou Williams Assistant Professor B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania 4M/9197 This catalog was current at the time ofpublication. It is subject to change without nolice. C•O•L•L•E•G•E MSW Graduate Program Office Campus Box No. 269 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1763 FAX (612) 330-1493 Augsburg College Master of Social Work Application Instructions Please send all application material, which includes completed and signed application form, $25.00 application fee, typed personal statement, three completed recommendation forms, and official post-secondary transcript(s), by JANUARY 1 STH, for foundation applicants or by OCTOBER 1 ST for advanced standing applicants, to the following address: 2211 Augsburg College Department of Social Work Riverside Avenue South, CB #274 Minneapolis, MN 55454 Application Form and Fee Complete all sections of the application form and sign. M1:1ke $25.00 non-refundable check or money order payable to Augsburg College. Mail application form and application fee together. Typed Submit • • • • • • • • Personal Statement a typed personal statement (typically 3-8 pages) which addresses: your perspective on social welfare and society your understanding of the social work profession your demonstrated ability to work with a diversity of people your personal qualities that equip you for the social work profession your oral and written communication skills your career and life goals and how you anticipate the MSW degree will facilitate your development your limitations which you view as needing to be addressed during your professional preparation your employment and/or volunteer work which prepared you for pursuing a MSW degree Explanation of GPA (optional -- one page limit) Address any extenuating circumstances which may have affected past academic performance. Recommendations Please ask for recommendations from three references (use the forms available from the Department of Social Work) to be sent to the MSW Program Director. At least one reference should be from a professor or someone who can address your academic potential. One reference should be from a supervisor and should address your human service employment and/or volunteer experience. Transcripts Have all official transcripts from each post-secondary institution attended sent to the Dept. of Social Work. There are two circumstances in which a transcript is considered officiat • if it is sent directly to the Department of Social Work from another institution • if it is received by the Department of Social Work in a sealed, university envelope, with the Registrar's stamp acr9ss the back There are two conditions under which you are not required to submit an official transcript: • if you earned nine quarter (or six semester) credits or less at a particular institution and you do not wish these courses to be considered • if courses taken at other institutions appear on your degree transcript, AND all credits and grades for each transferred course appear on the degree transcript If your transcript is from an institution outside the United States, it must be submitted in English and with certified grade translations. International applicants should refer to the MSW catalog for further requirements. Interview You may be asked to have a personal interview with a committee of the Department of Social Work. updated 9/97 AUGSBURG COLLEGE MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK Application for Admission PERSONAL INFORMATION Last Name First Name Initial Other Last Name Used Address - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- - - City - - - - - - - - - - - State _____ Zip --------County (Home) (Work) _ _ _ , Telephone Social Security Number - - - - -- - - - Birth Date - - - - - - - - - -U.S. Citizen? D Yes D No Resident Status Visa Type ____ _ --- --... ---...__ The following informatiQn is optional. This information will be used to report our demographic statistics to the Council on Social Work Education. D Female D Male Religious Affiliation - - - - - -- - - -- - - Denomination Predominant Ethnic background: American Indian D Asian/Pacific Islander 0 African American 0 Bi-racial (specify) D Caucasian D Hispanic Other ----------------------------------- a a --- -· -----------. -·-----------· --· - ... ·--- - -···---------------·-·-----·--------------·-· .. --------------- -------- ----- ------- --------- ------·-------- -· - --- -·- --- ------------------ PROGRAMMATIC INFORMATION Applying for: Professional Foundation (enter Fall trimester of next academic year) Advanced Standing (enter Spring trimester of next academic year) D a Concentration preference: a Plan to register as: D D PREREQUISITE a Must have a BA-BS in Social Work from a CSWE accredited program to apply for Advanced Standing. Family Practice Program Development, Policy and Administration Full-time (3 courses per trimester) Part-time (2 courses per trimester) COURSES Below. please identify your campleted prerequisite courses. Your grades in each course must be documented on an official transcript. If you have not cor:npleted these courses, please indicate courses you intend to complete and write the expected date of campletion in the space provided for "grade received." Bet h prerequisites must be comple t~d and document ed in our records before enrollment in MSW courses will be allowed. 1) Human Biology, Physiology or Anatomy Course # 2) Basic Course Title College/University Grade Received College/University Grade Received Statistics Course # updated 9/97 Course Title MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 5 5454 RECOMMENDATION FORM Name of Applicant: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ Name of Recommender: ·- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -Address of Recommender: _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ TO THE APPLICANT Please give this recommendation form to a person who you believe will be able to provide a valid appraisal of your capacity to do graduate work and to function as a social worker. Please indicate whether you reserve the right to review the recommendation once it is written or to waive your right to have access to this information. I (reserve ____ ) (waive ____ ) my right to review this recommendation. Signed:._ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ ********************************************************** TO THE RECOMMENDER Thank you for your willingness to provide information to the Augsburg College Master of Social Work Program. Please fill out the checklist on the reverse side of this sheet and then expand on your evaluation by responding to the following question: In what capacity and/or how long have you known the applicant? If you have personal knowledge of any experience the applicant has had in the broad areas of social service, indicate the nature of this experience and your assessment of the applicant's performance. (over) Using this grid, please compare the applicant with others you have known during your professional career. For each of the categories below, please place the applicant in the appropriate reference group. Top 5% Top Third Middle Third Lowest Third Inadequate Opportunity to Observe 1 Intellectual 2 Analytical 3 Able to express ideas and feelings: a. verbally b. in writing 4 Capable of doing graduate work 5 Responsible 6 Person of integrity, well developed value system 7 Creative, innovative 8 Mature and emotionally stable 9 Able to respect and work with differences in people (race, class, culture, and ethnicity) 10 Concerned and commited to working toward solving social problems 11 Able to initiate and follow through 12 Willing to accept direction and/or supervision 13 Other_ __ __ _ _ _ _ __ Summary Evaluation I strongly recommend this applicant for admission and feel that he/she has the capability to perform at a superior level. I recommend this applicant for admission and feel his/her performance should be comparable to that of most graduate students. I feel that the applicant's qualifications are marginal, but if admitted, the applicant would greatly benefit from study in the program. I do not recommend this applicant for admission to the Augsburg College Master of Social Work Program. Signed:.____________________Date: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Thank you -for your cooperation. ·Please Tetum-this form to: MSW Program Director Department of Social Work Augsburg College ZZ 1 1 Riverside Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 PREVIOUS EDUCATION List colleges and universities attended beginning with your most recent undergraduate experience. If you do not plan to submit a transcript from a below listed institution, please indicate this by marking an asterisk next to the name. If your Bachelor's degree is pending, please indicate your anticipated award date. Dates Attended Name & Location Major Degree Award Date I EMPLOYMENT: List all Human Service employment. Employer /Occupation Location Dates ' Total years of paid social work experience _____________________ . SOCIAL WORK FIELD EXPERIENCES: Agency List Socjal Work field experiences (internships) - if any. Location Oates I OTHER ACADEMIC PLACEMENT EXPERIENCES: List community service internships. Agency Location Dates I VOLUNTEER EXPERIENCE: List Human Service volunteer activities. Agency/Duties Location Total years of unpaid social work experience ___________________ _ updated 9/97 Oates HONORS, AWARDS, AND PUBLICATIONS Academic honors, awards, certificates, publications or honorary scholarships: FORTHCOMING RECOMMENDATIONS Please list the persons writing a recommendation. You should have recommendations sent to the MSW Program Director (use the forms available from the Department of Social Work). Name Title Organization/Institution TRANSCRIPTS Have you requested that your official post-secondary transcripts be sent to the Department of Social Work? Yes Cl No D {If your undergraduate transcript is from Augsburg College, you should send a request, in writing, to the Registrar's Office and ask that an official copy be sent to the Department of Social Work. Please note that grades for transferred credits do not appear on Augsburg transcripts. ) FINANCIAL AID Do you plan to apply for financial aid? Yes Cl No D THIS APPLICATION IS INCOMPLETE UNLESS SIGNED BY THE APPLICANT I certify that to the best of my knowledge the statements I have made on this form are correct and complete. I understand that failure to submit all required materials, withholding information requested on this form, or giving false information may make me ineligible for admission to the Master of Social Work program at Augsburg College or subject to dismissal. Date Signature Please send this completed application, along with a non-refundable application fee of $25.00 to Augsburg College, Department of Social Work, CB#274, 2211 Riverside Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Your application to the Master of Social Work Program is not considered complete until all of the following are received: • completed and signed application form • non-refundable $25.00 application fee • typed personal statement • all official post-secondary transcript(s) • three completed and signed recommendation forms The above items must be received by the Department of Social Work no later than Januarv 15th for Foundation applicants or October 1st for Advanced Standing applicants. Applications completed after this date will be reviewed on a "space available" basis only. updated 9/97
Show less

Title: Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Catalog, 1990-1992
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1992 ·' -.Jnformation Sessions MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free,...
Show more MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1990-1992 ·' -.Jnformation Sessions MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts inEducation- Leadership Office (330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information sessions: Thursday, May9, 1991 Tuesday, June 18, 1991 Thursday, July 18, 1991 Saturday, October 26, 1991 Saturday,Februaryl,1992 Tuesday, May 12, 1992 Tuesday, June 16, 1992 Thursday, July 16, 1992 7:00 - 8:00p.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 9:00 - 11:00 a.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon For more information write or call: Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 ~· Augsburg Colleg0 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454 3/91 ·:.....·-·-·. .. ,6iee and Payment Schedule ~ ~ . ;: ~ .. ·=· .., ...·.· Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course =6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00 Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date). Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $884.00 $100.00 $125.00 $50.00 $5.00 $2.00 Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. •A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. ~- •nformation Sessions MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts inEducation- Leadership Office (330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information sessions: Thursday, May 9, 1991 Tuesday, June 18, 1991 Thursday, July 18, 1991 Saturday, October 26, 1991 Saturday,Februaryl,1992 Tuesday, May 12, 1992 Tuesday, June 16, 1992 Thursday, July 16, 1992 7:00 - 8:00p.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. -noon 9:00 - 11 :00 a.m. 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. - noon 10:00 a.m. -noon ,r"' .~~,::· ' \ ...:f .>-a 'l-·~r ~··-· tr1 ~· ·t.rj". ... ~:-.: For more information write or call: Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/33~1786 Augsburg Col leg0 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS 3/91 MN 55454 z ·: .· · ~: B alendar 1991- '92 Saturday Schedule: 8:30 a.m. - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 p.m. Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 p.m. and 8:00 - 9:30 p.m. Fall Trimester 1991 Class Dates Thursday, September 5 Saturday, September 14 Thursday, September 19 Saturday, September 28 Thursday, October 3 Saturday, October 12 Thursday, October 17 Saturday,October26 Thursday, October 31 Saturday, November 9 Thursday, November 14 Saturday, November 23 Thursday, December 5 Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, September 7: Workshop for returning students Saturday, September 21: Assessment Center for new students Saturday, October 5: Assessment Center for new students Other Important Dates Monday, August 19: Application deadline Wednesday, September 4: Orientation Monday, September 9: Last day to register and/or drop Saturday, November 23: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, December 16: Final grades due Winter Trimester 1992 Class Dates Thursday, January 9 Saturday, January 18 Thursday, January 23 Saturday, February 1 Thursday, February 6 Saturday,February15 Thursday, February 20 Saturday,February29 Thursday, March 5 Saturday, March 14 Thursday, March 19 Saturday, March 28 Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, January 11: Workshop for returning students Saturday, January 25: Assessment Center for new students Other Important Dates Monday, December 2: Application deadline Wednesday, January 8: Orientation Monday, January 13: Last day to register and/or drop class without record notation Saturday, March 14: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, April 6: Final grades due .·- -~ ~.~ .·: ·. Spring Trimester 1992 Class Dates Thursday, April 2 Saturday, April 11 Thursday, April 16 Saturday, April 25 Thursday, April 30 Saturday, May 9 Thursday, May 14 Thursday, May 21 Saturday, May 30 Thursday, June 4 Saturday, June 13 Thursday, June 18 Saturday, June 27 ~· C/)f ~1 ~ tr ~ ~ tr.f ~, z· Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, April 4: Workshop for returning students t· ~ ;:: '! b· Other Important Dates Monday, March 9: Application Deadline Wednesday, April 1: Orientation Monday, April 6: Last day to register and/ or drop without notation Saturday, May 30: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, July 6: Final grades due .... ~' ~ v ~-:-·· ..., ,,. " II.•.•. ): ljee and Payment Schedule -~. Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course= 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00 Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date). Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $884.00 $100.00 $125.00 $50.00 $5.00 $2.00 Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* ::.::-. ~-- ' + 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. "";,:-< "' w < ~·· ~- t, ,, " ~ -=: ~: ·:~-.-..; d Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. > ::.: ::-.~ ~- •A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration in'Clalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. "'r 1 he most important key to developing a collective will to overcome many of our commonplace problems is leadership. Certainly leadership is characterized by more than knowing. It is also more than acting. It is ultimately defined in coalescing others to act when they otherwise might not have. Leadership, including teacher leadership, is ultimately proven in the efforts of others to attempt to scale heights of human achievement and plunge depths of human caring not otherwise envisioned." -Ken Howey Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 Calendar for 1990-'91 .................................................................... 4 Introduction to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership ... 6 Leadership Development Model ................................................. 7 Curriculum Design ....................................................................... 9 Course Descriptions .................................................................... 10 Graduate Faculty ........................................................................ 12 Library .......................................................................................... 12 Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................... 12 Student Support Services ........................................................... 13 Student Rights ............................................................................. 13 Admission Requirements ........................................................... 14 Application Procedures ...... ......... ..... ........... ..................... ...... .... 14 Evaluation Standards ................................................................. 15 Academic Policies ....................................................................... 16 Fee and Payment Schedule ........................................................ 17 Financial Aid ...... ................... ...................................................... 18 About Augsburg ......................................................................... 21 Campus Map ......................................................... .......... ............ 22 Campus Location ............................... ........... .............................. 23 B alendar 1990-'91 Calendar Saturday Schedule: 8:30 AM - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM Fall Trimester 1990 . ... " Class Dates Thursday, September 6 Thursday, September 13 Saturday, September 22 Thursday, September 27 Saturday, October 6 Thursday, October 11 Saturday, October 20 Thursday, October 25 Saturday, November 3 Thursday, November 8 Saturday, November 17 Thursday, November 29 Saturday, December 1 Leadership Practicum Dates Saturday, September 8 Saturday, September 15 Other Important Dates Monday, August 20: Application Deadline Wednesday, September 5: Orientation Monday, September 10: Last day to register and/ or drop class without record notation Saturday, November 17: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, December 17: Final Grades Due Attendance Policy Because leadership issues are presented, discussed and analyzed in the classroom, regular attendance is highly important and should be considered a responsibility, not only to one's self, but to one's classmates and the course instructor. Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor, adversely affect one's grade. Winter Trimester, 1991 Class Dates Thursday, January 3 Saturday, January 12 Thursday, January 17 Saturday, January 26 Thursday, January 31 Saturday, February 9 Thursday, February 14 Saturday, February 23* Thursday, February 28 Saturday, March 9 Thursday, March 14 Saturday, March 23 Thursday, March 28 Leadership Practicum Saturday, January 5 *One week between classes Other Important Dates Monday, December 3: Application Deadline Wednesday, January 2: Orientation Monday, January 7: Last day to register and/ or drop class without record notation Saturday, March 16: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, April 1: Final Grades Due Spring Trimester 1991 Class Dates Thursday, April 11 Saturday, April 20 Thursday, April 25 Saturday, May 4 Thursday, May 9 Saturday, May 18 Thursday, May 23 Saturday, June 1 Thursday, June 6 Saturday, June 15* Thursday, June 20 Saturday, June 22 Thursday, June 27 Leadership Practicum Saturday, April 6 *One week between classes Other Important Dates Monday, March 4: Application Deadline Wednesday, April 10: Orientation Monday, April 15: Last day to register and/ or drop class without record notation Saturday, June 1: Last day to withdraw from class Monday, July 8: Final Grades Due 6,Jntroduction to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Developing Leaders for Education The Masters of Arts in Education-Leadership is a program for educators who value and enjoy their direct contact with students and want to retain that focu in their careers. It is a program that at the outset promotes the imp rtance of teaching. It is also a program that values the role educators can play as leaders within their places of work. People who become part of this Master of Arts program will have opportunities to: • Examine what "leadership" is and who leads; • Explore who they are as leaders, both within an educational setting and outside of it; • Gain specific knowledge of education and leadership that can support their development; and • Develop skills that can increase the effectiveness of their leadership. This program values the role that good educators play in the lives of students and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule The Master of Arts in L adership pr gram is designed to meet the needs and preferences ol working adults. The pr gram is bas don the assum,ption that the men and women who enroll are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into period of tudy, group effort and clas pr paration. To accommodate this format for learning, each cla s meet on alternate Saturdays for thr e-and- ne-half hours and alternate Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours. Leadership Development Model Th Ma ter of Art in Education-L adership program promotes leadership as a pl'oce which 1) inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limit d resource , 2) pr motes productivity within and beyond the organizati n, and 3) works toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess thre k y attributes: a sen e of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct action. Underlying thes attributes is a broad range of abilities and awarenesse . Thes abilitie and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the Leadership Development Model Leadership Sense of Vision Orientation Toward Action / Ethical + Social awareness + Environmental awareness + Tolerance of religious and philosophical differences + Appreciation of situational complexity /1 Facility for Persuasion / Communicative Creative + Long-term perspective + Flexibility + Adaptability + Innovativeness + Effective listener • Effective speaker + Effective writer + Diplomatic ability + Effective team member + Interpersonal sensitivity I Risk Assumptive + Curiosity + Achievement motivation + Self-esteem Decisive + Self-confidence + Analytical ability + Ability to think critically + Understanding of research + Ability to manage conflict ""' Culturally Aware + Appreciation for cultural differences • World-view perspective • Tolerance of individual differences Master of Arts in Education-Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership is participation in a community of learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the program a variety of work and life experiences. . ... To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center; to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Leadership Practicum Master of Arts in Education-Leadership students enroll in a half course called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll in this professional assessment and development course for six terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half-course credit. Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a full day professional assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model (see page 3). Assessment instruments include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group experiences. Following the assessment, students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal goal setting and in the creation of a professional development plan focused on dimensions of leadership. In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group processes, and other professional development topics identified by graduate students and staff. These workshops are developed by students enrolled in the course "Creativity and Problem Framing. " The Assessment and Leadership Practicum also asks students to focus on leadership opportunity within their workplace, or in an appropriate volunteer setting. Students will develop a learning agreement which outlines the scope of their project and what they hope to accomplish and learn through that project. Students will be supported throughout this project by peer and faculty coaching sessions which meet as an ongoing part of the Assessment and Leadership Practicum. B urriculum Design The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program is composed of 12 courses. Each course uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners including case study, debate, written and oral seminar presentations and small group activity. These courses develop targeted leadership abilities and understandings as a boundary crossing endeavor in need of the leadership skills and visions of people from all levels of an organization. The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will provide opportunities for students to: conceptual frameworks of leadership issues of leadership history of education current issues in education conceptual models of teaching and learning Study • • • • • Reflect • on the various natures of leadership • on themselves as leaders • options and opportunities for leadership in education • on ethics and values in leadership Assess • themselves as leaders • situations in which they lead • programs, projects and ideas Exercise • creative leadership both individual and collective • a variety of thought processes Integrate • viewpoints on leadership with p r anal experiences • viewpoints on education from a variety of disciplines Required Courses Include: EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 500 590 591 592 Ethics and Leadership Legacy of Education Models of Teaching and Learning Diversity and Education Evaluation and Documentation Creativity and Problem Framing Models of Educational Process Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings Assessment and Leadership Practicum Thesis Research Seminar I Thesis Research Seminar II Thesis Consultation a ourse Descriptions EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership Study of leadership within the context of personal and professional ethics, values and faith. Weighing and balancing competing values within an ethical framework will be explored as a part of experiential exercises. Leadership issues of gender, ethnic origins, and culture will be explored. Leaders of past and present, recognized and unrecognized, will be studied. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of disciplines and perspectives. EDU 511 Legacy of Education Comparative study of education through political, historical, economic and sociological perspectives. This course will provide a knowledge base for students to discharge their leadership responsibilities with wisdom gained from knowing the past. EDU 512 Models for Teaching and Learning Study of the teaching and learning processes. Recent research findings about teaching and learning will be examined. Interpretation of the research findings in light of prejudgments concerning teaching and learning will be explored. Technological applications to the field of teaching and learning will be included. EDU 513 Diversity and Education An exploration of the interrelatedness of world concerns and cultural diversity as they impact on the field of education. EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and ideas as they relate to educational policy and practice. Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed. EDU 515 Creativity and Problem Framing Study and application of the thinking processes as they affect problem solving and decision making. Models of goal formation, program planning and implementation will be included. Students will create seminars, to be conducted for peers in the program. EDU 516 Models of Educational Process Exploration of supervisory and consultative models, both within and outside the field of education. Major topics include mentoring, peer collaboration, varieties of administrative processes and procedures and observational techniques. Developing partnerships and collaborative ventures among programs and institutions within the community will be a part of this course. An underlying focus of this course is that of change: identifying where it's needed, initiating the process, and adapting to the outcomes. EDU 517 Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings Study of school curriculum; selection of curricular offerings, society's impact on school offerings, politics of curricular change and offerings, curriculum development and research in content areas. EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum A professional assessment and practicum which spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional assessment; subsequent seminars designed by the students in the course, "Creativity and Problem Framing"; and opportunity to design and implement a leadership project within the workplace with the support of peer and faculty coaching. Half course. Graded on a P /N basis. EDU 590 Thesis - Research Seminar I This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic and to synthesize previous study and work experience. Graded on P /N basis. EDU 591 Thesis - Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings This seminar focuses on the results of individual projects developed in Research Seminar I. At the completion of the seminar, students present their final results orally and submit written theses. Graded on P /N basis. EDU 592 Thesis Consultation A series of meetings with a faculty thesis advisor simultaneous with EDU 591 and during the term in which the thesis is being prepared for final submission. Half course. Graded P /N. (Students not completing the thesis during the same term in which they enrolled in EDU 591 are required to pay a thesis continuation fee during each subsequent term until the thesis is completed. a raduate Faculty Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team taught by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining a faculty member with professionals from relevant fields. In these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D. and substantial teaching experience. All of the program faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners. The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. 'Blccreditation and Affiliations Students who successfully complete Augsburg's EducationLeadership program will receive a Master of Arts Degree. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The college is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. ~tudent Support Services The Augsburg Master of Alis i11 Education-Leadership Program assists stud nts i:n making education and career plans, in working on their personal developme1\t, and in participating in activities beyond th classroom. Some of thes service, are listed below. Academic Planning In addition to the facu lty who provide consultation and advice, academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Ma ter of Arts in Education-Leadership staff. Career Services available include: • Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum • Self/ career assessment counseling through the Career Services Office (330-1162) • Development of a resume and a career-search plan through the Career Services Office • Work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Coop rative Education Office (330-1148) • tudent Rights The College has adopted a statem nt f student rights and responsibilities and ha pr vided for du proce sin the matters of disciplin, ry action, grievances and grade appeal. Students who wish to identify appropriate procedmes for complaint hould contact the Vic President for Student Affair (3 0-1160). Th College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students hav the right to insp ct aJJ official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver f access ha been signed) and to challenge inac urate or misleading information. Students hav a right t experienc education free from discrimination ba ed on sex, race, tlmic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. A)dmissions Requirements Applicants to the programs must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university. Applicant to the program are expected to have a minimum undergradua te grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in an accredited master's program or demonstration of 3.0 course work b yond the bachelor' plus a probationary term. Applicants to the program must have two years of experience (or equivalent) in a position demonstrating leadership potential in an educational setting. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basi . Ad mi sion to each entering graduate class will be given t the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's: • previous college record • letters of recommendation • experience and organizational background • Miller Analogies Test scores • written statement and possible interview m pplication Procedures To apply, student must submit the following materials to the Master of Arts in Leader hip Office: • Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. • Written statement relating the applicant's career and life goals focusing on leadership a pirations. • Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential. • Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a leader. • Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from each institution attended indicating degrees conferred. • Official set of re ults on the Miller Analogies Test, or for applicants whose nativ · language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). • Possible interview with a graduate program staff member. ID valuation Standards Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 P N W I Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Achieves the minimum passing standard Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and non-punitive-not computed in grade point average) Grade given when course is dropped Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary docw11entation). No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Academic Probation and Dismissal " Student must maintajn a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a tudent falls bel w a 3.0 average, the student will be plac d on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulatjve grade point average must be restored in order for a student to b removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a course, the student must petition successfully with the Graduate Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average again fall s below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Graduate Program Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Graduate Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed . Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. No more than three courses will be accepted for transfer into the Masters of Leadership-Education program. Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either one or two courses each trimester. Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to complete the program in two years. All students are required to comple te th program within fou r years. Extensions beyond four y ars will b considered on the basi of petition to the Graduate Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term mu t request a leave of absence in writing from the Graduate Program Committee. Last Date to Withdraw from Class The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records is noted on pp. 4 and 5. ee and Payment Schedule Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee Late Fee (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting (cancel/add / change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $815.00 $100.00 $125.00 $100.00 $50.00 per day $5.00 $2.00 Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.) Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to the first scheduled class meeting-100 % the second scheduled class meeting-90% the third scheduled class meeting-80 % the fourth scheduled class meeting-70% the fifth scheduled class meeting-60% the sixth scheduled class meeting-50 % Iiinancial Aid In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time . One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on standard, nationally accepted methodology. + Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000. + SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until the student ceases halftime enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply for financial aid. + SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)-A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as undergraduates with a $25,000 aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. + Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750. To Apply for Financial Aid: 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or the 'Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Program Office, 2222 Murphy Place). 3) All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if they did not receive aid. Forms are available from the College. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. \. • bout Augsburg History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's Hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways. Accessibility Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library and music building. In addition, there are programs for students with learning and physical disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 59 percent of the students are Lutheran, 14 percent other Protestant and 19 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. D ampusMap 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Music Hall 2222 Murphy Place Melby Hall Ice Arena Stage II Theatre Center for Global Education Scandinavian Center Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Youth and Family Institute 19. Office Annex House 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking c. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty /Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview I St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only I6. I Accessible Entrance N I • I I I I ....... ....... DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd A venues and north of 8th Street on 21st A venue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside A venue. Augsburg College__; 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
Show less

Title: Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Catalog, 1995-1997
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ... ·" :. .~~ ·.~. :. ~ ;·. · ·~ · . -'.· ~· . .• ~ :· . ·.·z. '·· , ' ~ .~< ...... . "'• ' • .~ A •. . . ... ·\.,.""' .. I ..J. l4 .'' •• · ~ .·,.·· ' . .. ~ . ·, ~ ~ ,, ~ . .'. .. ·~ · . , ... - ~ : ·. ~. • 'I< • . 0 .. :.' ··. ,.J . ·- ~ ~. ·~''...
Show more ... ·" :. .~~ ·.~. :. ~ ;·. · ·~ · . -'.· ~· . .• ~ :· . ·.·z. '·· , ' ~ .~< ...... . "'• ' • .~ A •. . . ... ·\.,.""' .. I ..J. l4 .'' •• · ~ .·,.·· ' . .. ~ . ·, ~ ~ ,, ~ . .'. .. ·~ · . , ... - ~ : ·. ~. • 'I< • . 0 .. :.' ··. ,.J . ·- ~ ~. ·~''; . .. .. ·. . . . ...··~., -. ' \ · JCi ... ~l ' -r,.• I I •I .... l ,,, ' ~..,'\,, .. . • t ..• • .. .~ ·r:/1 ~ . . ril Q ~ · ·~ ~ · ·z " ArPLICATION FOR ADMISSION MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP . RECOMMENDATIONS Please have your supervisor and a co-worker ~end recommendations (please use the atta~hed forms available.from the Graduate Programs Office) on your behalf to'the Graduate Programs Office. List the people writing recommendations belmy: Supervisor Name--------------------------~--------------Title __________________Organization/Institution _____ __________ _ __ _ __ Co-worker Name --------~------------------------------------· ~ Title _______________ _ _Organizalionl lnstitution - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - ' f INANCIAl ASSISTANCE Do you .wish to apply for fina~cial aid?. Yes D No D , Would you .like us to send you finan~ial aid forms? Yes 0 No 0 . WiH you be using a company tuitio,n reimbur~ement plan? Yes D No 0 / ' / YOUR SIGNATURE I certify that the information which I have given is true to the be$t of my knowledge. If I am accepted to the Augsburg MAL Piogram, I _agree to comply with all regulations· of the college and to read the catalog and agree to the terms therein. Information froin this form may qe used by officials of the College. Any misrepresentation pn the patt of the applicant is 'Cause.for non-acceptance, cancellation of accepta.nce or dismissal from school. All documents submitted in suppot1 of the application become_lhc property of ttie college and are not returnable or transferable. My signature below indicate~ -that all the information in my applic~tion is complete, factually correct and honestly presented. Signature of Applicant - - - - -- - -- - - - -- - - - - - -- -- - - - -- Date - - - - - -- -- - •' The $25 non-refundable application fee must accompany this form. This application11nd fee should be returned to: Augsburg Graduate Programs Office, 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 . II is lhc po licy ol' Augsburg College no1 10 discriminate on lhc basi; of raLc, cofor. creed, rpligion, sc11.ual or'affcc tion al preference, n-ati onal or ethnic origin, ager. ma.rilal status, se x., s1a1us with regard to public ass istance, or disability a .~ required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments ol SeL·tion 504 of the Rehabilitation Act or 1973, as amended in its admi ssions policies. ec.1\ICiltional progrdms, activities and em ployment practices. \ Augsburg College Winter Trimester Master of Arts in Leadership Academic Calendar 1996-1997 New Students Orientation: Thursday August 29 Fall Trimester Orientation: Registration: Last day for add/drop: New Student Assessment: Last day to withdraw: Final grades due: Leadership Practicum: Thursday, August 29 Thursday, September 5 Wednesday, September 11 Tuesday, September. 24th Thursday, October 31 Friday, December 20 To Be Arranged Information Sessions Saturday, October 19, 1996 9:00 a.m. Thursday, November 7, 1996 6:00 p.m. Class Dates Thursday, September 5 Saturday, September 14 Thursday, September 19 Saturday, September 28 Thursday, October 3 Saturday, October 12 Thursday, October 17 Saturday, October 26 Thursday, October 31 Saturday, November 9 Thursday, November 14 Saturday, November 23 Saturday, December 7 Spring Trimester Orientation: Registration Last day for add/drop: Last day to withdraw: Final grades due: Leadership Practicum: Tuesday, January 7, 1997 Thursday, January 9, 1997 Wednesday, January 15, 1997 Thursday, February 20, 1997 Monday, April To Be Arranged Information Sessions: Saturday, January 18, 1997 9:00 a.m. Saturday, March 15, 1997 9:00 a.m. Class Dates Thursday, January 9 Saturday, January 18 Thursday, January 23 Saturday, February 1 Thursday, February 6 Saturday, February 15 Thursday, February 20 Saturday, March 1 Thursday, March 6 Saturday, March 15 Thursday, March 20 Saturday, April 5 SPRING BREAK: March 24-31 EASTER: March 30 HOMECOMING Oct. 5 Orientation: Registration: Last day to add/drop: New Student Assessment: Last day to withdraw: Final grades due: Leadership Practicum: Information Sessions: Saturday, April 19, 1997 Saturcay, June 21 , 1997 Thursday, July24, 1997 Class Dates Thursday, April 10 Saturday, April 19 Thursday, April 24 Saturday, May 3 Thursday, May 8 Saturday, May 17 Thursday, May 22 Saturday, May 31 Thursday, June 5 Saturday, June 14 Saturday, June 21 Thursday, June 26 Tuesday, April 8 Thursday, April 10 Wednesday, April 16 Thursday, May 1st Thursday, May 8 Monday, July 7 To Be Arranged 9:00 a.m. 9:00 a.m. 6:00p.m. GRADUATION May 25 MEMORW., DAY May 26 Candidates for Masters Degree: March 1, 1997: Last day to schedule defense of Thesis or Application Project with the Graduate Programs Office May 15, 1997: Last day to defend Thesis or Application Project in order to participate in Conunencement. THANKSGIVING Nov. 28 nhmaldisk:ni:wcalcndar Allgurt l , 1996 May 25, 1997: Graduation MAL 1996-1997 Fee and Payment Schedule Application fee (non-refundable, paid when application is submitted) Tuition per trimester course, one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) $25.00 $1094.00 Optional Leadership Practicum Fee (per trimester for six terms) $125.00 Thesis/Project Continuation Fee (per trimester) $125.00 Late Fee, (per day, charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date, includes incomplete registration as unsigned registration form or unapproved payment plan) $25.00 Registration change after first class meeting (canceVadd/change grade option, or combination at one time) $5.00 Transcript fee (per copy; the first is free) $2.00 Finance charge: charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due day ofregistration 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses or equivalent, which are company reimbursed, require a. deposit of $100.00 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of' the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable is three equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account from a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan) which must be current according to established repayment schedules. •A non-mfficient funds check will declare your registration invalid and could effect fanher credit extended by the college. fecpay sch - WINDOWS •. Catalog Supplement 1996 for MAL Program A Hon-thesis Option for Completion of the MAL Program (Plan B) In March 1996 the MAL program approved a Plan B alternative to provide a third choice for students completing their MAL degree. Plan B involves both a different number and configuration of course requirements than Plan A. (See below for details) The Thesis and the Leadership Application Project are described in the 1995-1997 catalog. The thesis and leadership application project are similar in approach and methodology. They differ principally in the degree of application. thesis, leadership application project, and g1an B are options available to all HAL atudents. ~h• The PLAN B Option: The Plan B option requires 11 courses. Plan B students must take: ML 580 Contemporary Theories of Leadership ML 510 Visions of Leadership ML 514 Research Methods. Plan B students will write two major papers: l'irst Paper: In ML 580 Contemporary Theories of Leadership students write one major paper(approximately 30 pages). This paper will fulfill one of required Plan B papers if a grade of 3.5 or batter is achieved. Students are required to give an oral presentation based on their major paper at the end of the semester. (If the grade achieved on this paper is less than 3.5 and the student has elected the Plan B option, the student will re- work the paper.*) *A readers' panel, selected by the MAL Advisory committee, will review the revised paper. Second Paper: one of two ways: The second major paper may be handled in 1) An Independent study ML 59·9 (1. 0 credit) taken with an Advisor. There will be a major paper(approximately 30-35 pages) required. The student must earn at least a grade of 3.5. . 2) Thesis Seminar ML 593-594 sequence (.5 er each-1.0 er total) and complete a major paper(approximately 30-35 pages). The second Plan B Paper will be reviewed by the readers' panel. The task of the readers' panel is to determine whether the paper is at the 3.5 level or better and to maintain consistent quality across differing project~ and subject areas. The second Plan B paper will be presented at an annual Colloquium held for students, faculty, alumni and invited guests. Students will present an Abstract (approximately 15 minutes) of their second plan B paper completed during a given academic year. The presentation is part of the requirement to complete the Plan B alternative. 1 I MAL Course Schedule 1996 -1997 (As of 2/96) Fall 1996 Time I ML 510 Visions of Leadership: Nelson Winter 1997 Time I ML 531 Dynamics of CbangePike & Morgan Spring 1997 Time I ML 596 Women and Leadership Noonan ML 520 Self Identity, Values & Personal Growth- Ferguson ML /EDU 514 Research Methods & Evaluation Erickson ML/EDU 594 Leadership Seminar II Swenson Music 4 ML 580: Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership : Endorf, Noonan, Swanson,McNeff,Mugge, Hanson ML 540 Political Leadership Morris & Noonan ML 510: Visions of Leadership Palosaari Time II ML/EDU 514 Research Methods/Evaluation Volker Time II ML 560 Developing a Perspective: Benson Time II ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought Crockett ML/EDU 593: Leadership Swenson ML 511 Creativity/ Problem-Solving Hesser IML 599 Ferrell, Multi-cultural Seminar I ML 530 Ethics in Communication: Nilsson Organizational Leadership Dyrud, Morris, Pike p Time I: Thursday, 6:00-7:30 pm & Saturday, 8:30 a.m. -12:00 noon Time II: Thursday, 8:00-9:30 pm & Saturdav. 1:00 - 4: 30 p.m. nn ~· .·· . . " .. . • .·. . - .... .....•• •, •; .. • cJI/ ... . . . . -~· .. ~ ..... : .. .: : hose who hope to lead had better understand both .. . . rationally and intuitively the people who might be .. ~ ... ~ • . ' their followers, and the society in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the values of our common ., .. ... . .. ...•..., .- ,-.'·' · ' I . ~· culture, past and present, know how our political and economic systems work, and understand how and why science has changed the world. .. Leaders need specialists as advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are generalists . .. At higher levels of leadership they cannot achieve their full potential without considerable breadth. of knowledge. Only this way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert knowledge is used. .' ·: . : ., . .. •' -: .·. ......... •. ... .·• ....... . ... .. , ... • ,.a, .. .t '• .. . •. - John Gardner . ' ~ .. . .. .. . .· . : .. ·~.. . ~ :• ... .. .. . :.• .. ..... ...,.. . .. . .. ~ A-UGSBURG ' • •, C•O•L•L•E•G•E Graduate Programs Office Box 144 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 . .· ·, ·' .' . ._;i .- . ... ·. " l. ' ~ . . . \ •' ..•.. ·, . \ ... ,, : ' •I' x~LE OF CONTENTS • • • • • . •. Introduction ...................... ................... ... ............ .... ..... .. .. .. .. ......... 3 , . Leadership Development Model .... .. .................. ....... .................. .4 Curriculum Design ... .. ...................... .............. ...... .. ..................... .5 Thesis/Leadership Application Project.. ............. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..............6 Course Descriptions ... ........................ ............ ... ........ .................... 7 .. ,·.. Admission Requirements & Procedures .. ............. ...................... 10 International Applicants ...... ... ....... .. .......... ..... .. ........... ....... ....... .. 11 •. I .' • t" • • ~ ... . I ..... .. ' Evaluation Standards ............. ............. ..... ....... .......... ........ .... .... .. 12 Student Rights .............. ...... .......... ............ ....... .... ...... ........ ... ....... 12 Attendance Policies ................. .. ............ ....... ... ..... .. ........ ..... ....... 13 I . '· . ,.. . Academic Policies ................ ............... ...... .. ............................. .. 13 Student Support Services ......... ... ................................. .. ... .. .. ...... 14 '' Library ... .... ..... ......... .... ... ......... ..... ............... .. ...... .. ... ............ ...... 14 • Accreditation and Affiliations ..... .. ........ :.. ...................... .... ........ 14 I .... .. •' Fee and Payment Information .. ............. .... ... ..... ... ... .. ....... .. .. .. ..... 15 .. .. . ' •••• ·:" \ . .• .. .•.. " ,. Financial Aid ....... ............ .... ...... ...... .. .. ..... .......... .... ... ....... ......... . 16 About Augsburg ............. ... ............ ...................... .... ... .. .. .. ..... ... ... 18 Campus Location & Map ....... .......... .... ..... ...... ... .. ................... ... 19 Faculty and Administration ...... ..... ....... ... ................ ..... ............. .20 . .. ... ,.. .• ,• I ' ._%TRODUCTION • Developing Leaders for Organizations and the Community The Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program responds to the leadership development needs of both profit and not-for-profit organizations. While different in structure and purpose, most organizations seek leaders with the following qualities: a vision which is ethically and morally responsible, extending beyond immediate concerns; an understanding of how change occurs and affects the immediate environment; a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face, and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an organization's mission; the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to work toward a common goal; and the ability to effectively represent the organization both internally and externally. The MAL program provides a means by which individuals may discover and refine these and other abilities fundamental to effective leadership. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, the MAL program is based on the assumption that the students who enroll are career oriented, • • • ~ I . .. .,.• ·' • : ~ self-disciplined, and wellmotivated individuals, seeking a balance of classroom experience, group interaction, and individual study. Most courses are organized as seminars with opportunity for discussion and dialogue, and classes meet on alternate Saturdays for threeand-one-half hours and alternate Thursday evenings for one-andone-half hours. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of the MAL program is participation in a community of learners gathered together on the Augsburg campus. This community is enriched by the students with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate community interaction, students are encouraged to make use of the Augsburg library, computer labs, and Christensen Center. Students share meals and coffee breaks; participate in optional lunch time seminars; and attend music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Individual Professional Development A major component of the MAL program is the professional. assessment. Given in the first year of study, the assessment can help students to identify leadership skills and preferred work and learning styles. Nationally recognized test instruments are used and based . .. on the results, students are encouraged to create personalized goals and plans to strengthen areas which may require further development. MAL students are encouraged to enroll in ML 500, Leadership Practicum. Students may enroll in this professional development series for six terms and upon completion of six Practica, receive a half-course credit to be used as an elective. Scheduled each term, Practica are designed to meet student needs in areas such as interpersonal communication, approaches to career change, coping with workplace issues, and other areas related to leadership and professional development. In consultation with the Director, the student may also apply to receive credit for attending seminars related to his or her employment as part of the Practicum course. ~,.. . . . .. ·" •• . ., ' ,, · .~I ,· . ......,., ... ,. ~ ,. ,. ; ' '·.· : . . .. • . ... _, .· .... ... ·.. ., . "' .3 . ·. • ~ \ ... .. ! ; . .. .• ~ •' ~ - ' . . ' .... • • •' If ~.. . .., . ... .·• ~ADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL • • • • • The MAL program promotes leadership as a process which 1) inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and 3) works toward progress for the individual and the organization. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade, and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes is a broad range of abilities and awareness, outlined in the Leadership Development Model, that serve as specific outcomes for the MAL Program. Augsburg's model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the individual. Leadership ' , ,.. .:· ' i 1 o" .. t ·t . · .~ ~- ':·· . ~. · : Sense of Vision • t• I .. • • • •• / ... Ethical . ." ;. • . ···. .. ... . ... .. ' . ( ' • Social awareness • Environmental awareness • Tolerance of religioLis and philosophical differences • Appreciation of situational complexity ~. "" Facility for Persuasion Orientation Toward Action / Creative Communicative •Long-term perspective • Flexibility • Adaptability • Innovativeness • • • • • Effective listener Effective speaker Effective writer Diplomatic ability Effective team member • Interpersonal sensitivity , .. I B .. ~ ... ~ .. ; It .. .. . •... ~ Risk Assumptive ..•. . .· ... ..• ;.;4 · • ,• ~ .' . ~ " • i"'., . .. • Curiosity •Achievement motivation • Self-esteem Decisive • • • • Self-confidence Analytical ability Ability to think critically Understanding of research •Ability to manage conflict ~ Culturally Aware • Appreciation for cultural differences •World-view perspective • Tolerance of individual differences .. . .· - .. ·~ ··. . WuRRICULUM DESIGN • ~ ... e' . ."'..... .· . • · MAL students are required to complete 10.5 course credits (42 semester hours) and a Thesis or Leadership Application Project. Each course includes two or more liberal arts disciplines, encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners. Instructional techniques include case studies, debate, written and oral presentations, and group activity. These techniques, which have had demonstrated success in advanced courses, develop targeted leadership abilities and understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and understandings as crossdisciplinary and to see content areas as integrated. The very form of the program reflects the view that the world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well- Core Courses (3.5 course credits) .... (These two seminars are to be taken in a student's last two , consecutive terms, or when the The following core courses are required of all students in the student has completed at least five electives.) ..... MAL program: developed integrative ability. ML 510 Visions of Leadership ML 514 Research Methods ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II ML 592 Thesis/Application Project Consultation (to be taken simultaneously with ML 594 and in the term in which the Thesis/ Application Project is in progress). '• .. . ' .. ; ~ ...·.. :'. ·. ,.' ... .· '' . .. . ~RICULUM DESIGN • • • • ' '• . ... . ... '· -· ,. Elective Courses (at least 7.0 course credits) The MAL program requires that a minimum of five of the seven elective courses be selected from the following course list: ML 500 Leadership Practicum 1·, ML 511 Creativity and the . •' Problem-Solving Process ·r. ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought ML 530 Ethics in Communication ML 531 The Dynamics of Change ML 540 Politics, History, and Leadership ML 545 Decision Making I: Qualitative Process ...... ,,., and Application , e.,.·.· ·~.:_.~: 1!- ~\• I f. '~ ' ·.. " 1 . Ii • ...... • • .... ·:. ; .. ML 598 Independent Study ML 599 Special Topics ... ,.. •' r• . •'•. , ~- . . ·.. .: .:. .· ,. ML 580 Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership ML 596 Women and Leadership . ff'· 6' The MAL program will allow students to take up to two electives from the Master of Arts in Education - Leadership (MEL) program. See the MEL program bulletin for detailed descriptions of these courses. Thesis/Leadership Application Project At, or near, the completion of the course work for the MAL program, students are required to develop and carry out a study of some aspect of leadership or of a leadership-related topic. This research-based study affords students the opportunity to "tie together" what has been learned from the study of leadership in the course work and course-related activities. Cultural Perspective I .. ML 560 Developing a Multi- ~ •. ' '\ ML 550 Decision Making and Technology Master of Arts in Education - Leadership Elective Courses (up to 2 course credits) .... Students have the option to do either a Thesis or Leadership Application Project for completion of the degree. The Thesis or Application Project should be seen as the culmination of the MAL program, offering participants the opportunity to investigate either some aspect of leadership in depth or explore the application of what has been studied. The distinction between these two options lies in their orientation. The Thesis will have a more theoretical orientation, while the Leadership Application Project will be based on a more practical application orientation. Students who do not complete their Thesis or Leadership Application Project while enrolled in ML 594 are required to pay a continuation fee during each subsequent term until the Thesis/Project is completed. . . \ .. • •.• ~URSE DESCRIPTIONS • ML 500 Leadership Practicum (.5 credit for 6 Practicum attended) Professional development workshops and seminars which span six terms. One-half course credit. Graded on a P/N basis. This course is especially recommended for students who want or need more applied workplace case studies. ML 510 Visions of Leadership: An Historical and Literary Journey (1.0 course) Introduction to selected concepts of leadership, providing an historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of disciplines and perspectives. ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process (1.0 course) Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. This course uses creativity as a method, and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing innovation, and for seeking an integrative worldview. (Students can not receive credit for this course and EDU 515 Creativity and Problem Framing.) • • • • • t ...... ~ ,• ML 514 Research Methods (1.0 course) Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and ideas as they relate to leadership theories and practice. Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed. (Students can not receive credit for this course and EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation.) ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth (1.0 course) Study of the concepts of selfidentity, values and personal growth as related to professional, personal life. This course may employ psychological, philosophical, and theological perspectives to explore the role of the individual in the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values, the influence of sex roles, and the relationship to spiritual growth. ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought (1.0 course) Investigation of the processes of critical thinking drawing from philosophy and other disciplines. This course focuses on the relationships between ideas and the expression and application of ideas. Students apply dialectical processes in the effective formation, presentation, and use of ideas in organizational structures. ML 530 Ethics in Communication (1.0 course) Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication through the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within human communication. This course places particular attention on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising, and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes a sensitivity to ethical conflicts which arise in social and organizational settings. .• . .... . .. . .,, . ' . !' • ". # ...•... ., ·' ~·. ~ .. ,• •. ·, . .;. , •, •' '. ... .7. " .• .. . .. .. ~ d / .. . WouRSE DESCRIPTIONS • • • • • .... •, ! . . · ... ·· '• .; ... . ·~ ' ..· "•' .:. . • ·. . , ·, 1: .. . . . , . ... . .. ' ~ l .... ,; ~ .. ML 531 The Dynamics of Change (1.0 course) This course offers an exploration of the context of social change and varying responses to diverse human needs. Ways of achieving wellbeing may be viewed differently by leaders in public and private domains and across cultures. The course explores these various perspectives, including areas of conflict and opportunities for leadership in social and organizational change. Sociological, human development, and economic theories are applied to contemporary public and private sector issues for social change. ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership (1.0 course) •• .·... ...,. .. ·~ ; •. ... . ~· .... . ·:.... . ; • • "i .. &'· ·d~ ".. •, .. .. ·.' 8, r • ·. • t • • .• .. ..:· .. ML 545 Decision Making I: Qualitative Process and Application (1.0 course) Decision making is fundamental to all human endeavor, particularly in leadership . Leaders, regardless of their ' ,. Analysis of leadership perspectives in selected political systems and other organizations. Special focus on significant leadership theories and leaders, past and present. Most theories studied are relevant to business and non-profit organizations as well as to politics. field, are continually held accountable for decisions in settings characterized by incomplete information and limited time. The constrained nature of the typical decisionmaking environment necessitates the use of a systematic and objective decision making process . Drawing on various disciplines, course participants will examine the different stages of the decision-making process, including: analysis of the decision setting and its relevant boundaries, identification of acceptable decision outcomes, definition of the implementation of the decision, and appraisal of potential contingencies. While emphasis is given to the qualitative rather than quantitative aspects of decision making, about 20 percent of the course will include the development of some basic analytical concepts: data collection, graphs and charts, measuring central tendency and dispersion, and association. ML 550 Decision Making and Technology (1.0 course) Historical analysis of the decision- making and problemsolving process. This course focuses on the development of technology as both the cause and the solution of problems by investigating various cases. ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective (1.0 course) Investigation of multicultural issues. This course will enhance one's ability to lead and work more effectively with people of different cultural backgrounds through the study of diverse values, beliefs, and traditions within the global community. (Students can not receive credit for this course and EDU 513 Diversity and Education.) ML 580 Colloquium on Contemporary theories of leadership (1.0 course) Selected contemporary theories of leadership presented by instructors who participate in this seminar. Emphasis on critical thinking, discussion, written analysis. Prerequisite: One year course work in MAL program and ML 510. ML 592 Thesis/Project Consultation (.5 course) A series of meetings with a faculty thesis/project adviser simultaneous with ML 594 and during the trimester in which the Thesis/Project is being prepared for final submission. Graded on PIN basis. Students not completing the Thesis/Project during the same term, in which they are enrolled in ML 594, are required to pay a Thesis/Project continuation fee during each subsequent term until the Thesis/Project is completed. (Credit will not be granted to MAL students for EDU 592 Thesis Consultation.) ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership (.5 course) First half of a two-course "capstone" sequence for the MAL program to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms or after the completion of at least five electives. This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic, to synthesize previous study and work experience, and to demonstrate an understanding of the program's principles. Graded on a P/N basis. ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings (.5 course) Continuation of the "capstone" seminar, taken in the term immediately following the student's registration in ML 593. This seminar focuses on the methods of inquiry and results of individual projects. By the completion of the seminar, students should have made significant progress on the Thesis or Leadership Application Project. Graded on a P/N basis. ML 596 Women and Leadership (1.0 course) A seminar exploring the theory and practice of women and leadership - political, entrepreneurial, and social. An interdisciplinary approach to issues of women and leadership with an emphasis on literature developed by political scientists. The course is intended to enhance the critical thinking skills of the participants and the leadership skills of women and of those working with women. Opportunity for research on topic and area of interest. ML 598 Independent Study (.5-1.0 course) Provides directed independent study in an area of the student's choice. Open to students who have completed at least three courses with a grade-point average of at least 3.0. Students must complete a Proposal for Independent Study and have it signed by the supervising professor. The proposal then must be approved by the MAL Program Director prior to registration for the course. ML 599 Special Topics (.5-1.0 course) Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration for each term. .... ' ' ', .• .... • • • • A DMISSION REQUIREMENTS • • • • • & PROCEDURES • • • • written statement • Miller Analogies Test score, if requested • interview, if requested To apply, the following materials must be submitted to the Graduate Programs Office: • Completed application form; • $25.00 non-refundable application fee; • A brief (1-3 page) statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to his or her leadership aspirations; • Recommendation letter and checklist from an immediate . .. supervisor, assessing ' ,. •t" .. ' organizations in a position(s) of hold a baccalaureate degree leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership checklist from a co-worker (at college or university and must potential. the same level) describing the have a minimum cumulative ' undergraduate grade point .. average of 3.0 (on a scale of A= 4.0) and a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at .. an accredited college or university. Applicants holding a ., Master's or other advanced degree from accredited colleges or universities are admissible. ..•• . Should an applicant not meet ·.. .\ requirements, a probationary • ~ : •' .... .. . the minimum admissions term may be possible as decided applicant's work style and the program will be made on an leadership potential; individual basis by the MAL . ·:. ' -·~ ,. ' ; . • Official transcripts from Admissions Committee . all undergraduate Admission to each entering institutions attended listing graduate class will be given to the courses taken and any most highly qualified individuals. degree(s) conferred; Admissions are handled on a "rolling" basis, with students • Official transcripts from all admitted at the beginning of the graduate institutions attended fall. winter, and spring terms. listing courses taken and Selection of candidates will be degree(s) conferred, if any; made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's: • previous college record Applicants to the program must • letters of recommendation • If requested, official results on the Miller Analogies Test • Applicant may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty have five years of experience (or • experience and organizational background ~ • Recommendation letter and Decisions about admission to on a case-by-case basis. equivalent) with one or more .. leadership potential; from an accredited four-year ·~ ·• "· Applicants to the program must and/or staff member. ·~ . ~ . .' ..• ~TERNATIONAL APPLICANTS • • • • • The Augsburg College Graduate applicant's work sty le and Programs Office encourages potential as a leader; qualified applicants from other countries and because these students contribute significantly to the program. International applicants should keep in mind that classes meet on alternating Thursday evenings and Saturdays and that students can take only two classes (plus a practicum per trimester if desired) for a yearly total of six • Official marksheets with certified translations from all undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks earned, dates attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any; • Official marksheets with certified translations from all classes and three Practica. With graduate institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks this schedule students can complete the required course earned, dates attended , and degree(s) or diploma(s) work in two years. See the conferred, if any; section under Admission Requirements for a general description of the admission process, selection criteria, and • Official results on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum minimum of $10,000 in U.S. funds for living expenses for themselves plus the cost of tuition. NOTE: Additional information may be required, as requested by Augsburg College to more accurately evaluate educational credentials more accurately. Furthermore, supplemental information may be needed to issue an 1-20or1-1 for students admitted to the MAL program. Information requested for the 120or1-1 will not be used to make an admission decision. .. .. .. .. • - . ~; I ' ••• .'. :•: ' : • J. ' • .. . .. .. ·. .. . ..... ~ .. : ·•·.' ... ' .. • l• score of 590; and work experience requirements. • Applicant may be asked to Application materials required for international applicants are: participate in an interview with graduate program • Completed application form; faculty and/or staff member, if applicant is in the • $25.00 non-refundable application fee payable in U.S. dollars; • A brief (1-3 page) statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to his or her leadership aspirations; • Completed Declaration of Finances; • Letter of recommendation in English from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential; • Letter of recommendation in English from a co-worker (at the same level) describing the United States. Very limited financial aid from Augsburg College may or may not be available, therefore, students and their financial sponsor must complete a Declaration of Finances as part of the application for admission, along with appropriate certifications. Students will need to provide proof of availability of funds for tuition, books, and living costs for each academic year in which they want to attend. The College requires students to provide proof of a . .-: ·. ..• .lJ .·.• ... .. . I ; . .•.. ,. .. ... • ~ALUATION STANDARDS • • • • • • : Evaluation of academic performance in the MAL program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: ·. 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 Achieves the minimum passing standard. Performance below basic course standards. 0.5 ' . .'·.- . .~. , . ... ,,!'. • ; t" · • I ' '.,.~·. . . .. J •• '·. \ . ..·• .... ... ,: \1 .; • :. 2 .. .> "" .... ...,. '\' ":. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). p Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade-point average). N Does not meet minimum course standards (110 credit and non-punitive - not computed in grade-point average). w Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after the deadline for dropping without notation on the record I Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Programs Office stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor and any other necessary documentation.) .. .,. ··". . ,. 0.0 I • Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are noted in the course descriptions in this bulletin as being graded on a PIN basis. In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. Students who receive an Nor 0.0 in a course must successfully petition the MAL Advisory Committee before being allowed to continue in the program. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student may be dismissed from the program . No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the gradepoint average. ~DENT RIGHTS • • • The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. Students who wish to identify appropriate procedures for complaints should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160). The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination. ..\.''.. ..., . .. t •• A • cADEMIC POLICIES • • Because leadership issues are important and should be instructor. Irregular attendance presented, discussed, and considered a responsibility, not only to one's self, but to one's may, at the discretion of the analyzed in the classroom, regular attendance is highly classmates and course • • • cADEMIC POLICIES • • • • ..• '. .•.. ..• ·~ • instructor, adversely affect one's grade. A t ' • j •. .. • ~ . Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Credit for Prior Education Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students must maintain a 3.0 Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Students may take either one or cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be MAL program, it is unlikely that courses taken elsewhere may be placed on probation for the following trimester. A 3.0 substituted for a particular course in the curriculum. cumulative grade-point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a Students may petition the MAL Program Director for approval of any variation in the two courses per trimester plus a Leadership Practicum. Enrolling the course work in two years. All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years. Extensions beyond five years grade of Nor 0.0 in a course, the student must petition successfully with the MAL credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. The only Advisory Committee before being allowed to continue in the courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at earned from accredited colleges and universities, whose course absence in writing from the MAL Program Director. A that time. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student content is comparable to those leave of absence may be granted for one calendar year. in the MAL program. No more than two courses will be .. in two courses per trimester enables a student to complete curriculum including the transfer of credit. Transfer will be considered on the basis of petition to the MAL Advisory Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one . trimester must request a leave of program by the MAL Advisory Committee. Students may also accepted for transfer credit. Time spent on an official leave of absence will not count be dismissed by the MAL Advisory Committee for Credit and Contact Hours toward the five-year deadline for degree completion. may be dismissed from the .. behavior detrimental to the Each full credit graduate course in the MAL program is the program, such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 31.5 hours Dismissal would occur only after established procedures each term and are responsible for a significant amount of individual may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records is published annually in the MAL were followed. study and preparation. Program Supplement. •, .. .. • Last Day to Withdraw from Class The last date on which students . '• ••• • ;~ . f . •I ··'· . ' . .. . . . ~DENT SUPPORT SERVICES . .... . •. .... ...... • • ' ·, . ·1 ., . . .. ... ·:• ..·,..·• ~ .,. ~ .· .. • t • Academic advising from the MAL Director for program planning is available. As stuoents approach the capstone experience, they select thesis or project advisors to guide them throughout the completion of their program. Graduate program staff will also assist .. .. • • • ~· students with non-academic advising issues. Professional assessment through Leadership Practicum and the Graduate Programs Office is also available . Self/career assessment counseling, resume development, and a careersearch plan through the Career Services Office (330-1162) can be obtained as well. Work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148) '• ' • J ;~ J • $mRARY • . •... t" . ·'· I The Augsburg library collection includes over 175,000 books, pe1iodicals, films, audio and video cassette tapes, and microforms. Access to the collection is provided via a computerized library catalog that includes the ·.. ... ~· :.~ • holdings of Augsburg and six other private liberal arts college libraries in the metropolitan area. Daily courier services among these libraries facilitate the sharing of these resources. Additional library resources are accessible through MINITEX, a regional library network, and through OCLC, an international library network. Remote, offcampus computer access to all these services is provided via a telecommunications link. . •·' . .. :. ... I o • . .·.•. •' ,.. . ' '· . . .. .. . ... ....•. .. .:· ..... . .... . ~ AccREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS • • • • • Students who successfully complete Augsburg's Leadership program will receive a Master of Arts degree. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The College is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran • • • Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. \ . ~: .. 0£J'EE • '•.' ..... & • PAYMENT INFORMATION • • • . ' \ ·~ . . .. " ... . ..... . :• A schedule of fees is published separately in the MAL Program Supplement. Tuition is determined annually. ML 592, ML 593, and ML 594 are halfcredit courses and are charged half of the current full credit tuition. ML 500 Leadership Practicum is a separate charge. Various Payment Plans are Available: * 1) Payment in Full: Due the day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a three-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if the student has adhered to previous plans. 3) Company reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the final exams. A letter from the employer, stating the company's reimbursement policy, must be filed annually with the Business Office. loan funds administered by the college (Federal Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed with the exception of approved company-reimbursed students. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies to student credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule In order to be eligible for a refund, students are responsible for withdrawing from courses with the Registrar' s Office. A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basi s: Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - l 00% . .... Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 90% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 80% • Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 70% Prior to the fifth scheduled class meeting - 60% Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% ~·. 1 ·. t I ·'· ,. .· ·. •.• 11' .~ ·.· .. .. .. . • ~NANCIAL AID • • • Financial assistance is avail able to degree-seeking students •. enrolled in the MAL program. Non-degree-seeking students are not eligible for any type of financi al aid through Augsburg College. Two full-credit courses per trimester is considered full- of Student Financial Services f •. .. . .·. . . . •, . . ... ·.·····..· .. ~ , "' >I • . ·.. .. ··: ' "' . .. . •. . . . . :: ~· . .6 . . # .. ......· .· Federal and State Aid Programs determined by the 91-day TBills +3.1 %, capped at 8.25 %, and changes each July 1st for all borrowers. The interest rate for enrollment periods beginning between July 1, 1994, and June 30, 1995, is 7.43 %. REPAYMENT TERMS: Repayment begins six months after you ceased to be enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program leading to a degree or certificate. Repayment may extend up to ten years. The Office of Student Financial DEFERMENTS: In most cases, deferments are granted for Augsburg actively pursues non- Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial continued education, disability and unemployment. Contact aid programs available to graduate students. your lender if you think you are eligible for a deferment. Program Specific Provisions: of limited financial means as well as individuals working for Determination is based on standard, nationally accepted methodology. volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to • Federal Stafford Loan Program provide tuition reimbursement. Common Loan Provisions: Augsburg funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships may enable the participation of individuals BORROWING LIMITS: Company Tuition Assistance Programs Effective with enrollment pe1iods beginning after October 1, Many companies, agencies and 1993, graduate students may corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees borrow up to $18,500 per year with an aggregate of $128,500 (undergraduate and graduate). A who participate in work-rel ated or degree-related college .. ·.. Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138, or your tiibal agency. INTEREST RATES: The annually variable interest rate is Sponsored Scholarships ~. ' . .; these scholarships. Indian grants assistance in application, please contact Augsburg's American the following: ... meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for time. One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office and offers financial aid from available alternatives, including ~ American Indian students who generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For (330-1046) assists students in assessing financi al aid eligibility . Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships programs. Augsburg College offers several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. student may borrow from either the un subsidized or subsidized programs or a combination of both, but cannot exceed the annual loan limits. FEDERAL ST AFFORD LOAN (SUBSIDIZED): You may borrow up to the amount listed on your Award Notice. INTEREST: No interest accrues during the time the student is enrolled at least half-time. FEES: An origination fee of 3% and a guarantee fee of up to 1% will be deducted from the loan proceeds before you receive it. FEDERAL STAFFORD LOANS (UNSUBSIDIZED): You may bonuw up to the amount listed on your Award Notice. INTEREST: Interest accrues during the period of enrollment and may be capitalized. FEES: An origination fee of 3% and a guarantee fee of 1% will be . .. • • J_. , .. . ·.. deducted from the loan proceeds before your receive it. the Office of Student Financial Services and should be • Federal Perkins Loan Program- completed by the borrower and Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No checks are issued, but the student is required to sign a promissory note at least once per term. Funds are put on the student account after the note is signed. BORROWING LIMITS: You may borrow up to $3,000 per year as a graduate student with a $30,000 maximum. (Graduate & co-signer and returned to Student Financial Services for further processing. Loan checks arrive once per term and are made co-payable to the student and Augsburg College. BORROWING LIMITS: Graduate students may borrow up to $9,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. .... Maximum graduate borrowing cannot exceed $40,000 including undergraduate. The 00 1) Complete the Application for minimum loan amount per Admission and indicate your under-graduate) INTEREST AND REPAYMENT: year is $500. INTEREST AND REPAYMENT: desire to also apply for financial aid. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of principal (at a The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days minimum of $40 per month) after the Joan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter begins nine months after you graduate or leave school. Partial or total Joan cancellation privileges exist for certain types of teaching, disability and, in certain circumstances, military service. DEFERMENTS: No interest accrues nor do payments need to be made at any time you are enrolled at least half-time or for serving three years in the military, Peace Corps or VISTA. Contact our student loan coordinator if you think you are eligible for a deferment. • SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)The SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Applications are available from while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begin in the 13th month after the student leaves school. DEFERMENTS: There are no deferments. Contact the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board regarding special circumstances and repayment. • ' To Apply for Financial Aid ... .. . ... ·~ \;• ... ,. ,. 2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form ~.. f T .' I '· · .. .. • 1· (or you may pick them up at the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or at the Graduate Programs Office, 2222 Murphy Place). .··"· ' . 3) All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if they did not receive financial aid. Forms are available from the College. 4) Complete and return the ·~ ... ..·,.. t .". ~· •.. .. ...... .· .. ··.... . financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. . ·: .... . .. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, by the deadline stated. . .:·. 1 . . . \ ~ :; ' . . .; I ~ I ' .,. , ' .... A B OUT AUGSBURG • • • • • Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. We are a diverse community, with many strong religious traditions represented among the students, faculty, and staff, including but not limited to Lutheran, Roman Catholic, Jewish, American Indian Spirituality and Thought, Buddhist, and Islamic faiths. Non-Discrimination Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or affectional preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status with regard to public History .. .. .. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian ... . ... ·' ... Educational Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Accessibility Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of programs, activities, and employment practices. the most accessible campuses in in 1872. the region . Skyways, tunnels, and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of Campus Location fourteen major buildings student housing towers, the Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities . •\I assistance or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis ... campus of the University of Minnesota, and Mississippi River parkways. surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus are Fairview-Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library, and the music building. In addition, there are programs for students with learning and physical disabilities. .. ... •# .·... ~MPUS LOCATION MAP • 3SW from the North-Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left off Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside A venue, right at 21st A venue South. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall OldMain Quad Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall l 0. Music Hall 11. 2222 Murphy Place 12. Si Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage II Theatre 15. College Relations 16. Nordic Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication /" 18. Center for Global Education 19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Black Student Affairs 22. Oscar Anderson Hall 23. East Hall 24. Murphy Square 25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts .. J .... .·. Public Parking All posted Augsburg College staff, faculty and commuter lots are free and open for use from 4:30 p.m. Monday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd A venues and north or south of 8th Street between 24th and 25th Avenues. Additional parking is available in the Fairview-Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the no11h side of Riverside Avenue. 3SW from the SouthFollow the I-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside A venue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. . . • • .' ....... ..... . •. . .. • t •• " • ,,. -. . . ~ ~MPUSMAP 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. ., :' The Graduate Programs Office is in Murphy Place and is located on the corner of 23rd Avenue South and 7 y, Street. 1-94 West from St. Paul-Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. . ,• • • Graduate Programs Location 1-94 East from Minneapolis-Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th A venue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st A venue South. Directions to Campus • • • .. • .. .... ~ .. . f SGl}ISrhf!!;T ' 'II) I ... ll '-· .itr J. © ,t .. ~- • r {@ ~· @~ ...• •' ·" • ' •• ~ ~· ~· . .• ~'I. ·.•.- ~ BVit.ERPi.ACE ,. . ·.. --=-:r:.= ' ."' Parking Lots A. Admissions Parking B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/ Residence Parking C. Faculty/Staff Parking D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking E. Commuter - Street Parking ' . j •: ' - .,. F. Resident Parking G. Visitor Parking H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp : ·... ,. 19 1 .· • ,• \ .. : ... ... . . ·'' .. : I . \ • •ti' I ' ·L' • 0 I ' ... • ..' •.: • ... '·· ~ '.'!.. •.• ' •, "t •• .. . . ~' .• ~ rt .'• ... -~ ..... . .. • .. .. • •• ··G •• . .; ... . ·. A ·~ .· .. . .. 0 ,,• .... ~ 2A .',~ ··. u · .... •,/ . '" , ' \•I ~.• ULTY• AND •ADMINISTRATION • Faculty who teach in the MAL program are predominately fulltime senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team taught by faculty from different disciplines or occasionally by combining a faculty member with professionals from relevant fields. All of the program's faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners. John Benson, Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.S., Luther Theological Seminary ; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. • • Dan Hanson, Adjunct Professor. B.A. , Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Vice President, Land O' Lakes Corporation Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative Education Program, Director of MetroUrban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Marie 0. McNeff, Interim Vice-President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College and Professor of Education. B.A., M. A., Ed .D., University of Nebraska. Larry Crockett, Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A. , M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota . Thomas Morgan, Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mary Endorf, Adjunct Professor, B.A. Hamline University, M.A. State University of New YorkCortland, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Principal, Orono Public Schools. William D. Morris, Instructor of Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. President, Decision Resources, Ltd. Joseph A. Erickson, Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A ., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Richard Nelson, Professor and Chair, Department of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson, Professor and Chair, Department of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science, Director of the Master of Arts in Leadership Program, and Director of the International Relations Program. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS and Coordinator of the Russian and East European Area Studies Program. B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. Ronald G. Palosaari, Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Diane Pike, Professor and Chair, Department of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Larry Ragland, Associate Professor Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Milo A. Schield, Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University . William Swenson, Instructor of Philosophy. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Show less

Title: Master of Social Work (MSW) Catalog, 1995-1997
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ., . ,. .. . . ·' · . ·~ · .. · .<'·:. . ·' ·:· · ...···u·.. .. '". ~:·. .; ' .. . ... . . · ....~ . ..·· a· ~ ":; ~ ' . r·I"'\ ...- . .'!iii. -.J.. I... • f • I '· .·~ · · . r ..,..,, .. ,~ · -. ~· .~ ·r;: ·v.J :•'~ · .~ :· ;!E.. ' ·. • • '. ,. . '.' Ii. ...
Show more ., . ,. .. . . ·' · . ·~ · .. · .<'·:. . ·' ·:· · ...···u·.. .. '". ~:·. .; ' .. . ... . . · ....~ . ..·· a· ~ ":; ~ ' . r·I"'\ ...- . .'!iii. -.J.. I... • f • I '· .·~ · · . r ..,..,, .. ,~ · -. ~· .~ ·r;: ·v.J :•'~ · .~ :· ;!E.. ' ·. • • '. ,. . '.' Ii. .,.~:. ··. " ·. • , .. I . , ', ..... . . . .... : . .. ·~~ ' .. . .. . ... . ~· ': ·. ... . · ' .. . ~ • ·•• . .·i : •. ~ .·. .. .. ,. " ..... .If... '; . .·· . I ,, ••• ' · i . . -. ":, !'~ . :. ,>,, .; .. he good we secure for ourselves ·• . . . ·., ,' .. ·... ~ is precarious and uncertain ... .•.-··· ' •','. ··· · until it is secured for all of us and . incorporated into our common life. ... ' I • • ••• ' :· • 'l • '. , t .... ~ :' .: - Jane Addams ·•·.. •.... .. . :· . ... - . .,. ~ -. . '• ., . ., .. • • .. . . . .' .· ... . . t: · ---- • .. ' ...... ·. ., .. .. . . . .- .. ,' ~ . ~ . ,. ~·· Ji' :" - ' • ·~I .. ·' ... •, .. Qi . • • ?=:! ~ ·.:: n•. ,• .• •. . • l • • • ' ! . . ' I " • I··. . .,., .:• . .' .. . . .' ' : . .. •. :.· .. • I . . ',. ' • .. I . .. .. . .... '11 ;.. • ~ ,, . .• .... ,·".,,. •' • • 1 .·.. %BLE OF CONTENTS . . .... ' ··" . . ~·, • • • • : .'~'!· • . ·~ \:: ·:; ... . Curriculum Design ....................................... ... ... ... .6 Course Descriptions .. .................. ........................... 8 l ;-~ • Introduction ........................................................... 4 -J! •. . .' . .. • • •. -.:. . Library .................................................................. 11 Accreditation and Affiliations .............................. 11 Student Rights ................................................... ... 11 Admission Requirements ..................................... 12 Application Procedures ........................................ 12 .. ... ... . ·' ~J ••• •••• ·.: ' .. .. ..,, .. .. . . . ... , :• ., • . ·. • 1·· International Applicants ......... .............. ...... .......... 13 Academic Policies ................................................ 14 ,. . Fee and Payment Schedule ................. .. .... ............ 16 ., ' Financial Aid ..................................... ................... 17 About Augsburg ................................................... 20 . A .. Campus Location Map ......................................... 21 Campus Map ........................................................ 21 Faculty and Administration .................................. 22 ,, . .. .. . .' ... ~~-:Jc ... ..... . ~ ' : ;' .. . ., • .; ' • •• • '! .. :·::.f·. !, ~ < ~· . ., ·' .. : ·..··' , ' .· .. •1 • .. . , . ... ... ,. ~TRODUCTION Social Work graduate program classes meet during weekends (often alternate weekends) in four hour blocks on Friday evenings, Saturday mornings and Saturday afternoons. Students also meet one Sunday afternoon per trimester for a program seminar that addresses specific professional issues. The Master of Social Work Program builds on the liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission statement: To nurture future leaders of service in the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. . ' Accommodating the Needs of Adult Learners .. "' .... '.. t ,, ' .• .• .·.:.., .·'....,. : ·..-' .. .. . ,• ... . · ~. . .. .... . "' . . .. .. .~ . .. ~ • I •. The Master of Social Work Program is designed to meet the needs of a wide range of students who have family, community or employment obligations and/or must travel distances to obtain graduate social work education. Augsburg College takes pride in its focus on adult learners throughout its programs and is committed to education for experienced working people. The library, student center, computer center, counseling, parking, food service and many other support services are open to accommodate graduate students. Faculty arrange office hours to meet non-traditional student needs. Inexpensive oncampus accommodations are available for students who travel to attend the program and wish to stay overnight. MSW Program concerns The Augsburg Master of Social Work Program has two program concentrations: family practice and program development, policy and administration. Professional preparation at the Master of Social Work level at Augsburg is founded on the following assumptions: • Analysis and presentation of complex social issues and solutions must be based on ,.·. .. "~ \ 4 ' ... solid research. Augsburg MSW students will develop competencies to conduct, analyze and present practicebased research • The world is interdependent in all areas; students will become knowledgeable of social welfare policies and programs that address changing needs of the world community • Social justice is a focus throughout the program. In the interests of constructive social change that promotes social justice, students are educated to address institutional oppression because of age, gender, race, disability, sexual orientation or religion • Preparation for ethical, competent, professional practice • A framework for practice of problem-solving within a systems and strengths perspective The Master of Social Work Program is also based on: • Tradition of excellence in programs, faculty and students • Metropolitan location which attracts students from diverse backgrounds • Access to challenging and rewarding field placements •Building on a solid foundation in the liberal arts Program Philosophy The Master of Social Work program at Augsburg College is based on the following: • Understanding of and respect for diverse people and cultures • Commitment to educate the whole person • Responsibility and service to the broader community in the interests of social justice • Commitment to oppose oppression • Focus on client empowerment .•.• . .. . ..... •\ . f ~ ,..: · ... ' .. : ... ·· ..-· .. ~RR CULUM DESIGN • ! .. ~ .L .... ..... ... .. ..·. . ; ... '( t,• Foundation ~ \ ... I•• ' The courses of study include the Foundation, the Advanced and the Concentration courses and the Thesis Seminar. Students must complete 18 courses (12, if they hold the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree and are approved for advanced standing). The complete program includes nine Foundation courses, five Advanced curriculum courses, four Concentration courses and a thesis, and includes 900 hours of professionally supervised, program-approved social work field experience. ' The Foundation courses begin the MSW Program. These nine courses, including 420 hours of MSW supervised field work, must be successfully completed prior to enrollment in the Advanced Curriculum. Six of these courses may be waived for persons who hold a baccalaureate degree in social work from a Council on Social Work Education-accredited program and who are approved for advanced standing. Ad-ranced The Advanced courses include two Integrative Field Work Seminars, Research II and one elective as well as the Thesis Seminar. Concentration Concentration courses are in two areas: Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. Family Practice ... . .. .· .. ·: ·) Family, in its diverse forms, is central to society. "Family," in this context, is interpreted broadly as the nurturing system surrounding people. It is inclusive of many areas of need. As a growing number of familyrelated challenges face society, there is an ever-increasing need for professionals who base their professional practice on indepth study of the broad spectrum of issues that confront the family . In the Family Practice concentration, students will concentrate on promoting empowerment of the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. Program Develop111e11t, Policy and ,\d111i11istratio11 Social change is necessary to foster policies and services that respond to human need. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration. Effective services require participatory development, competent practitioners, strong leadership and effective administration. Students in this concentration will develop the abilities and skills necessary to promote and achieve needed change, and to develop, lead, guide and administer programs that will serve diverse people in a variety of settings. Eied.ivts Students must select one elective in their course of study toward the MSW degree. Master's Thesis and Seminar All students will complete a Master's thesis. The thesis is intended to integrate research and practice. . • . ' .. 1· :\ . "' • · • ..1 . , .. . .. ,• • ii' i'-·. ··· . . ·/ . ·~ t: .... .,. .· ' Curriculum Plan Courses are offered exclusively on a weekend format: Friday evenings and Saturdays. Foundation Courses (9 credits) SWK 500 Human Behavior in the Social Environment SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy SWK 502 Integrative Field Work Seminar I SWK 503 Integrative Field Work Seminar II SWK 504 Research I SWK 505 Practice Methods and Skills I SWK 506 Practice Methods and Skills Il SWK 520 Introduction to Family Practice SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development, Policy and Administration ,: . ' Advanced Courses (5 credits) SWK 523 Integrative Field Work Seminar III SWK 524 Integrative Field Work Seminar IV SWK 527 Research II SWK 560 Elective "Topics" SWK 589 Thesis Seminar 9 411, I • t '' ,· ... .~ .~ ' . ,' II • Family Practice Concentration Courses (4 credits) SWK 540 Family Practice I SWK 541 Family Practice II SWK 542 Family Diversity (.5 er) SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision SWK 545 Family Social Policy (.5 er) Program Development, Policy and Administration Concentration Courses (4 credits) SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration SWK 552 Inter-Organizational, Community and Political Relations SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy • •• • ... · :·' . ·~ . ..•. • \ Master of Social Work Degree .f . . '•... Total credits required: 18 for Foundation level entry, 12 for Advanced Standing level entry. ·1 I • ' ' · ;t .. : .•'.• .· .... ' ..... " .... WouRSE DESCRIPTIONS Foundation Courses . . .· . .. ~ • .. . . ·. . 1 ..• ... . .. , ·• j ... • ' . .. • :. .. '• .. ':\ '': • .. " ,·· SWK 500 Huma11 Behavior i11 the Social Environment This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of socio-cultural, biological and psychological factors . SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy This course analyzes the history of social welfare policy in the United States and its impact on current social systems and social policy . The course examines the major assumptions, values, ideas and events which contributed to the rise of the welfare state and the profession of social work. SWK 502 and 503 Integrative Field Work Seminar I and II The integrative seminars are courses where field practice and classroom theory meet. The goal is to strengthen the connections between generalist social work theory and practice. SWK 504 Research I This course provides an introduction to social science research method and ethics including practice and program evaluation. The course presents research designs, both quantitative and qualitative approaches, and various ways to organize, compare and interpret findings. Students will be introduced to the use of computers in data analysis. SWK 505 Practice Methods and Skills I This course focuses on the theoretical foundation, general principles and practice techniques of the problem-solving model of social work and basic features of the helping process. Work with a diversity of professional and natural helping networks and client groups is stressed. SWK 506 Practice Methods and Skills II This course emphasizes problem-solving with small groups, community and organizational systems, with an emphasis on group task and maintenance functions. Throughout the course the focus is on work with di verse groups and organizations. (Prerequisite: SWK 505) SWK 520 Introduction to Family Practice This course explores concepts, theories, policies and research underlying holistic professional social work practice with families. It provides an overview of family practice using a systems framework and the strengths perspective. ; .. ... · . .. . ...•:, SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development, Policy and Administration This course presents the theories of organizational development, policy analysis, program development and budgeting. Roles of generalist social workers in agencies, as well as professional, ethical and effective functioning within organizational structures, will be explored. Advanced Curriculum SWK 523 and 524 Integrative Field Work Seminar Ill and IV The integrative seminars are courses where field practice and classroom theory meet. The goal is to strengthen the connections between generalist social work theory and practice. SWK 527 Research II This course offers a practiceoriented exploration of the range of research methods used in social work, a critique of the role of research in assessing effectiveness in social service delivery, and identification with the responsibility of social workers to expand the knowledge base of social work. A research project will be designed and initial planning for the MSW thesis is incorporated. (Prerequisite: SWK 504) SWK 560 Elective Topics The following are examples of elective offerings. Students should consult the Program Schedule for current electives. • SWK 560 Child Welfare: History, Policy and Practice • SWK 560 Contemporary Services for Persons with Developmental Disabilities and Their Families • SWK 560 Dual Diagnosis: Mental Health and Substance Abuse • SWK 560 Old Age • SWK 560 Peace and Social Justice • SWK 560 Poverty, Equality and Income Support Policy • SWK 560 Social Work with Involuntary Clients SWK 589 Thesis Seminar The MSW thesis provides the avenue for integration of knowledge and ·experience gained during the course of study, particularly emphasizing the greater understanding of the utility and importance of research to social work practice. The student, in consultation with the thesis advisor, will select an area of study focused on social need, practice, service and policy. The Thesis Seminar will provide students with a supportive group environment in which to problem~solve theoretical, conceptual, c0ntent, ethical and technical issues in the design, implementation, analysis, write-up and dissemination of thesis research. . • :···· ... , . ... WouRSE DESCRIPTIONS •, . r •• • ' ' ~· • Family Practice Concentration Courses SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision account organizational, financial and technological dimensions SWK 540 Family Practice I within an analytical framework of defined need and demand for This course is designed to This course includes knowledge and skill building in the administrative, educational and address contemporary work in a context of historical references; supportive functions of social work supervision. The interac- to provide the foundational elements for individual family tional model, creative problem- practice model creation; to synthesize universal family . .·, practice principles with special population requirements, and to .. • . ·- ~ . ..t 11~· t : .. •, ... ,. .: ' SWK 545 Family Social Policy (0.5 er.) SWK 541 Family Practice II This course explores the impact of social policies on diverse This course focuses on effective family practice intervention. It . .. addresses specific theorists, compared and contrasted specif- .. ically to the feminist perspective, and demonstrates the application of theory and '· . • -,' . practice to a variety of family issues in different service delivery settings. SWK 542 Family Diversity (0.5 er.) This course examines the variou s theories underlying professional practice with families in their many diverse forms. . . •·. . . .• .. ... • •• .. . .. . ' ~~ ~ ' 'll:. , .. ' . \ variety of settings. ~ .. .. , ... .. ' understanding and influencing the dynamics of supervision in a integrate social policy and research into all levels of family practice. ~ .· ...... •••. solving and strengths perspective are the frameworks for f families, including policies which relate to housing, income maintenance, health, long-term care, education and discrimination . National and international political, social and economic systems are analyzed. Program Development, Policy and Administration Concentration Courses SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development This course examines theoretical and conceptual ideas concerning Recogni zing that the family is the basic institution through which one is socialized, this human services, their rationale in a market economy, and their relationship to public policy. course examines how family membership shapes one's understanding and appreciation of ethnicity, gender roles and sociological script. Students will gain knowledge and build skills in the planning, implementation and evaluation of services at various levels of system design, taking into service. SWK 551 Orga11izatio11al Developlllent and Ad111i11 istratio11 This course examines organizational theory and structure, processes of development, research and evaluation and social work values and ethics in the workplace. SWK 552 lnter-Orga11izatio11al, Community and Political Relations This course explores strategies and methods for working effectively with other service agencies, legislative and policymaking bodies, regulatory agencies and advocacy groups. stn; 553 4.dm11cetf Social Policy This course examines theories, concepts and analytical frameworks for analyzing policy. It addresses the role of economics , demographics , politics, values and other relevant factors on policy design and implementation. The course emphasizes the analyisis of selected existing or proposed policies in such areas as social insurance (e.g. Social Security), welfare reform, health care, long-term care and tax policy including tax expenditures . . ' '. ~ '. ' .._ '· ••I • • ~BRARY ..... • , ,; , : . ~~ ....•. . The Augsburg Library is dedicated to supporting the curriculum of the College. The staff is experienced in guiding graduate students to research materials for course work as well as for the thesis stage of the Master of Social Work program. Librarians will help students acquire research skills through individual appointments and group instructional sessions. The Library's collection of 160,000 volumes is complete with the latest computerized catalogs, indexes and CD ROM stations for various academic disciplines - e.g. Social Work Abstracts, Psychlit, ERIC (education) and CINAHL (nursing and health). An online catalog, CLICnet, reflects holdings of Augsburg and its six partner Twin Cities private college libraries. Twice-daily courier service among these and other local libraries (including the University of Minnesota and Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Libraries) facilitates easy and quick sharing of resources. Additional collections nationwide are also accessible through interlibrary loan arrangements. • . . .... .. ... I • ' A The Augsburg Master of Social Work program is fully accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. ~ ccREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS The college is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), the Lutheran Education Council in North America and the Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. ~ ~· ... . : ... a ' .. ..., .... .., ,." ~ ' ;~ .J • •' ... I .' ~DENT RIGHTS The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for a complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160). The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX . Students have the right to inspect all official records which pertain to them (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination. ·. ; • .. .1 . ·• . ' . .•. .- : . ·..~ . ,,J. \ · ·' · •• I -· - ' ' ' ... . .. " A DMISSION REQUIREMENTS . ·. . ! .. ,-. 11•.• • • .. .. ·~ • •. . ··! . ",, ·;. .. ··-·; . .. ' ~· ..." . '• IL•!' The Master of Social Work Program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student and faculty populations and across its curriculum content. Therefore, the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities are provided to persons with a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs and cultures. A strong liberal arts background in the behavioral sciences is required. A course in biology, physiology or anatomy that includes studies of the human systems is required as well as completing a course that includes basic statistics. Applicants who have completed majors in areas other than the behavioral sciences are encouraged to apply and they will be given consideration based on ' their composite assets. Students who do not hold a bachelor's degree in social work should apply as Foundation Level students. Students who hold a bachelor's degree in social work from a Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) accreditedprogram may apply for Advanced Standing. Applicants are reminded that admission to the Advanced Standing is not an automatic decision. Academic credit is not given for life or professional experience. Application deadline: January 15 Notification of acceptance: April 1 Requirements: • Bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university • A minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (B average) for the last two years of an undergraduate program • A minimum of two years employment or volunteer experience (one of which is in the human service area) •A course in human biology, physiology or anatomy • A course that includes basic statistics • A solid foundation in the liberal arts Matriculation date: Fall trimester for Foundation level Spring trimester for Advanced Standing level •11., .... ., .....,... . > ._ . .. ••• : . ,- , .-.. ' .. '• ....... ...-···... ' i . , I ·" • f• . 2) Written personal statement which addresses: ; • • To apply, students must submit the following to the Office of Master of Social Work Program: 1) Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. ~. .:, . . . APPLICATION PROCEDURES ' • Your perspective on social welfare and society • Your understanding of the social work profession '• .. · . ·.. :: .· .. ·j • Your demonstrated ability to work with a diversity of people • Your personal qualities that equip you for the social work profession • Your oral and written communication skills • Your employment and /or volunteer work which prepared you for pursuing a Master of Social Work degree • Your career and life goals and how you anticipate the MSW degree will facilitate your development 3) Recommendations from three sources using the Recommendation Forms available from the Department of Social Work • Your limitations which you perceive as needing to be addressed during the course of your professional preparation 4) Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from each institution attended. All of the above must be received by the deadline of January 15. ,.!\ . .• " .·. '*.I • • ~TERNATIONAL APPLICANTS The Augsburg College Department of Social Work encourages qualified applicants from other countries to apply for admissions to the program of study leading to the Master of Social Work degree. International applicants should keep in mind that classes meet on the weekends (Friday evening and Saturday morning and afternoon) and that students can take three courses per trimester for a yearly total of nine classes (including Field Work courses). With this schedule, students can complete the required course work in two years. See the section under Admission Requirements for a general description of the admission process, selection criteria, and work experience requirements. All application requirements as outlined under Admission Requirements and Application Procedures are to be submitted in English. Additional application materials required for international applicants are: • Completed Declaration of Finances • Official marksheets with certified translations from all undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks earned, dates attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any • Official marksheets with certified translations from all graduate institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks earned, dates attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any • Official results on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 590 • Applicant may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty , if applicant is in the United States Very limited financial aid from Augsburg College may or may not be available. Therefore, students and their financial sponsor must complete a Declaration of Finances as part of the application for admission, along with appropriate certifications. Students will need to provide proof of availability of funds for tuition, books, and living costs for each academic year in which they want to attend. The College requires students to provide proof of a minimum of $10,000 in U.S. funds for living expenses for themselves plus the cost of tuition. NOTE: Additional information may be required, as requested by Augsburg College to evaluate educational credentials more accurately. Furthermore, supplemental information may be needed to issue an 1-20 or J-1 for students admitted to the MSW program. Information requested for the 1-20 or J-1 will not be used to make an admission decision. ., .•.... .. ' +~ f} ~ •.• ./ l I ....•. :."•' . .·. ..- -..: = ' . .. . . " ... .... .. I . .,. . .. ·,. . ..... I • ·. ~ ' ...·. ..... A ·~ ... .....· . - • • "' •. ::·• , ' . ~ . ·..· '• ' ··-·. .' ' . • • .-., Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Social Students must maintain a 3.0 Work degree will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the Achieves above basic course standards following term. A 3.0 cumula- Achieves the minimum passing standard tive grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from I • • ~ p Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) N Does not meet minimum passing standard (no credit and non-punitive -not computed in grade point average) w Grade given when course is dropped I Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student .·.:: ..· ' \' ... ., . x • . •. I . toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned =·· .. •. .. .•.· ~ ~ ~ ,- .. the MSW Program Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the MSW Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count .. permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by " - ·.. Committee before being A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). I student must petition successfully with the MSW Program that time. If the cumulative grade point average again falls the study (Internships and Independent Studies) is extended. A final grade will be issued at the end of the •• probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a course, the must file a petition with the Registrar's Office.) ' ·- ~ .. Academic Probation and Dismissal 2.5 2.0 .. '• .. Academic Evaluation •I . ' .,. cADEMIC POLICIES the second time are counted in the grade point average. gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed . .. . ' ;i. . •' .. ; • I ·~ .,....' Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Social Work program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 32 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. In addition, attendance at a four-hour Sunday Seminar is required once during each Trimester. Advanced standing students must attend four seminars and Professional Foundation students must attend six Sunday Seminars for graduation clearance. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may enroll on a full or part-time basis, taking three or two courses, respectively, each trimester. All students are required to complete the program within four years. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request a leave of absence in writing from the MSW Program Director. Residency Advisement Each student must be enrolled in the MSW program for the equivalent of the last year or nine courses. The MSW Program Director assigns academic advisors whose purpose it is to promote student growth, development, and the achievement of personal goals and professional education. Faculty office hours are posted on office doors; students may meet with faculty at other times by appointment. In addition to the academic advisor, all social work faculty are accessible to students. Social work faculty consider advising time a high priority. Transfer Students Up to eight courses from a CSWE-accredited MSW program may be transferable if the grades are 3.0 or better. Transfer students must meet the admissions and residency criteria. ., ,... ., ~. .•.. ... . . .. • ·. . . ~· .• . ·' ... .. ..- '\ ! ..-. . ... . ' . .. ,.. . !Yi~ AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE : . Fees . .. ' ... • ... • • .i .. The application fee ($25) is due 1995-96 Tuition and Fees on or before the application Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) $ 100 non-refundable deposit reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Refund Schedule In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible . ~. " • .. .. 1 $5.00 (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Registration Change after First Class Meeting $2.00 Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of tuition refund will be made on 1 % per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. the following basis: 100% 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, College will not release class meeting - which are company reim- diplomas or academic tran- 80% Prior to the third scheduled class bursed require a deposit of scripts until all student accounts meeting - $150 per course reimbursed, are paid in full. This also 60% with full payment due within applies to student loan funds No refund after third scheduled 45 days after the end of the administered by the college class meeting. term. (Perkins Student Loan); they .·." approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be .•... . .•1 r• .. .. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on 1) Payment in Full : Due day of registration. ..... paid in full as agreed. Augsburg Prior to the second scheduled ication and after College • ($25 per day up to a maximum of $125 charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) Registrar's Office. A per-course 2) Payment Plan: Upon appl- ·' $25.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Payment Options* ·..· ~ $1,040.00 Late Fee .! ..,· ' ' 11 Tuition for 1995-'96 (per trimester course) Prior to the first scheduled class ... . .. (non-refundable; applied toward tuition charges) for canceling courses with the meeting - ,• ••a $100.00 Enrollment Reservation Deposit 'r, ~ .Ill ' $25.00 deadline for a given term. The offered only if previous plans have been adhered to . any amount with an open must be current according to established repayment schedules. balance of 30 days or more. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the College. . ,. ." ~ ••.. · :..• j/f~ANCIAL AID Students may receive assistance in meeting graduate program costs in a number of ways. Enrollment in two or more courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as fulltime for all federal and state financial aid programs. The Office of Student Financial Services (612) 330-1046 will assist students in assessing financial aid eligibility and may offer financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in applying, please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 612-330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on a standard nationally approved methodology. Ill. .. ... . .. .. :· ~· •• . . ,.. \ I .. .. .. .• •I It Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables participation for individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals who work for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College offers several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. .. ' .~'. · I I• ••• ··' ··'· ····· . ·.. •"' ..... •' ·, I' ,. 1111' . .- ... . ,. .. ·:•.. •> ~ ' ' ·•. . • .,·.'I.·· I_ • • .... . . . . . . -.... ..... .. . ..,. .·.·:.. ,,, . > ; • Slf~ANCIAL AID ·.: .. ' .. ...... . .... . . ·::·. ,. . ... . .' .. . . t ' '" . , • • •• • t II ' ... The Federal Family Education Loan Program • Federal Stafford Loan Program Available to students based on a financial eligibility determination. Annual loan limits are up to $18,500 per year for graduate students, of which up to $8,500 may be subsidized, if eligible. The aggregate loan limit is $128,500 for graduate students (including undergraduate borrowing). Interest rates for new borrowers with loan periods beginning October 1, 1992, or later are determined annually by the 91 -day T-Bill +3.1 %. with a cap of 8.25%. Students with outstanding balances on Federal Stafford Student Loans will continue with the interest rate on the previous loan. No interest accrues to the student borrower while enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program. The federal government subsidizes the interest during this time . • Federal Stafford Loan Unsubsidized Program characteristics (loan limits, interest rates, etc.) are the same as the above subsidized Stafford Loan, except that the interest accrues to the student borrower while enrolled. This loan is available to those who do not qualify for the subsidized Stafford Loan. A normal financial aid application is required. •Federal Perkins Student Loan A joint Augsburg Collegefederally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility . No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time students are enrolled at least half-time. A student may borrow a maximum of $3,000 per year as a graduate student with a $30,000 maximum (including undergraduate and graduate amounts). Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begins nine months after the student graduates or leaves school. Repayment may extend up to ten years. • SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $9,000 per year for graduate students with a $40,000 aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($500 minimum). The interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time . To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate a desire to apply for financial aid. 2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send the necessary application and financial statement forms (or the student may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall. 3) A student must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended postsecondary institution even if the student did not receive aid. Forms are available from the College. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. .. . . .. . .. ,: • .. • ·~ .. .. • . .. A BOUT AUGSBURG r., ·.; : ~ outside, the skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connections betw~en nine of 14 major buildings - student housing towers, the Christensen Center, main acad~mic and administrative halls, the Library, Music Hall and the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. In addition, there are programs for students with learning and physical disabilities. Church Affiliation ... "· I' •• • .. ...·:·,, . ; ·.· .... = . ,......' . ,. I •. . ... . ' . , .. ... ·... History Campus Location Augsburg College was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisc., and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed to Augsburg College in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Augsburg's 23-acre campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities surrounding Murphy Square. Adjacent to the campus are the Fairview Riverside Medical Center complex, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways . Accessibility Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Without going Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. The College is a diverse community with many strong religious traditions represented among the students, faculty and staff, including but not limited to Lutheran, Roman Catholic, American Indian Spirituality and Thought, Buddhist and Islamic faiths. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, gender, sexual orientation or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. . ........ . ~ . •,# : •. .• ... ~MPUS LOCATION N Parking CD From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside A venue, left to 21st A venue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Music Hall 2222 Murphy Place Si Melby Hall Ice Arena Stage II Theatre College Relations Nordic Center Foss, Lobeck, / Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Center for Global Education Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center Youth and Family Institute American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership Oscar Anderson Hall East Hall All posted Augsburg College parking lots, with the exception of resident parking lots in front and behind the residence halls, are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening and Monday through Thursday evenings after 4:30 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. Lots are located on Seventh Street between 21st and 22nd A venues and north of Eighth Street on 21st A venue. Most street parking is four hour parking and available seven days a week, except for the parking meters on Riverside Avenue. The parking meters are as posted by the City of Minneapolis. Additional parking is available in the Fairview Riverside Medical Center ramp. ..... 411 • • ! .. . . . , ·. • :f -- ••• . ·~ Public Transportation For schedules and specific information about city bus transportation to Augsburg College, call the Metropolitan Transportation System at (612) 373-3333. . •. I ..... . ,.•... ' l : •. .. ~· • o .: I .... . . . .. --~~~ .-· . ....... ~MPUSMAP . . ) r .. . 1 .-. •. / . •. : •\' .! • ' ~. ~·. ~~ . ,:. ... .... ·. •, .. BUTLER PLACE . , .. '• . ... .. . .. . A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only K. Student/Commuter Parking X. Accessible Entrance . .. . .~ INTERSDITE 94 ', •' • • • ~\ •· • c I • c ... ' .. ! .c -: .-... ,, .. . • I .. ·~i .: 1 • l •f ... . I ~CULTY AND ADMINISTRATION ' Blanca-Rosa Egas Associate Professor. MD, M.Ed. and Psychiatry Residency, University of Guayaquil; M.P.H. and Substance Abuse Fellowship, University of Minnesota. Hans Eriksson Visiting Professor. B.A., Wilmington College (OH); M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Advanced Studies in Social Work, Case Wes tern Reserve University. Carol F. Kuechler Assistant Professor. B.A., Marquette University; M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. .- • Anthony Bibus III Assistant Professor and BSW Program Director. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. I ..'. •• 'I ' .. . • ' 11 ' ' I • .... .. _, ..., ... .. . .~ .. • : ,' .. ,, Vern Bloom Assistant Professor and Coordinator of Field Instruction. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota . Maria Brown Associate Professor. B.A. (German), M.A. (German), American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Francine Chakolis Assistant Professor. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Rosemary J. Link Associate Professor and Department Chair. B.A., Southampton University; C.Q.S.W., London University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sharon K. Patten Associate Professor. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A. (Public Affairs), Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Curt Paulsen Associate Professor. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph .D., The Fielding Institute. Glenda Dewberry Rooney Associate Professor. B.A., University of North Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois-Chicago; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Schock Assistant Professor. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington. Edward R. Skarnulis Professor. B.A ., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D. , University of Nebraska. Clarice Staff Assistant Professor and MSW Program Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.S.W., D.S.W., Columbia University. Mary Lou Williams Assistant Professor. B.F.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. 1196 Thh; coralog was current at the rime of publi· cario11. It is subjecl lo change ivitlww 1101ice. \• .. .•. • . : .•··. .. . " .. ..., .. . : ". ·.·,, .... .:··:.• ··, .~.' ., ... ,. . .. I " • I .. ' .... ,. ·..... ~ It' • \ •• .. • .. I .• ·'• ti . ,, • I C•O•L•L•E•G•E MSW Graduate Program Office Campus Box No. 269 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1307 FAX 612/330-1493 • ,\i I .. . ~ '• .... .. ... .· ." .., I·,"!, :··.·•.: '··~~ .. . . .. { '
Show less